EP4673424A1 - Liquid phase peptide support synthesis of peptides and peptidomimetics - Google Patents

Liquid phase peptide support synthesis of peptides and peptidomimetics

Info

Publication number
EP4673424A1
EP4673424A1 EP24715954.4A EP24715954A EP4673424A1 EP 4673424 A1 EP4673424 A1 EP 4673424A1 EP 24715954 A EP24715954 A EP 24715954A EP 4673424 A1 EP4673424 A1 EP 4673424A1
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
formula
compound
process according
amino acid
group
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
EP24715954.4A
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Inventor
Amy Han
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Regeneron Pharmaceuticals Inc
Original Assignee
Regeneron Pharmaceuticals Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Regeneron Pharmaceuticals Inc filed Critical Regeneron Pharmaceuticals Inc
Publication of EP4673424A1 publication Critical patent/EP4673424A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/04Peptides having up to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/08Peptides having 5 to 11 amino acids
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/04Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C231/00Preparation of carboxylic acid amides
    • C07C231/12Preparation of carboxylic acid amides by reactions not involving the formation of carboxamide groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C235/00Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms
    • C07C235/02Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C235/04Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated
    • C07C235/18Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having at least one of the singly-bound oxygen atoms further bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring, e.g. phenoxyacetamides
    • C07C235/20Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having at least one of the singly-bound oxygen atoms further bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring, e.g. phenoxyacetamides having the nitrogen atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07FACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F5/00Compounds containing elements of Groups 3 or 13 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F5/02Boron compounds
    • C07F5/025Boronic and borinic acid compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07FACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F7/00Compounds containing elements of Groups 4 or 14 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F7/02Silicon compounds
    • C07F7/08Compounds having one or more C—Si linkages
    • C07F7/18Compounds having one or more C—Si linkages as well as one or more C—O—Si linkages
    • C07F7/1804Compounds having Si-O-C linkages
    • C07F7/1872Preparation; Treatments not provided for in C07F7/20
    • C07F7/1892Preparation; Treatments not provided for in C07F7/20 by reactions not provided for in C07F7/1876 - C07F7/1888
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K7/00Peptides having 5 to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K7/04Linear peptides containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K7/06Linear peptides containing only normal peptide links having 5 to 11 amino acids

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to liquid phase peptide support synthesis of peptides and peptidomimetics, pharmaceutical compositions, and methods of treating GLP1 R-associated conditions.
  • the present disclosure provides a compound having a structure of Formula (I): I), m and n are, independently, an integer from 1 to 5, and (m+n) ⁇ 3; R 1 is a C1-5 alkyl; R 2 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; and R 3 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof. [0008] In some embodiments, R 1 is methyl. [0009] In some embodiments, R 2 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C 18-26 alkyl and R 3 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C 18-26 alkyl. In some embodiments, each R 2 is independently an optionally substituted C 22 alkyl and each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C 22 alkyl. [00010] In some embodiments, the compound has a structure of Formula (Ia):
  • the present disclosure provides a process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I): wherein: m and n are, independently, an integer from 1 to 5, and (m+n) > 3;
  • R 1 is a C1-5 alkyl
  • R 2 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; and R 3 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof.
  • This process includes:
  • PG is a suitable protecting group
  • PG is selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
  • the compound of Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (Ha):
  • the step (b) of forming the compound of Formula (I) comprises reacting the compound of Formula (II) with a protecting group removing agent to produce the compound of Formula (I).
  • the protecting group removing agent is selected from the group consisting of Pd(PPh) 3 , PhSiH 3 , H 2 , piperidine, and trifluoroacetic acid (TFA).
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) further includes a step of providing a compound of Formula (III) having the structure: wherein
  • PG 1 is a suitable protecting group
  • PG 2 is a suitable protecting group
  • PG 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS), trimethylsilyl (TMS), triethylsilyl (TES), tert-butyldiphenylsilyl (TBDPS), and triisopropylsilyl (TIPS).
  • TBS tert-butyldimethylsilyl
  • TMS trimethylsilyl
  • TES triethylsilyl
  • TDPS tert-butyldiphenylsilyl
  • TIPS triisopropylsilyl
  • PG 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS), trimethylsilyl (TMS), triethylsilyl (TES), tert-butyldiphenylsilyl (TBDPS), and triisopropylsilyl (TIPS).
  • TBS tert-butyldimethylsilyl
  • TMS trimethylsilyl
  • TES triethylsilyl
  • TDPS tert-butyldiphenylsilyl
  • TIPS triisopropylsilyl
  • each PG 1 and each PG 2 are the same. In some embodiments, PG 1 and PG 2 are be different from each other.
  • the compound of Formula (III) has the structure of Formula
  • the step of forming the compound of Formula (II) prior to step (a) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (III) with a protecting group removal agent to obtain a deprotected intermediate; reacting said intermediate with at least one compound of Formula (IV): R-LG (IV), wherein R is an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; and LG is a suitable leaving group; to produce the compound of Formula (II).
  • LG is selected from a group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
  • the protecting group removing agent is selected from the group consisting of tetrabutylammonium fluoride (TBAF), NH4F, SiF4, AcOH, HCl, LiAlH4, and K2CO3.
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) further comprises a step of: providing a compound of Formula (V) having the structure: nd pound of Formula (V).
  • the step of forming the compound of Formula (III) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (V) with a compound of Formula (VIa) or Formula (VIb): PG-X (VIa) or PG2O (VIb), wherein X is Cl or Br; to produce the compound of Formula (III).
  • the compound of Formula (VIa) or Formula (VIb) is selected from the group consisting of AllocCl, Alloc 2 O, Cbz 2 O, CbzCl, FmocCl, and Boc 2 O.
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) further comprises: providing a compound of Formula (VII) having the structure: I); forming the compound of Formula (V) from the compound of Formula (VII).
  • PG 3 is selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
  • the compound of Formula (VII) has the following structure: (VIIa).
  • p g mpound of Formula (V) comprises reacting the compound of Formula (VII) with a protecting group removing agent to produce the compound of Formula (V).
  • the protecting group removing agent is selected from the group consisting of Pd(PPh) 3 , PhSiH 3 , H 2 , piperidine, and trifluoroacetic acid (TFA).
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) further comprises: providing a compound of Formula (VIII) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (VII) from the compound of Formula (VIII).
  • the process of forming the compound of Formula (VII) may comprise reacting the compound of Formula (VIII) with a compound of Formula (IX) having the structure: to produce the compound of Formula (VII).
  • the compound of Formula (VIII) has the following structure:
  • the compound of Formula (IX) has the following structure:
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) further comprises: providing a compound of Formula (X) having the structure: ), tecting group; and forming the compound of Formula (VIII) from the compound of Formula (X).
  • PG 4 is selected from the group consisting of allyl, allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9- fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
  • the compound of Formula (X) has the following structure: a).
  • embo und of Formula (VIII) comprises reacting the compound of Formula (X) with a protecting group removing agent.
  • the protecting group removing agent is selected from the group consisting of Pd/K2CO3, 1,3-dimethylbarbituric acid/Pd(PPh3)4, Pd(PPh)3, PhSiH3, H2, piperidine, and trifluoroacetic acid (TFA).
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) further comprises: providing a compound of Formula (XI) having the structure: d mula (X) from the compound of Formula (XI).
  • the compound of Formula (XI) has the following structure: a).
  • the process of forming the compound of Formula (X) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (XI) with a compound of Formula (XII): or a salt thereof, to produce the compound of Formula (X).
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) further comprises: providing a compound of Formula (XIII) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (XI) from the compound of Formula (XIII).
  • the compound of Formula (XIII) has the following structure:
  • the process for forming the compound of Formula (XI) comprises reacting the compound of Formula (XIII) with an oxidizing agent to produce the compound of Formula (XI).
  • the oxidizing agent may be selected from the group consisting of pyridinium chlorochromate (PCC), pyridinium dichromate (PDC), silver carbonate (Ag 2 CC>3), tetra-n-propylammonium perruthenate (TPAP), and Dess-Martin periodinane (DMP).
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) further comprises: providing a compound of Formula (XIV) having the structure: wherein
  • Y is -OC1-6 alkyl
  • the compound of Formula (XIV) has the following structure:
  • the process of forming the compound of Formula (XIII) comprises reacting the compound of Formula (XIV) with a reducing agent.
  • the reducing agent is selected from the group consisting of LiAIFU, DIBALH, and LiBFU.
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) further comprises: providing a compound of Formula (XV) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (XIV) from the compound of Formula (XV).
  • the compound of Formula (XV) has the following structure:
  • the process of forming the compound of Formula (XIV) comprises reacting the compound of Formula (XV) with a protecting group introducing agent to produce the compound of Formula (XIV).
  • the protecting group introducing agent is selected from the group consisting of TBSCI, TBSOTf, TMSCI, TMSOTf, TESCI, TESOTf, TBDPSCI, TBDPSOTf, TIPSCI, and TIPSOTf.
  • the present disclosure provides a product prepared according to any of the methods described in the present disclosure.
  • the product is a compound of Formula (I):
  • n and n are, independently, an integer from 1 to 5, and (m+n) > 3;
  • R 1 is a C1-5 alkyl
  • R 2 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl
  • R 3 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof.
  • the product is a compound of Formula (la): or a salt thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a method of using a compound of Formula (I):
  • the compound of Formula (I) is used as a support or a tag for making a peptide or a peptidomimetic.
  • the peptidomimetic is a compound of Formula : r a salt thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a compound manufactured using a compound of Formula (I): I), wherein: m and n are, independently, an integer from 1 to 5, and (m+n) ⁇ 3; R 1 is C1-5 alkyl; R 2 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; and R 3 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from an optionally substituted C 10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof.
  • the compound has a Formula:
  • the compound has a Formula:
  • composition comprising the peptidomimetic or the compound of any of the embodiments described herein.
  • a pharmaceutical dosage form comprising the peptidomimetic or the compound of any of the embodiments described herein.
  • the cell is a mammalian cell. In some embodiments, the cell is a human cell.
  • a method of enhancing GLP1 R activity in an individual in need thereof comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of the peptidomimetic or the compound of any of the embodiments described herein, the composition described herein, or the dosage form described herein.
  • a method of lowering blood glucose levels in an individual in need thereof comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of the peptidomimetic or the compound of any of the embodiments described herein, the composition described herein, or the dosage form described herein.
  • a method of lowering body weight in an individual in need thereof comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of the peptidomimetic or the compound of any of the embodiments described herein, the composition described herein, or the dosage form described herein.
  • a method of treating a GLP1 R-associated condition in an individual in need thereof comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of the peptidomimetic or the compound of any of the embodiments described herein, the composition described herein, or the dosage form described herein.
  • the GLP1 R-associated condition is type II diabetes, obesity, liver disease, coronary artery disease, or kidney disease.
  • the GLP1 R-associated condition is type II diabetes and/or obesity.
  • the peptidomimetic or the compound of any of the embodiments described herein, the composition described herein, or the dosage form described herein is administered subcutaneously, intravenously, intradermally, intraperitoneally, or intramuscularly.
  • a method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic comprising the steps of:
  • R 1 is C1-5 alkyl
  • R 2 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl
  • R 3 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof;
  • the first amino acid (AA1) contains a protected amino group.
  • the first amino acid (AA1) is I
  • the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include a step of activating the chemical groups on the first amino acid (AA1) to prepare the first amino acid (AA1) for coupling with the compound of Formula (I) prior to step (c).
  • the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of:
  • the second amino acid (AA2) is N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoe)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl
  • the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of:
  • the third amino acid (AA3) is moc
  • the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of:
  • the fourth amino acid (AA4) is NHFmoc or NHFmoc
  • the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of:
  • the fifth amino acid (AA5) is NH Fmoc or
  • the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of:
  • the sixth amino acid is N-[00080]
  • the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of:
  • the seventh amino acid (AA6) moc or O Si (S ) O OH c .
  • the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of: (v) removing the protecting group from the seventh amino acid (AA7); (w) providing a eighth amino acid (AA8); and (x) coupling the eighth amino acid (AA8) to the seventh amino acid to form a peptide bond between the eighth amino acid (AA8) and the seventh amino acid (I-AA1-AA2-AA3-AA4-AA5-AA6- AA7-AA8).
  • the eighth amino acid (AA8) is OH .
  • the method of making a peptide or eptidomimetic may include the steps of: (y) removing the protecting group from the eighth amino acid (AA8); (z) providing a ninth amino acid (AA9); and (aa) coupling the ninth amino acid (AA9) to the eighth amino acid to form a peptide bond between the ninth amino acid (AA9) and the eighth amino acid (I-AA1-AA2-AA3-AA4-AA5-AA6-AA7- AA8-AA9).
  • H O N (S) N OH [00086]
  • the ninth amino acid (AA9) is N N N NHFmoc or H c .
  • the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of: (bb) removing the protecting group from the ninth amino acid (AA9); (cc) providing a tenth amino acid (AA10); and (dd) coupling the tenth amino acid (AA10) to the ninth amino acid to form a peptide bond between the tenth amino acid (AA10) and the ninth amino acid (I-AA1-AA2-AA3-AA4-AA5-AA6-AA7- AA8-AA9-AA10).
  • the tenth amino acid (AA10) is .
  • the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of: repeating the steps of (i) removing the protecting group from the amino acid (AA n );
  • the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of:
  • the compound of Formula (B) has the following Formula:
  • the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic according to any of the above embodiments further comprises:
  • each one of the first amino acid (AA1), the second amino acid (AA2), the third amino acid (AA3), the fourth amino acid (AA4), the fifth amino acid (AA5), the sixth amino acid (AA6), the seventh amino acid (AA7), the eighth amino acid (AA8), the ninth amino acid (AA9), the tenth amino acid (AA10), and succeding amino acid (AA n +i) may be independently selected from the group consisiting of wherein PG 5 is a suitable protecting group.
  • PG 5 is independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of triphenylmethyl (Trt), allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
  • each one of the first amino acid (AA1), the second amino acid (AA2), the third amino acid (AA3), the fourth amino acid (AA4), the fifth amino acid (AA5), the sixth amino acid (AA6), the seventh amino acid (AA7), the eighth amino acid (AA8), the ninth amino acid (AA9), the tenth amino acid (AA10), and succeding amino acid (AA n +i) may be independently selected from the group consisiting of
  • the peptidomimetic has a Formula: salt thereof.
  • the peptidomimetic has a Formula:
  • n are, independently, an integer from 0 to 5;
  • R 1a is C1.5 alkyl
  • R 2a is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl
  • R 3a is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof.
  • R 1a is methyl
  • R 2a is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C18-26 alkyl
  • R 3a is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C18-26 alkyl
  • each R 2a is independently an optionally substituted C22 alkyl
  • each R 3a is independently an optionally substituted C22 alkyl.
  • m is an integer from 1 to 5;
  • R 1b is C1-5 alkyl
  • R 2b is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; or a salt thereof.
  • R 1b is methyl
  • R 2b is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C18-26 alkyl. In some embodiments, each R 2b is independently an optionally substituted C22 alkyl.
  • R 2c is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; and R 3c is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof.
  • R 2c is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C18-26 alkyl
  • R 3c is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C18-26 alkyl
  • each R 2c is independently an optionally substituted C22 alkyl
  • each R 3c is independently an optionally substituted C22 alkyl.
  • DI a method for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI): wherein: k is an integer from 1 to 15; q is an integer from 0 to 10;
  • R 1d is C1-6 alkyl
  • PG 6 is a suitable protecting group
  • PG 7 is a suitable protecting group, or a salt thereof. This method includes:
  • PG 6 is selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
  • PG 7 may be selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9- fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
  • the compound of Formula (DI) has the structure of Formula (Dla) or Formula (Dlb): comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (Dll) with a compound of Formula (Dill): to produce the compound of Formula (II).
  • the compound of Formula (Dill) has the structure of Formula
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the step of: providing a compound of Formula (DIV) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (Dll) from the compound of Formula (DIV) prior to the step (a).
  • the compound of Formula (DIV) has the structure of Formula (DIVa) or Formula (DIVb): reacting the compound of Formula (DIV) with a compound of Formula (DVa) or Formula
  • X is OSu, OTf, Cl, or Br; to produce the compound of Formula (Dll).
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the step of: providing a compound of Formula (DVI) having the structure: wherein
  • PG 8 is a suitable protecting group; and forming the compound of Formula (DIV) from the compound of Formula (DVI).
  • the step of forming the compound of Formula (DIV) comprises reacting the compound of Formula (DVI) with a protecting group removal agent to produce the compound of Formula (DIV).
  • the protecting group removal agent may be selected from the group consisting of Pd(PPh)3, PhSiFh, H2, HCI, piperidine, and trifluoroacetic acid (TFA).
  • the compound of Formula (DVI) has the structure of Formula (DVIa) or Formula (DVIb):
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the step of: providing a compound of Formula (DVII) having the structure:
  • the step of forming the compound of Formula (DVI) comprises reacting the compound of Formula (DVII) with a base to produce the compound of Formula (DVI).
  • the base is selected from the group consisting of LiOH, NaOH, and KOH.
  • the compound of Formula (DVII) has the structure of Formula (DVIla) or Formula (DVIlb):
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the step of: providing a compound of Formula (DVIII) having the structure: wherein
  • LG' is a suitable living group; and forming the compound of Formula (DVII) from the compound of Formula (DVIII).
  • the step of forming the compound of Formula (DVII) comprises reacting the compound of Formula (DVIII) with an azido group introducing agent to produce the compound of Formula (DVII).
  • the azido group introducing agent is selected from the group consisting of NaN 3 , TMSN 3 , (PhO)2P(O)N 3 , Zn(N 3 ) 2 *2Py, and n-Bu 4 NN 3 .
  • LG' is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
  • the compound of Formula (DVIII) has the structure of Formula (DVIlla) or Formula (DVHIb): ,
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the step of: providing a compound of Formula (DIX) having the structure:
  • LG is a suitable living group; and forming the compound of Formula (DVIII) from the compound of Formula (DIX).
  • LG is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
  • the step of forming the compound of Formula (DVIII) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DIX) with a compound of Formula (DX): wherein
  • PG 8 is a suitable protecting group; to produce the compound of Formula (DVII).
  • PG 8 may be selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9- fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc). In some embodiments, PG 8 is tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc).
  • the compound of Formula (DIX) has the structure of Formula (DIXa): a).
  • In some embo DX) has the structure of Formula (DXa): a).
  • n of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXI) having the structure: I), R 2d is C1-6 alkylene; and forming the compound of Formula (DIX) from the compound of Formula (DXI).
  • the step of forming the compound of Formula (DIX) comprises reacting the compound of Formula (DXI) with a reducing agent to produce the compound of Formula (DIX).
  • the reducing agent is selected from the group consisting of H2, NH4HCO2, NABH(OAc)3, and LiAlH4.
  • the compound of Formula (DXI) has the structure of Formula (DXIa): a).
  • of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXII) having the structure: d DXI) from the compound of Formula (DXII).
  • the step of forming the compound of Formula (DXI) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DXII) with a compound of Formula (DXIII): PPh 3 *C 1-6 alkyl-Hal (DXIII), wherein Hal is halogen, to produce the compound of Formula (DXI).
  • the compound of Formula (DXII) has the structure of Formula (DXIIa): a).
  • In some embo XIII) has the structure of Formula (DXIIIa): PPh3*MeBr (DXIIIa).
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXIV) having the structure: d d of Formula (DXII) from the compound of Formula (DXIV).
  • the step of forming the compound of Formula (DXII) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DXIV) with a compound of Formula (DXV): wherein
  • LG'" is a suitable living group, to produce the compound of Formula (DXII).
  • the LG'" is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
  • the compound of Formula (DXIV) has the structure of Formula (DXIVa):
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXVI) having the structure: wherein
  • LG* is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
  • the step of forming the compound of Formula (DX) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DXVI) with a compound of Formula (DXVII): to produce the compound of Formula (DX).
  • the compound of Formula (DXVI) has the structure of Formula
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXVIII) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (DXVI) from the compound of Formula (DXVIII).
  • the step of forming the compound of Formula (DXVI) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DXVIII) with a compound of Formula (DXIXa) or Formula wherein
  • X is OSu, Cl, or Br; to produce the compound of Formula (DXVI).
  • the compound of Formula (DXIXa) or Formula (DXIXb) is selected from the group consisting of TfCI, Tf 2 O, MsCI, and Ms 2 O.
  • PG 6 is selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
  • the compound of Formula (DXXI) is treated with compound .
  • the compound of Formula (DXXI) is treated with a catalyst.
  • the catalyst is Pd(dppf)Cl 2 -DCM.
  • the compound of Formula (DXXI) is treated with a base. In some embodiments, the base is K 2 CO 3.
  • the preparation is performed in a solvent mixture comprised of H 2 O/iPrOH.
  • the compound of Formula (DII) has the structure of Formula (DIIa) or Formula (DIIb): Ib).
  • the compound of Formula (DXXI) is formed by exposing . ts, the compound of Formula (DXXI) is formed in the presence of PPh 3 .
  • the compound of Formula (DXXI) is formed in the presence of DIAD.
  • the compound of Formula (DXXI) is formed in the presence of molecular sieves of 4 ⁇ .
  • the compound of Formula (DXXI) is formed in an organic solvent.
  • the organic solvent is THF.
  • In some embodiments is formed by exposi to PBin 2.
  • In some embodiments is formed in the presence of Pd(OAc) 2.
  • In some embodiments is formed in the presence of PCy3.
  • In some embodiments is formed in the presence of KOAc.
  • the organic solvent is a mixture of DCM and methanol.
  • R 1d is C1-6 alkyl
  • PG 6 is a suitable protecting group, or a salt thereof, said process comprising:
  • PG 6 may be selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9- fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
  • the compound of Formula (Dll) has the structure of Formula (Dlla) or Formula (Dllb):
  • the compound of Formula (DIV) has the structure of Formula
  • the process of forming the compound of Formula (Dll) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DIV) with a compound of Formula (DVa) or Formula (DVb):
  • X is OSu, OTf, Cl, or Br; to produce the compound of Formula (Dll).
  • the compound of Formula (DVa) or Formula (DVb) is selected from the group consisting of AllocCI, AIIOC2O, Cbz2d, CbzCI, FmocCI, FmocOSu, and BOC2O.
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (Dll) may include the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXVI) having the structure: wherein
  • PG 8 is a suitable protecting group; and forming the compound of Formula (DIV) from the compound of Formula (DXVI).
  • PG 8 is selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
  • the step of forming the compound of Formula (DIV) comprises reacting the compound of Formula (DXVI) with a protecting group removal agent to produce the compound of Formula (DIV).
  • the protecting group removal agent is selected from the group consisting of HCI, Pd(PPh) 3 , PhSiH 3 , H 2 , piperidine, and trifluoroacetic acid (TFA).
  • the compound of Formula (DXVI) has the structure of Formula (DXVIa) or Formula (DXVIb):
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (Dll) may include the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXVII) having the structure: wherein
  • LG' is a suitable living group; and forming the compound of Formula (DXVI) from the compound of Formula (DXVII).
  • the step of forming the compound of Formula (DXVI) comprises reacting the compound of Formula (DXVII) with an azido group introducing agent to produce the compound of Formula (DXVI).
  • azido group introducing agent is selected from the group consisting of NaN 3 , TMSN 3 , (PhO)2P(O)N 3 , Zn(N 3 ) 2 *2Py, and n-Bu 4 NN 3 .
  • LG' is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
  • the compound of Formula (DXVII) has the structure of Formula (DXVIla) or Formula (DXVIlb):
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (Dll) may include the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DIX) having the structure: wherein
  • LG is a suitable living group; and forming the compound of Formula (DXVII) from the compound of Formula (DIX).
  • LG is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
  • the step of forming the compound of Formula (DXVII) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DIX) with a compound of Formula (DXVIII): to produce the compound of Formula (DXVII).
  • the compound of Formula (DIX) has the structure of Formula
  • the compound of Formula (DXX/III) has the structure of Formula (DXVIlla): (DXVIlla).
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (Dll) may include the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXIX) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (DIX) from the compound of Formula (DXIX).
  • the step of forming the compound of Formula (DIX) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DXIX) with a compound of Formula (DXV): wherein
  • LG 1 " is a suitable living group, to produce the compound of Formula (DXIX).
  • LG 1 " is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
  • the compound of Formula (DXIX) has the structure of Formula (DXIXa):
  • the compound of Formula (DXV) has the structure of Formula (DXVa):
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (Dll) may include the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXX) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (DXIX) from the compound of Formula (DXX).
  • the step of forming the compound of Formula (DXIX) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DXX) with an LG” introducing agent to produce the compound of Formula (DXIX).
  • the LG” introducing agent is NBu 4 Br 3 .
  • the compound of Formula (DXX) has the structure of Formula
  • composition comprising the peptidomimitic or compound of any of the embodiments described herein.
  • a pharmaceutical dosage form comprising the peptidomimitic or compound of any of the embodiments described herein.
  • the cell is a mammalian cell. In some embodiments, the cell is a human cell. In some embodiments, the cell is a pancreatic cell, a brain cell, a heart cell, a vascular tissue cell, a kidney cell, an adipose tissue cell, a liver cell, or a muscle cell.
  • a method of enhancing GLP1 R activity in an individual in need thereof comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of the peptidomimitic or compound of any of the embodiments described herein, the composition described herein, or the dosage form described herein.
  • a method of lowering blood glucose levels in an individual in need thereof comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of the peptidomimitic or compound of any of the embodiments described herein, the composition described herein, or the dosage form described herein.
  • a method of lowering body weight in an individual in need thereof comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of the peptidomimitic or compound of any of the embodiments described herein, the composition described herein, or the dosage form described herein.
  • a method of treating a GLP1 R-associated condition in an individual in need thereof comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of the peptidomimitic or compound of any of the embodiments described herein, the composition described herein, or the dosage form described herein.
  • the GLP1 R-associated condition is type II diabetes, obesity, liver disease, coronary artery disease, or kidney disease.
  • the GLP1 R-associated condition is type II diabetes and/or obesity.
  • the compound, the composition, or the dosage form of the present disclosure is administered subcutaneously, intravenously, intradermally, intraperitoneally, or intramuscularly.
  • Figure 1 shows liquid phase peptide support (LPPS) approaches for making Ml.
  • Figure 2 shows the synthesis of Tag1-M2.
  • Figure 3 shows the synthesis of Tag2-M2.
  • Figure 4 shows the synthesis of Tag3-M2.
  • Figure 5 shows the synthesis of Tag4-M2.
  • Figure 6 shows the synthesis of Tag5-M1.
  • Figure 7 shows the synthesis of Tag5-M3.
  • Figure 8 shows some examples of known LPPS Tags.
  • Figure 9 shows SPPS for peptide elongation.
  • Figures 10A-B are tables showing a summary of procedures and conditions used to prepare M1 using Tag5.
  • Figures 11 A-B are tables showing elongation conditions and results used for making M1 using Tag5.
  • Figure 12 is a table showing elongation conditions and results used for making M3 using Tag5.
  • Figure 13 is a table showing comparison of five routes used to prepare AA2 and AA2+Linker.
  • Figure 14 shows the synthesis of AA2 using route 1 .
  • Figure 15 shows an alternate process for making AA2 and AA2+Linker.
  • the present disclosure provides, in some aspects, compounds useful as a support for liquid phase organic synthesis.
  • novel LPPS Tags (Tag2-Tag5 in Figure 1) were designed by a) increasing hydrophobicity of the T ag for solidification of the TCP constituent to remove residual reactant and reagent as well impurities in solution for easy separation and purification; and b) introducing 2,4-bismethoxy-benzylamine amide moiety (e.g. in Tag5) for easy C-N bond cleavage, an GLP1 peptidomimetic was prepared on new Tags following Fmoc/tBu C — ⁇ N synthesis.
  • New liquid phase peptide support (LPPS) Tags were designed to combine the advantages of solid-phase peptide support (SPPS) synthesis allowing separation of solid supported peptides from elongation mixture and classical solution peptide synthesis (CSPS) using fewer molar equivalents of reactants and reagents growing peptide chain.
  • SPPS solid-phase peptide support
  • CSPS classical solution peptide synthesis
  • the increased hydrophobicity of LPPS Tags allowed i) carrying out more steps of peptide elongations on a soluble Tag in elongation solvents and ii) precipitation of tagged carrying/growing peptides in polar solvents.
  • Tag5 bearing six long alkyl chains allowed LPPS of a hydrophilic GLP1 agonist, using fewer molar equivalents of reactants and reagents compared to SPPS synthesis.
  • compositions of the disclosure refers to any salt suitable for administration to a patient.
  • Suitable salts include, but are not limited to, those disclosed in. Berge eta/., "Pharmaceutical Salts", J. Pharm. Sc/., 1977, 66:1 , incorporated herein by reference.
  • salts include, but are not limited to, acid derived, base derived, organic, inorganic, amine, and alkali or alkaline earth metal salts, including but not limited to calcium salts, magnesium salts, potassium salts, sodium salts, salts of hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methane sulfonic acid, ethane sulfonic acid, para-toluene sulfonic acid, salicylic acid, and the like.
  • Ranges may be expressed herein as from “about” or “approximately” one particular value and/or to “about” or “approximately” another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another embodiment includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value.
  • alkyl is given its ordinary meaning in the art and may include saturated aliphatic groups, including straight-chain alkyl groups and branched-chain alkyl groups, cycloalkyl (alicyclic) groups, alkyl substituted cycloalkyl groups, and cycloalkyl substituted alkyl groups.
  • a straight chain or branched chain alkyl has about 1-30 carbon atoms in its backbone (e.g., C1-C30 for straight chain, C2-C30 for branched chain), and alternatively, about 1-10 carbon atoms, or about 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • a cycloalkyl ring has from about 3-10 carbon atoms in their ring structure where such rings are monocyclic or bicyclic, and alternatively about 5, 6 or 7 carbons in the ring structure.
  • an alkyl group may be a lower alkyl group, wherein a lower alkyl group comprises 1-5 carbon atoms (e.g., C1-C5 for straight chain lower alkyls).
  • halogen means F, Cl, Br, or I; the term “halide” refers to a halogen radical or substituent, namely -F, -Cl, -Br, or -I.
  • compounds of the disclosure may contain “optionally substituted” moieties.
  • substituted whether preceded by the term “optionally” or not, means that one or more hydrogens of the designated moiety are replaced with a suitable substituent.
  • H atoms in each residue are replaced with alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy (also referred to as alkoxycarbonyl), carboxamido (also referred to as alkylaminocarbonyl), cyano, carbonyl, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, sulfoxide, sulfone, acylamino, amidino, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, or heteroaryloxy.
  • an “optionally substituted” group may have a suitable substituent at each substitutable position of the group, and when more than one position in any given structure may be substituted with more than one substituent selected from a specified group, the substituent may be either the same or different at every position.
  • Combinations of substituents envisioned by this disclosure are preferably those that result in the formation of stable or chemically feasible compounds.
  • stable refers to compounds that are not substantially altered when subjected to conditions to allow for their production, detection, and, in certain embodiments, their recovery, purification, and use for one or more of the purposes disclosed herein.
  • structures depicted herein are also meant to include all isomeric (e.g., enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric (or conformational)) forms of the structure; for example, the R and S configurations for each asymmetric center, (Z) and (E) double bond isomers, and (Z) and (E) conformational isomers. Therefore, single stereochemical isomers as well as enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric (or conformational) mixtures of the present compounds are within the scope of the disclosure.
  • cyclic adducts e.g., products of a cycloaddition reaction, e.g., an azide-acetylene cycloaddition reaction or a Diels-Alder reaction
  • regioisomers i.e., structural isomers that differ only in the position of a functional group or a substituent.
  • the following structures represent triazole regioisomers, which differ only in the position of the substituent on the triazole ring: s
  • structures depicted herein are also meant to include compounds that differ only in the presence of one or more isotopically enriched atoms.
  • compounds having the present structures except for the replacement of hydrogen by deuterium or tritium, or the replacement of a carbon by a 11 C- or 13 C- or 14 C -enriched carbon are within the scope of this disclosure.
  • the compounds of the disclosure are anhydrous and non-solvated.
  • anhydrous is meant that the crystalline form of the compound contains essentially no bound water in the crystal lattice structure, i.e., the compound does not form a crystalline hydrate.
  • crystalline form is meant to refer to a certain lattice configuration of a crystalline substance. Different crystalline forms of the same substance typically have different crystalline lattices (e.g., unit cells) which are attributed to different physical properties that are characteristic of each of the crystalline forms. In some instances, different lattice configurations have different water or solvent content.
  • the different crystalline lattices may be identified by solid state characterization methods such as by X-ray powder diffraction (PXRD). Other characterization methods such as differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), thermogravimetric analysis (TGA), dynamic vapor sorption (DVS), solid state NMR, and the like further help identify the crystalline form as well as help determine stability and solvent/water content.
  • Crystalline forms of a substance include both solvated (e.g., hydrated) and non- solvated (e.g., anhydrous) forms.
  • a hydrated form is a crystalline form that includes water in the crystalline lattice. Hydrated forms may be stoichiometric hydrates, where the water is present in the lattice in a certain water/molecule ratio such as for hemihydrates, monohydrates, dihydrates, etc. Hydrated forms may also be non-stoichiometric, where the water content is variable and dependent on external conditions such as humidity.
  • the compounds of the disclosure are substantially isolated.
  • substantially isolated is meant that a particular compound is at least partially isolated from impurities.
  • a compound of the disclosure comprises less than about 50%, less than about 40%, less than about 30%, less than about 20%, less than about 15%, less than about 10%, less than about 5%, less than about 2.5%, less than about 1%, or less than about 0.5% of impurities.
  • Impurities generally include anything that is not the substantially isolated compound including, for example, other crystalline forms and other substances.
  • GLP1 R refers to the glucagon-like peptide 1 receptor and includes recombinant GLP1 R protein or a fragment thereof. GLP1 R has a sequence of 463 residues. Donnelly, Br J Pharmacol, 166(1):27-41 (2011). Glucagon-like peptide 1 (GLP1) is a 31-amino acid peptide hormone released from intestinal L cells following nutrient consumption.
  • GLP1 The binding of GLP1 to GLP1 R potentiates glucose-induced secretion of insulin from pancreatic beta cells, increases insulin expression, inhibits beta-cell apoptosis, promotes beta-cell neogenesis, reduces glucagon secretion, delays gastric emptying, promotes satiety and increases peripheral glucose disposal.
  • the present disclosure provides compounds and precursors and intermediates thereof, that may be used as tags for preparation of GLP1 peptidomimetics.
  • the present disclosure also provides the methods of making these compounds and precursors and intermediates thereof.
  • GLP1 peptidomimetics prepared using the tags described herein and pharmaceutical compositions comprising GLP1 peptidomimetics, and methods for treating certain diseases in a subject in need of such treatment.
  • the present disclosure provides a compound having a structure of Formula (I): wherein: m and n are, independently, an integer from 1 to 5, and (m+n) > 3;
  • R 1 is a C1.5 alkyl
  • R 2 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted Cw-30 alkyl
  • R 3 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof.
  • m may be an integer from 1 to 5 and n may be an integer from 1 to 5, provided that (m+n) > 3.
  • m may be 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 and n may be 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5.
  • R 1 may be methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or pentyl.
  • R 1 may be n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, i-butyl, t-butyl, or n-pentyl.
  • R 1 is methyl.
  • R 2 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl.
  • C10-30 alkyl may be optionally substituted from 1 to 10 times with a substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy (also referred to as alkoxycarbonyl), carboxamido (also referred to as alkylaminocarbonyl), cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl, phenoxy, or benzyloxy.
  • a substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy (also referred to as alkoxycarbonyl), carboxamido (also referred to as alkylaminocarbonyl), cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, al
  • C10-30 alkyl may be optionally substituted 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 times with any of the above-described substituents, wherein each substituent is independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy, carboxamido, cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl, phenoxy, or benzyloxy.
  • R 3 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl.
  • C10-30 alkyl may be optionally substituted from 1 to 10 times with a substituent selected from halogen, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy (also referred to as alkoxycarbonyl), carboxamido (also referred to as alkylaminocarbonyl), cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl, phenoxy, or benzyloxy.
  • a substituent selected from halogen, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy (also referred to as alkoxycarbonyl), carboxamido (also referred to as alkylaminocarbonyl), cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, phenyl,
  • C10-30 alkyl may be optionally substituted 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 times with any of the above-described substituents, wherein each substituent is independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy, carboxamido, cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl, phenoxy, or benzyloxy.
  • R 2 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C18-26 alkyl
  • R 3 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C18-26 alkyl
  • each R 2 is independently an optionally substituted C22 alkyl
  • each R 3 is independently an optionally substituted C22 alkyl.
  • the present disclosure provides a process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I): wherein: m and n are, independently, an integer from 1 to 5, and (m+n) > 3;
  • R 1 is a C1-5 alkyl
  • R 2 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; and R 3 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof.
  • This process includes:
  • PG is a suitable protecting group
  • PG any suitable protecting group that may be used to protect amino group.
  • Suitable protecting groups that may be used are known to people of skill in the art. A detailed description of these groups and their selection and chemistry is contained in "The Peptides, Vol. 3", Gross and Whynhofer, Eds., Academic Press, New York, 1981 , which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • PG may be selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9- fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
  • PG is allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc).
  • the compound of Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (Ha):
  • the step (b) of forming the compound of Formula (I) may include reacting the compound of Formula (II) with a protecting group removing agent to produce the compound of Formula (I).
  • a protecting group removing agent may be used to remove protecting group PG from the amino group of the compound of Formula (II).
  • Suitable protecting group removing agents that may be used to remove a particular protecting group are known to people of skill in the art. A detailed description of these groups and their selection and chemistry is contained in "The Peptides, Vol. 3", Gross and Whynhofer, Eds., Academic Press, New York, 1981, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • the protecting group removing agent is selected from the group consisting of Pd(PPh) 3 , PhSiH 3 , H 2 , piperidine, and trifluoroacetic acid (TFA).
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) may include a step of providing a compound of Formula (III) having the structure: wherein
  • PG 1 is a suitable protecting group
  • PG 2 is a suitable protecting group; and forming the compound of Formula (II) from the compound of Formula (III) prior to the step (a).
  • PG 1 is any suitable protecting group that may be used to protect hydroxy group.
  • Suitable protecting groups that may be used are known to people of skill in the art and may be selected from the ones described in “Handbook of Reagents for Organic Synthesis. Activating Reagents and Protecting Groups,” Pearson and Roush, Eds., John Wiley & Sons, 2005, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • PG 1 may be selected from the group consisting of tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS), trimethylsilyl (TMS), triethylsilyl (TES), tert-butyldiphenylsilyl (TBDPS), and triisopropylsilyl (TIPS).
  • TBS tert-butyldimethylsilyl
  • TMS trimethylsilyl
  • TES triethylsilyl
  • TDPS tert-butyldiphenylsilyl
  • TIPS triisopropylsilyl
  • PG 2 is any suitable protecting group that may be used to protect hydroxy group.
  • Suitable protecting groups that may be used are known to people of skill in the art and may be selected from the ones described in “Handbook of Reagents for Organic Synthesis. Activating Reagents and Protecting Groups,” Pearson and Roush, Eds. , John Wiley & Sons, 2005, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • PG 2 may be selected from the group consisting of tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS), trimethylsilyl (TMS), triethylsilyl (TES), tert-butyldiphenylsilyl (TBDPS), and triisopropylsilyl (TIPS).
  • TBS tert-butyldimethylsilyl
  • TMS trimethylsilyl
  • TES triethylsilyl
  • TDPS tert-butyldiphenylsilyl
  • TIPS triisopropylsilyl
  • each PG 1 and each PG 2 may be the same or different.
  • PG 1 is the same as PG 2 group.
  • PG 1 is TBS and PG 2 is TBS.
  • PG 1 and PG 2 may be different from each other.
  • PG 1 is TBS and PG 2 is TIPS.
  • each PG 1 and each PG 2 may be different from each other.
  • each of the three PG 1 groups are the different from each other (PG 11 is different from PG 12 , PG 12 is different from PG 13 , and PG 11 is different from PG 13 ) and each of the three PG 2 groups are the same (PG 21 is different from PG 22 , PG 22 is different from PG 23 , and PG 21 is different from PG 23 ), and none of the PG 11 , PG 12 , PG 13 , PG 21 , PG 22 , and PG 23 are the same.
  • the compound of Formula (III) has the structure of Formula (Illa):
  • the step of forming the compound of Formula (II) prior to step (a) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (III) with a protecting group removal agent to obtain a deprotected intermediate; reacting said intermediate with at least one compound of Formula (IV):
  • any suitable protecting group removing agent may be used to remove protecting groups PG 1 and PG 2 is from the hydroxyl groups of the compound of Formula (III).
  • Suitable protecting group removing agents that may be used to remove a particular protecting group are known to people of skill in the art and may be selected from the ones described in “Handbook of Reagents for Organic Synthesis. Activating Reagents and Protecting Groups,” Pearson and Roush, Eds., John Wiley & Sons, 2005, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • the protecting group removing agent may be selected from the group consisting of tetrabutylammonium fluoride (TBAF), NH 4 F, SiF 4 , AcOH, HCI, LiAIH 4 , and K2CO3.
  • protecting group removing agents may be used.
  • one protecting group removing agent may be used to selectively remove all of the PG 1 groups present in the compound of Formula (III).
  • the formed intermediate may be reacted the first compound of Formula (IV), compound of Formula (IVa).
  • another protecting group removing agent may be used to selectively remove all of the PG 2 groups and then another compound of Formula (IV), compound of Formula (IVb) may be used to modify deprotected hydroxyl groups.
  • compound of Formula (IVa) may be different from the compound of Formula (IVb).
  • LG is a suitable leaving group. Suitable leaving groups may be used are known to people of skill in the art.
  • LG may be selected from a group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) may include a step of: providing a compound of Formula (V) having the structure:
  • the step of forming the compound of Formula (III) may comprise: reacting the compound of Formula (V) with a compound of Formula (VIa) or Formula (VIb): PG-X (VIa) or PG 2 O (VIb), wherein X is Cl or Br; to produce the compound of Formula (III).
  • suitable compounds of Formula (VIa) or Formula (VIb) may be selected from, but are not limited to, the group consisting of AllocCl, Alloc2O, Cbz2O, CbzCl, FmocCl, and Boc2O.
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) may include a step of: providing a compound of Formula (VII) having the structure: I); forming the compound of Formula (V) from the compound of Formula (VII).
  • PG 3 any suitable protecting group that may be used to protect amino group. Suitable protecting groups that may be used are known to people of skill in the art. A detailed description of these groups and their selection and chemistry is contained in "The Peptides, Vol. 3", Gross and Whynhofer, Eds., Academic Press, New York, 1981 , which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • PG 3 may be selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9- fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc). In some embodiments, PG 3 is 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
  • the compound of Formula (VII) has the following structure: (Vila).
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (V) includes reacting the compound of Formula (VII) with a protecting group removing agent to produce the compound of Formula (V).
  • any suitable protecting group removing agent may be used to remove protecting group PG 3 from the amino group of the compound of Formula (VII).
  • Suitable protecting group removing agents that may be used to remove a particular protecting group are known to people of skill in the art. A detailed description of these groups and their selection and chemistry is contained in "The Peptides, Vol. 3", Gross and Whynhofer, Eds., Academic Press, New York, 1981 , which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • the protecting group removing agent is selected from the group consisting of Pd(PPh)3, PhSiHa, H2, piperidine, and trifluoroacetic acid (TFA).
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) may include a step of: providing a compound of Formula (VIII) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (VII) from the compound of Formula (VIII).
  • the process of forming the compound of Formula (VII) may comprise reacting the compound of Formula (VIII) with a compound of Formula (IX) having the structure: to produce the compound of Formula (VII).
  • the compound of Formula (VIII) has the following structure: (Villa).
  • the compound of Formula (IX) has the following structure:
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) may include a step of: providing a compound of Formula (X) having the structure: wherein PG 4 is a suitable protecting group; and forming the compound of Formula (VIII) from the compound of Formula (X).
  • PG 4 any suitable protecting group that may be used to protect amino group. Suitable protecting groups that may be used are known to people of skill in the art. A detailed description of these groups and their selection and chemistry is contained in "The Peptides, Vol. 3", Gross and Whynhofer, Eds., Academic Press, New York, 1981 , which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • PG 4 may be selected from the group consisting of allyl, allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
  • PG 4 is allyl.
  • the compound of Formula (X) has the following structure:
  • the process of forming the compound of Formula (VIII) includes reacting the compound of Formula (X) with a protecting group removing agent.
  • any suitable protecting group removing agent may be used to remove protecting group PG 4 from the amino group of the compound of Formula (X).
  • Suitable protecting group removing agents that may be used to remove a particular protecting group are known to people of skill in the art. A detailed description of these groups and their selection and chemistry is contained in "The Peptides, Vol. 3", Gross and Whynhofer, Eds., Academic Press, New York, 1981 , which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • the protecting group removing agent is selected from the group consisting of Pd/K 2 CC>3, 1 ,3- dimethylbarbituric acid/Pd(PPh3)4, Pd(PPh)3, PhSiHs, H 2 , piperidine, and trifluoroacetic acid (TFA).
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) may include a step of: providing a compound of Formula (XI) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (X) from the compound of Formula (XI).
  • the compound of Formula (XI) has the following structure:
  • the process of forming the compound of Formula (X) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (XI) with a compound of Formula (XII): or a salt thereof, to produce the compound of Formula (X).
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) may include a step of: providing a compound of Formula (XIII) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (XI) from the compound of Formula (XIII).
  • the compound of Formula (XIII) has the following structure:
  • the process for forming the compound of Formula (XI) includes reacting the compound of Formula (XIII) with an oxidizing agent to produce the compound of Formula (XI).
  • any suitable oxidizing agent that may convert the primary alcohol to the aldehyde group may be used.
  • Suitable oxidizing agents that may be used are known to people of skill in the art.
  • the oxidizing agent may be selected from the group consisting of pyridinium chlorochromate (PCC), pyridinium dichromate (PDC), silver carbonate (Ag 2 CC>3), tetra-n-propylammonium perruthenate (TPAP), and Dess-Martin periodinane (DMP).
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) may include a step of: providing a compound of Formula (XIV) having the structure: wherein
  • Y is -OC1-6 alkyl
  • the compound of Formula (XIV) has the following structure:
  • the process of forming the compound of Formula (XIII) comprises reacting the compound of Formula (XIV) with a reducing agent.
  • any suitable reducing agent that may convert the ester to the primary alcohol group may be used.
  • Suitable reducing agents that may be used are known to people of skill in the art.
  • the reducing agent is selected from the group consisting of UAIH4, DIBALH, and UBH4.
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) may include a step of: providing a compound of Formula (XV) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (XIV) from the compound of Formula (XV).
  • the compound of Formula (XV) has the following structure:
  • the process of forming the compound of Formula (XIV) comprises reacting the compound of Formula (XV) with a protecting group introducing agent to produce the compound of Formula (XIV).
  • any suitable protecting group introducing agent may be used to protect the hydroxyl groups in the compound of Formula (XV).
  • Suitable protecting group introducing agents that may be used are known to people of skill in the art.
  • the protecting group introducing agent is selected from the group consisting of TBSCI, TBSOTf, TMSCI, TMSOTf, TESCI, TESOTf, TBDPSCI, TBDPSOTf, TIPSCI, and TIPSOTf.
  • the present disclosure provides a product prepared according to any of the methods described in the present disclosure.
  • the product is a compound of Formula (I): wherein: m and n are, independently, an integer from 1 to 5, and (m+n) > 3;
  • R 1 is a C1-5 alkyl
  • R 2 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl
  • R 3 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof.
  • the product is a compound of Formula (la):
  • the present disclosure provides a method of using a compound of Formula (I): (I), wherein: m and n are, independently, an integer from 1 to 5, and (m+n) ⁇ 3; R 1 is a C 1-5 alkyl; R 2 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C 10-30 alkyl; and R 3 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C 10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof, for making a peptide or a peptidomimetic.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is used as a support or a tag for making a peptide or a peptidomimetic.
  • the peptidomimetic is a compound of Formula :
  • the peptidomimetic is a compound of Formula: or a salt thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a compound manufactured using a compound of Formula (I): wherein: m and n are, independently, an integer from 1 to 5, and (m+n) > 3;
  • R 1 is Ci-5 alkyl
  • R 2 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl
  • R 3 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides a compound having a structure of Formula (Al): wherein: m and n are, independently, an integer from 0 to 5;
  • R 1a is C1-5 alkyl
  • R 2a is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl
  • R 3a is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof.
  • m may be an integer from 0 to 5 and n may be an integer from 0 to 5.
  • n may be an integer from 0 to 5.
  • m may be 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5 and n may be 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5.
  • R 1a may be methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or pentyl.
  • R 1 may be n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, i-butyl, t-butyl, or n-pentyl.
  • R 1a is methyl.
  • R 2a is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl.
  • C10-30 alkyl may be optionally substituted from 1 to 10 times with a substituent selected from halogen, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy (also referred to as alkoxycarbonyl), carboxamido (also referred to as alkylaminocarbonyl), cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl, phenoxy, or benzyloxy.
  • a substituent selected from halogen, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy (also referred to as alkoxycarbonyl), carboxamido (also referred to as alkylaminocarbonyl), cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, phenyl
  • C10-30 alkyl may be optionally substituted 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 times with any of the above-described substituents, wherein each substituent is independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy, carboxamido, cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl, phenoxy, or benzyloxy.
  • R 3a is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl.
  • C10-30 alkyl may be optionally substituted from 1 to 10 times with a substituent selected from halogen, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy (also referred to as alkoxycarbonyl), carboxamido (also referred to as alkylaminocarbonyl), cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl, phenoxy, or benzyloxy.
  • a substituent selected from halogen, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy (also referred to as alkoxycarbonyl), carboxamido (also referred to as alkylaminocarbonyl), cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, phenyl
  • C10-30 alkyl may be optionally substituted 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 times with any of the above-described substituents, wherein each substituent is independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy, carboxamido, cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl, phenoxy, or benzyloxy.
  • R 2a is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C18-26 alkyl
  • R 3a is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C18-26 alkyl
  • each R 2a is independently an optionally substituted C22 alkyl
  • each R 3a is independently an optionally substituted C22 alkyl.
  • the present disclosure provides a compound having a structure of Formula (Bl): wherein: m is an integer from 1 to 5;
  • R 1b is C1-5 alkyl
  • R 2b is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; or a salt thereof.
  • m may be an integer from 1 to 5.
  • m may be 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5.
  • R 1b may be methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or pentyl.
  • R 1b may be n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, i-butyl, t-butyl, or n-pentyl.
  • R 1b is methyl.
  • R 2b is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl.
  • C10-30 alkyl may be optionally substituted from 1 to 10 times with a substituent selected from halogen, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy (also referred to as alkoxycarbonyl), carboxamido (also referred to as alkylaminocarbonyl), cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl, phenoxy, or benzyloxy.
  • a substituent selected from halogen, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy (also referred to as alkoxycarbonyl), carboxamido (also referred to as alkylaminocarbonyl), cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, phenyl
  • C10-30 alkyl may be optionally substituted 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 times with any of the above-described substituents, wherein each substituent is independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy, carboxamido, cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl, phenoxy, or benzyloxy.
  • R 2b is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C18-26 alkyl.
  • each R 2b is independently an optionally substituted C22 alkyl.
  • the present disclosure provides a compound having a structure of Formula (Cl): wherein: m and n are, independently, an integer from 1 to 5, and (m+n) > 3;
  • R 2 ° is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl
  • R 3c is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof.
  • m may be an integer from 1 to 5 and n may be an integer from 1 to 5, provided that (m+n) > 3.
  • m may be 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 and n may be 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5.
  • R 2c is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl.
  • C10-30 alkyl may be optionally substituted from 1 to 10 times with a substituent selected from halogen, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy (also referred to as alkoxycarbonyl), carboxamido (also referred to as alkylaminocarbonyl), cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl, phenoxy, or benzyloxy.
  • a substituent selected from halogen, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy (also referred to as alkoxycarbonyl), carboxamido (also referred to as alkylaminocarbonyl), cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, phenyl
  • C10-30 alkyl may be optionally substituted 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 times with any of the above-described substituents, wherein each substituent is independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy, carboxamido, cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl, phenoxy, or benzyloxy.
  • R 3c is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl.
  • C10-30 alkyl may be optionally substituted from 1 to 10 times with a substituent selected from halogen, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy (also referred to as alkoxycarbonyl), carboxamido (also referred to as alkylaminocarbonyl), cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl, phenoxy, or benzyloxy.
  • a substituent selected from halogen, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy (also referred to as alkoxycarbonyl), carboxamido (also referred to as alkylaminocarbonyl), cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, phenyl
  • C10-30 alkyl may be optionally substituted 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 times with any of the above-described substituents, wherein each substituent is independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy, carboxamido, cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl, phenoxy, or benzyloxy.
  • R 2c is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C18-26 alkyl
  • R 3c is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C18-26 alkyl
  • each R 2c is independently an optionally substituted C22 alkyl
  • each R 3c is independently an optionally substituted C22 alkyl.
  • the present disclosure provides a method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic, the method comprising the steps of:
  • m and n are, independently, an integer from 1 to 5, and (m+n) ⁇ 3;
  • R 1 is C1-5 alkyl;
  • R 2 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl;
  • R 3 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof;
  • amino acid refers to a molecule containing both an amino group and a carboxyl group.
  • Amino acids include alpha-amino acids and beta-amino acids, the structures of which are depicted below.
  • an amino acid is an alpha amino acid.
  • Suitable amino acids that may be used according to the present disclosure include, without limitation, i) natural alpha-amino acids such as D- and L-isomers of the 20 common naturally occurring alpha-amino acids found in peptides and proteins: Alanine, Arginine, Asparagine, Aspartic acid, Cysteine, Glutamic acid, Glutamine, Glycine, Histidine, Isoleucine, Leucine, Lysine, Methionine, Phenylalanine, Proline, Serine, Threonine, Tryptophan, Tyrosine, Valine and derivatives thereof; ii) unnatural alpha-amino acids; iii) natural beta-amino acids (e.g., beta-alanine), and iv) unnatural beta-amino acids.
  • the step (c) of coupling the AA1 to the compound of Formula (I) comprises coupling the carboxylic acid moiety of the AA1 with the amino moiety of the compound of Formula (I).
  • the first amino acid (AA1) contains a protected amino group.
  • the first amino acid (AA1) is N-(AA1)
  • the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include a step of activating the chemical groups on the first amino acid (AA1) to prepare the first amino acid (AA1) for coupling with the compound of Formula (I) prior to step (c).
  • the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of:
  • the step (f) comprises coupling the carboxylic acid moiety of the AA2 with the amino moiety of the AA1.
  • the second amino acid (AA2) is N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoe
  • the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of:
  • the step (i) comprises coupling the carboxylic acid moiety of the AA3 with the amino moiety of the AA2.
  • the third amino acid (AA3) is 0 NHFmoc
  • the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of:
  • the step (I) comprises coupling the carboxylic acid moiety of the AA4 with the amino moiety of the AA3.
  • the fourth amino acid (AA4) is NHFmoc or
  • the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of:
  • the step (o) comprises coupling the carboxylic acid moiety of the AA5 with the amino moiety of the AA4.
  • the fifth amino acid (AA5) is N H Fmoc or
  • the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of:
  • the step (r) comprises coupling the carboxylic acid moiety of the AA6 with the amino moiety of the AA5.
  • the sixth amino acid (AA6) is N-(AA6)
  • the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of:
  • the step (u) comprises coupling the carboxylic acid moiety of the AA7 with the amino moiety of the AA6.
  • the seventh amino acid (AA7) is NHFmoc or
  • the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of:
  • the step (x) comprises coupling the carboxylic acid moiety of the AA8 with the amino moiety of the AA7.
  • the eighth amino acid (AA8) is 0H .
  • the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of:
  • the step (aa) comprises coupling the carboxylic acid moiety of the AA9 with the amino moiety of the AA8.
  • the ninth amino acid (AA9) is or
  • the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of:
  • the step (dd) comprises coupling the carboxylic acid moiety of the AA10 with the amino moiety of the AA9.
  • the tenth amino acid (AA10) is .
  • the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of: repeating the steps of (i) removing the protecting group from the amino acid (AA n );
  • the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of:
  • the compound of Formula (B) has the following Formula:
  • one or more peptides may be attached to the amino acid (AA n ).
  • the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of: repeating the steps of (i) removing the protecting group from the amino acid (AA n );
  • peptide (AA m i-AA mp ) m may be 2, 3, 4, 5,
  • m 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20.
  • m is 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 15.
  • m is 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10.
  • the peptide (AA m i-AA mp ) may be a dipeptide, tripeptide, tetrapeptide, pentapeptide, hexapeptide, heptapeptide, octapeptide, nonapetide, or decapeptide.
  • the peptides may include all D-amino acids, all L-amino acids, or a mixture of L- amino acids and D-amino acids.
  • the peptide includes only D-amino acids or a mixture of D-amino acids and L-amino acids where the D-amino acid content is greater than 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or 95%.
  • the non-participating carboxylic acids or amines on the reacting set of amino acids or peptide fragments may be protected by a suitable protecting group (PG) which may be selectively removed at a later time if desired.
  • PG protecting group
  • each one of the first amino acid (AA1), the second amino acid (AA2), the third amino acid (AA3), the fourth amino acid (AA4), the fifth amino acid (AA5), the sixth amino acid (AA6), the seventh amino acid (AA7), the eighth amino acid (AA8), the ninth amino acid (AA9), the tenth amino acid (AA10), and succeding amino acid (AA n +i) may be independently selected from the group consisiting of wherein PG 5 is a suitable protecting group.
  • any suitable protecting group that may be used to protect amino group in amino acids may be used as PG 5 . Suitable protecting groups that may be used are known to people of skill in the art.
  • PG 5 may be is independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of triphenylmethyl (Trt), allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9- fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
  • each one of the first amino acid (AA1), the second amino acid (AA2), the third amino acid (AA3), the fourth amino acid (AA4), the fifth amino acid (AA5), the sixth amino acid (AA6), the seventh amino acid (AA7), the eighth amino acid (AA8), the ninth amino acid (AA9), the tenth amino acid (AA10), and succeding amino acid (AA n +i) may be independently selected from the group
  • the peptidomimetic has a Formula: salt thereof.
  • the peptidomimetic has a Formula:
  • amino acids that may be used to prepare peptides and peptidomimetics may be both natural and unnatural amino acids.
  • k is an integer from 1 to 15;
  • q is an integer from 0 to 10;
  • R 1d is C1-5 alkyl
  • PG 6 is a suitable protecting group
  • PG 7 is a suitable protecting group, or a salt thereof. This method includes:
  • PG 6 is any suitable protecting group that may be used to protect amino group. Suitable protecting groups that may be used are known to people of skill in the art. A detailed description of these groups and their selection and chemistry is contained in "The Peptides, Vol. 3", Gross and Whynhofer, Eds., Academic Press, New York, 1981 , which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • PG 6 may be selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9- fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc). In some embodiments, PG 6 is 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
  • PG 7 is any suitable protecting group that may be used to protect amino group. Suitable protecting groups that may be used are known to people of skill in the art. A detailed description of these groups and their selection and chemistry is contained in "The Peptides, Vol. 3", Gross and Whynhofer, Eds., Academic Press, New York, 1981 , which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • PG 7 may be selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9- fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
  • PG 7 is tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc) [000381]
  • the compound of Formula (DI) has the structure of Formula (Dla) or Formula (Dlb): [000383]
  • the step (b) of forming the compound of Formula (DI) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (Dll) with a compound of Formula (Dill): (Dili), to produce the compound of Formula (II).
  • the compound of Formula (Dill) has the structure of Formula
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the step of: providing a compound of Formula (DIV) having the structure: salt thereof; and forming the compound of Formula (Dll) from the compound of Formula (DIV) prior to the step (a).
  • the compound of Formula (DIV) has the structure of Formula (DIVa) or Formula (DIVb):
  • X is OSu, OTf, Cl, or Br; to produce the compound of Formula (Dll).
  • the compound of Formula (DVa) or Formula (DVb) may be selected from the group consisting of AllocCI, AIIOC2O, Cbz2O, CbzCI, FmocCI, FmocOSu, and BOC2O.
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the step of: providing a compound of Formula (DVI) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (DIV) from the compound of Formula (DVI).
  • the step of forming the compound of Formula (DIV) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DVI) with a protecting group removal agent to produce the compound of Formula (DIV).
  • any suitable protecting group removing agent may be used to remove protecting group PG 8 from the amino group of the compound of Formula (DVI).
  • Suitable protecting group removing agents that may be used to remove a particular protecting group are known to people of skill in the art. A detailed description of these groups and their selection and chemistry is contained in "The Peptides, Vol. 3", Gross and Whynhofer, Eds., Academic Press, New York, 1981 , which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • the protecting group removal agent may be selected from the group consisting of Pd(PPh)3, PhSiHa, H2, HCI, piperidine, and trifluoroacetic acid (TFA).
  • the compound of Formula (DVI) has the structure of Formula (DVIa) or Formula (DVIb):
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the step of: providing a compound of Formula (DVI I) having the structure:
  • the step of forming the compound of Formula (DVI) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DVII) with a base to produce the compound of Formula (DVI).
  • any suitable base may be used to hydrolyze the methyl ester group in the compound of Formula (DVII).
  • the base is selected from the group consisting of LiOH, NaOH, and KOH.
  • the compound of Formula (DVII) has the structure of Formula (DVIla) or Formula (DVIlb):
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the step of: providing a compound of Formula (DVI 11) having the structure: wherein
  • LG' is a suitable living group; and forming the compound of Formula (DVII) from the compound of Formula (DVIII).
  • the step of forming the compound of Formula (DVII) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DVIII) with an azido group introducing agent to produce the compound of Formula (DVII).
  • the azido group introducing agent that may be used to carry out the above embodiment are known to people of skill in the art.
  • the azido group introducing agent is selected from the group consisting of NaNa, TMSN3, (PhO)2P(O)N3, Zn(Na)2*2Py, and n- BU4NN3.
  • LG' is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
  • the compound of Formula (DVIII) has the structure of Formula (DVII la) or Formula (DVII lb):
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the step of: providing a compound of Formula (DIX) having the structure: wherein
  • LG is a suitable living group; and forming the compound of Formula (DVIII) from the compound of Formula (DIX).
  • LG is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
  • the step of forming the compound of Formula (DVIII) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DIX) with a compound of Formula (DX): wherein
  • PG 8 is a suitable protecting group; to produce the compound of Formula (DVII).
  • PG 8 is any suitable protecting group that may be used to protect amino group. Suitable protecting groups that may be used are known to people of skill in the art. A detailed description of these groups and their selection and chemistry is contained in "The Peptides, Vol. 3", Gross and Whynhofer, Eds., Academic Press, New York, 1981 , which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • PG 8 may be selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9- fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc). In some embodiments, PG 8 is tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc).
  • the compound of Formula (DIX) has the structure of Formula
  • the compound of Formula (DX) has the structure of
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXI) having the structure: wherein
  • R 2d is Ci-s alkylene; and forming the compound of Formula (DIX) from the compound of Formula (DXI).
  • the step of forming the compound of Formula (DIX) comprises reacting the compound of Formula (DXI) with a reducing agent to produce the compound of Formula (DIX).
  • any reducing agent that is capable of reducing the alkene double bound may be used to prepare the compound of Formula (DIX).
  • the reducing agent is selected from the group consisting of H 2 , NH4HCO2, NABH(OAC) 3 , and LiAIH 4 .
  • the compound of Formula (DXI) has the structure of Formula (DXI a):
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXII) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (DXI) from the compound of Formula (DXII).
  • the step of forming the compound of Formula (DXI) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DXII) with a compound of Formula (DXI II):
  • the compound of Formula (DXIII) has the structure of
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXIV) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (DXII) from the compound of Formula (DXIV).
  • the step of forming the compound of Formula (DXII) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DXIV) with a compound of Formula (DXV): wherein
  • LG'" is a suitable living group, to produce the compound of Formula (DXII).
  • the LG'" is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
  • the compound of Formula (DXIV) has the structure of Formula (DXIVa):
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXVI) having the structure: wherein
  • LG* is a suitable living group, forming the compound of Formula (DX) from the compound of Formula (DXVI).
  • LG* is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
  • the step of forming the compound of Formula (DX) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DXVI) with a compound of Formula (DXVII): to produce the compound of Formula (DX).
  • the compound of Formula (DXVI) has the structure of Formula
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXVI 11) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (DXVI) from the compound of Formula (DXVIII).
  • the step of forming the compound of Formula (DXVI) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DXVIII) with a compound of Formula (DXIXa) or Formula wherein
  • X is OSu, Cl, or Br; to produce the compound of Formula (DXVI).
  • the compound of Formula (DXIXa) or Formula (DXIXb) is selected from the group consisting of TfCI, Tf 2 O, MsCI, and Ms 2 O.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for preparation of a compound of Formula wherein: q is an integer from 0 to 10;
  • R 1d is C1-6 alkyl
  • PG 6 is a suitable protecting group, or a salt thereof, said process comprising:
  • PG 6 is selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl
  • the compound of Formula (DXXI) is treated with compound o c
  • the compound of Formula (DXXI) is treated with a catalyst.
  • the catalyst is Pd(dppf)Cl2-DCM.
  • the compound of Formula (DXXI) is treated with a base.
  • the base is K2CO3.
  • the preparation is performed in a solvent mixture comprised of H2O/iPrOH.
  • the compound of Formula (Dll) has the structure of Formula (Dlla) or Formula (DI lb):
  • the compound of Formula (DXXI) is formed by exposing [000435] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DXXI) is formed in the presence of PPh 3 .
  • the compound of Formula (DXXI) is formed in the presence of DIAD.
  • the compound of Formula (DXXI) is formed in the presence of molecular sieves of 4A.
  • the compound of Formula (DXXI) is formed in an organic solvent.
  • the organic solvent is THF.
  • formed in the presence of dioxane In some embodiments, formed in the presence of dioxane. [000444] In some embodiments, formed at an elevated temperature for a period of time.
  • the organic solvent is a mixture of DCM and methanol.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for preparation of a compound of Formula
  • R 1d is C1-6 alkyl
  • PG 6 is a suitable protecting group, or a salt thereof, said process comprising:
  • PG 6 is any suitable protecting group that may be used to protect amino group. Suitable protecting groups that may be used are known to people of skill in the art. A detailed description of these groups and their selection and chemistry is contained in "The Peptides, Vol. 3", Gross and Whynhofer, Eds., Academic Press, New York, 1981 , which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • PG 6 may be selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9- fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc). In some embodiments, PG 6 is 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
  • the compound of Formula (Dll) has the structure of Formula (Dlla) or Formula (Dllb):
  • the compound of Formula (DIV) has the structure of Formula
  • the process of forming the compound of Formula (Dll) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DIV) with a compound of Formula (DVa) or Formula (DVb):
  • X is OSu, OTf, Cl, or Br; to produce the compound of Formula (Dll).
  • the compound of Formula (DVa) or Formula (DVb) is selected from the group consisting of AllocCI, AIIOC2O, Cbz 2 O, CbzCI, FmocCI, FmocOSu, and BOC 2 O.
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (Dll) may include the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXVI) having the structure: wherein
  • PG 8 is a suitable protecting group; and forming the compound of Formula (DIV) from the compound of Formula (DXVI).
  • the step of forming the compound of Formula (DIV) comprises reacting the compound of Formula (DXVI) with a protecting group removal agent to produce the compound of Formula (DIV).
  • a protecting group removal agent may be used to remove protecting group PG 8 from the amino group of the compound of Formula (DVI).
  • Suitable protecting group removing agents that may be used to remove a particular protecting group are known to people of skill in the art. A detailed description of these groups and their selection and chemistry is contained in "The Peptides, Vol. 3", Gross and Whynhofer, Eds., Academic Press, New York, 1981, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • the protecting group removal agent is selected from the group consisting of HCI, Pd(PPh) 3 , PhSiH 3 , H 2 , piperidine, and trifluoroacetic acid (TFA).
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (Dll) may include the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXVI I) having the structure: wherein
  • LG' is a suitable living group; and forming the compound of Formula (DXVI) from the compound of Formula (DXVII).
  • the step of forming the compound of Formula (DXVI) comprises reacting the compound of Formula (DXVII) with an azido group introducing agent to produce the compound of Formula (DXVI).
  • LG' is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
  • the compound of Formula (DXVII) has the structure of Formula (DXVIla) or Formula (DXVIlb):
  • LG is a suitable living group; and forming the compound of Formula (DXVII) from the compound of Formula (DIX).
  • LG is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
  • the step of forming the compound of Formula (DXVII) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DIX) with a compound of Formula (DXVIII): to produce the compound of Formula (DXVII).
  • the compound of Formula (DIX) has the structure of Formula
  • the compound of Formula (DXVIII) has the structure of
  • the step of forming the compound of Formula (DIX) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DXIX) with a compound of Formula (DXV): wherein
  • LG 1 " is a suitable living group, to produce the compound of Formula (DXIX).
  • LG 1 " is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
  • the compound of Formula (DXIX) has the structure of
  • the compound of Formula (DXV) has the structure of Formula
  • the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (Dll) may include the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXX) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (DXIX) from the compound of Formula (DXX).
  • the step of forming the compound of Formula (DXIX) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DXX) with an LG” introducing agent to produce the compound of Formula (DXIX).
  • the LG” introducing agent is NBu4Br3.
  • the compound of Formula (DXX) has the structure of Formula
  • compositions comprising the peptidomimetic or the compound of the present disclosure.
  • compositions of the disclosure may be formulated with suitable carriers, excipients, and other agents that provide improved transfer, delivery, tolerance, and the like.
  • suitable carriers excipients, and other agents that provide improved transfer, delivery, tolerance, and the like.
  • a multitude of appropriate formulations may be found in the formulary known to all pharmaceutical chemists: Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA.
  • formulations include, for example, powders, pastes, ointments, jellies, waxes, oils, lipids, lipid (cationic or anionic) containing vesicles (such as LIPOFECTINTM, Life Technologies, Carlsbad, CA), DNA conjugates, anhydrous absorption pastes, oil-in-water and water-in-oil emulsions, emulsions carbowax (polyethylene glycols of various molecular weights), semi-solid gels, and semi-solid mixtures containing carbowax.
  • vesicles such as LIPOFECTINTM, Life Technologies, Carlsbad, CA
  • DNA conjugates such as LIPOFECTINTM, Life Technologies, Carlsbad, CA
  • DNA conjugates such as LIPOFECTINTM, Life Technologies, Carlsbad, CA
  • DNA conjugates such as LIPOFECTINTM, Life Technologies, Carlsbad, CA
  • DNA conjugates such as LIPOFECTINTM, Life Technologies, Carlsbad, CA
  • the dose of a peptidomimetic or a compound administered to a patient may vary depending upon the age and the size of the patient, target disease, conditions, route of administration, and the like.
  • the suitable dose is typically calculated according to body weight or body surface area.
  • intravenously administer the peptidomimetic or the compound of the present disclosure normally at a single dose of about 0.01 to about 20 mg/kg body weight, more preferably about 0.02 to about 7, about 0.03 to about 5, or about 0.05 to about 3 mg/kg body weight.
  • the frequency and the duration of the treatment may be adjusted.
  • Effective dosages and schedules for administering a peptidomimetic or a compound may be determined empirically; for example, patient progress may be monitored by periodic assessment, and the dose adjusted accordingly. Moreover, interspecies scaling of dosages may be performed using well-known methods in the art (e.g., Mordenti et al., 1991 , Pharmaceut. Res. 8:1351).
  • Various delivery systems are known and may be used to administer the pharmaceutical composition of the disclosure, e.g., encapsulation in liposomes, microparticles, microcapsules, recombinant cells capable of expressing the mutant viruses, receptor mediated endocytosis (see, e g., Wu et al., 1987, J. Biol. Chem. 262:4429-4432).
  • Methods of introduction include, but are not limited to, intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, intranasal, epidural, and oral routes.
  • compositions may be administered by any convenient route, for example by infusion or bolus injection, by absorption through epithelial or mucocutaneous linings (e.g., oral mucosa, rectal and intestinal mucosa, etc.) and may be administered together with other biologically active agents. Administration may be systemic or local.
  • a pharmaceutical composition of the present disclosure may be delivered subcutaneously or intravenously with a standard needle and syringe.
  • a pen delivery device readily has applications in delivering a pharmaceutical composition of the present disclosure.
  • Such a pen delivery device may be reusable or disposable.
  • a reusable pen delivery device generally utilizes a replaceable cartridge that contains a pharmaceutical composition.
  • the empty cartridge may readily be discarded and replaced with a new cartridge that contains the pharmaceutical composition.
  • the pen delivery device may then be reused.
  • a disposable pen delivery device there is no replaceable cartridge. Rather, the disposable pen delivery device comes prefilled with the pharmaceutical composition held in a reservoir within the device. Once the reservoir is emptied of the pharmaceutical composition, the entire device is discarded.
  • Numerous reusable pen and autoinjector delivery devices have applications in the subcutaneous delivery of a pharmaceutical composition of the present disclosure.
  • Examples include, but are not limited to AUTOPENTM (Owen Mumford, Inc., Woodstock, UK), DISETRONICTM pen (Disetronic Medical Systems, Bergdorf, Switzerland), HUMALOG MIX 75/25TM pen, HUMALOGTM pen, HUMALIN 70/30TM pen (Eli Lilly and Co., Indianapolis, IN), NOVOPENTM I, II and III (Novo Nordisk, Copenhagen, Denmark), NOVOPEN JUNIORTM (Novo Nordisk, Copenhagen, Denmark), BDTM pen (Becton Dickinson, Franklin Lakes, NJ), OPTIPENTM, OPTIPEN PROTM, OPTIPEN STARLETTM, and OPTICLIKTM (sanofi-aventis, Frankfurt, Germany), to name only a few.
  • Examples of disposable pen delivery devices having applications in subcutaneous delivery of a pharmaceutical composition of the present disclosure include, but are not limited to the SOLOSTARTM pen (sanofi-aventis), the FLEXPENTM (Novo Nordisk), and the KWIKPENTM (Eli Lilly), the SURECLICKTM Autoinjector (Amgen, Thousand Oaks, CA), the PENLETTM (Haselmeier, Stuttgart, Germany), the EPIPEN (Dey, L.P.), and the HUMIRATM Pen (Abbott Labs, Abbott Park IL), to name only a few.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may be delivered in a controlled release system.
  • a pump may be used (see Langer, supra; Sefton, 1987, CRC Crit. Ref. Biomed. Eng. 14:201).
  • polymeric materials may be used; see, Medical Applications of Controlled Release, Langer and Wise (eds.), 1974, CRC Pres., Boca Raton, Florida.
  • a controlled release system may be placed in proximity of the composition’s target, thus requiring only a fraction of the systemic dose (see, e.g., Goodson, 1984, in Medical Applications of Controlled Release, supra, vol. 2, pp. 115-138).
  • Other controlled release systems are discussed in the review by Langer, 1990, Science 249:1527-1533.
  • the injectable preparations may include dosage forms for intravenous, subcutaneous, intracutaneous and intramuscular injections, drip infusions, etc. These injectable preparations may be prepared by methods publicly known. For example, the injectable preparations may be prepared, e.g., by dissolving, suspending or emulsifying the antibody or its salt described above in a sterile aqueous medium or an oily medium conventionally used for injections.
  • aqueous medium for injections there are, for example, physiological saline, an isotonic solution containing glucose and other auxiliary agents, etc., which may be used in combination with an appropriate solubilizing agent such as an alcohol (e.g., ethanol), a polyalcohol (e.g., propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol), a nonionic surfactant [e.g., polysorbate 80, HCO-50 (polyoxyethylene (50 mol) adduct of hydrogenated castor oil)], etc.
  • an alcohol e.g., ethanol
  • a polyalcohol e.g., propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol
  • a nonionic surfactant e.g., polysorbate 80, HCO-50 (polyoxyethylene (50 mol) adduct of hydrogenated castor oil
  • oily medium there are employed, e.g., sesame oil, soybean oil, etc., which may be used in combination with a solubilizing agent such as benzyl benzoate, benzyl alcohol, etc.
  • a solubilizing agent such as benzyl benzoate, benzyl alcohol, etc.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions for oral or parenteral use described above are prepared into dosage forms in a unit dose suited to fit a dose of the active ingredients.
  • dosage forms in a unit dose include, for example, tablets, pills, capsules, injections (ampoules), suppositories, etc.
  • the amount of the aforesaid antibody contained is generally about 5 to about 500 mg per dosage form in a unit dose; especially in the form of injection, it is preferred that the aforesaid antibody is contained in about 5 to about 100 mg and in about 10 to about 250 mg for the other dosage forms.
  • the peptidomimetics or compounds are useful, inter alia, for the treatment, prevention and/or amelioration of a disease, disorder or condition in need of such treatment.
  • the present disclosure provides a method of treating a condition in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a peptidomimetic or compound (e.g., GLP1 peptidomimetic) according to the disclosure, or the composition comprising any compound according to the present disclosure.
  • a peptidomimetic or compound e.g., GLP1 peptidomimetic
  • the peptidomimetics or compounds are useful for treating any disease or disorder in which stimulation, activation and/or targeting of GLP1 R would be beneficial.
  • the compounds of the present disclosure may be used for the treatment, prevention and/or amelioration of any disease or disorder associated with or mediated by GLP1 R expression or activity.
  • the peptidomimetics or compounds (e.g., GLP1 peptidomimetics) disclosed herein are useful for treating a GLP1 R-associated condition.
  • the GLP1 R-associated condition is Type 1 or Type 2 diabetes mellitus.
  • the administered peptidomimetic or compound (e.g., GLP1 peptidomimetic) may cause at least one of the following results: induction of insulin secretion, suppression of glucagon release, reduction of blood sugar, improvement of glycemic control, promotion of islet neogenesis, and delay of gastric emptying or potentiation of glucose resistant islets.
  • the GLP1 R-associated condition is a neurodegenerative disorder, a cognitive disorder, memory disorder or learning disorder.
  • the neurodegenerative disorder may be, for example, dementia, senile dementia, mild cognitive impairment, Alzheimer- related dementia, Huntington's chores, tardive dyskinesia, hyperkinesias, mania, Morbus Parkinson, steel-Richard syndrome, Down's syndrome, myasthenia gravis, nerve trauma, brain trauma, vascular amyloidosis, cerebral hemorrhage I with amyloidosis, brain inflammation, Friedrich's ataxia, acute confusion disorder, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, glaucoma and Alzheimer's disease.
  • the GLP1 R-associated condition is a liver disease.
  • the liver disease may be, for example, non-alcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD), fatty liver, non-alcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH), and cirrhosis.
  • NAFLD non-alcoholic fatty liver disease
  • NASH non-alcoholic steatohepatitis
  • cirrhosis cirrhosis
  • the GLP1R-associated condition is a coronary artery disease.
  • the coronary artery disease may be, for example, cardiomyopathy and myocardial infarction.
  • the GLP1R-associated condition is a kidney disease.
  • the kidney disease may be, for example, hypertension, or chronic kidney failure.
  • the GLP1 R-associated condition is an eating disorder.
  • the eating disorder may be, for example, binge eating.
  • the peptidomimetics or compounds may be employed to attenuate the effects of apoptosis- mediated degenerative diseases of the central nervous system such as Alzheimer's Disease, Creutzfeld-Jakob Disease and bovine spongiform encephalopathy, chronic wasting syndrome and other prion mediated apoptotic neural diseases (see, e.g., Perry and Grieg (2004) Current Drug Targets 6:565-571).
  • apoptosis- mediated degenerative diseases of the central nervous system such as Alzheimer's Disease, Creutzfeld-Jakob Disease and bovine spongiform encephalopathy, chronic wasting syndrome and other prion mediated apoptotic neural diseases (see, e.g., Perry and Grieg (2004) Current Drug Targets 6:565-571).
  • a peptidomimetic or compound e.g., GLP1 peptidomimetic
  • a peptidomimetic or compound e.g., GLP1 peptidomimetic
  • the peptidomimetics or compounds e.g., GLP1 peptidomimetisc
  • the compounds e.g., an antibody-drug conjugate, a linkerpayload and/or a payload
  • the peptidomimetics or compounds (e.g., GLP1 peptidomimetics) disclosed herein may also be used to treat a metabolic disorder.
  • the metabolic disorder may be, for example, obesity, dyslipidemia, metabolic syndrome X, and pathologies emanating from islet insufficiency.
  • Additional diseases that may be treated by a compound (e.g., an antibody-drug conjugate, a linker-payload and/or a payload) of the present disclosure include autoimmune diseases, in particular, those associated with inflammation, including, but not limited to, autoimmune diabetes, adult onset diabetes, morbid obesity, Metabolic Syndrome X and dyslipidemia.
  • the anti-GLP1 R antibody-drug conjugate may be employed as a growth factor for the promotion of islet growth in persons with autoimmune diabetes.
  • the compounds (e.g., an antibodydrug conjugate, a linker-payload and/or a payload) described herein may also be useful in the treatment of congestive heart failure.
  • the present disclosure provides a method of selectively targeting an antigen (e.g., GLP1 R) on a surface of a cell with a peptidomimetic or compound disclosed herein.
  • the method of selectively targeting an antigen (e.g., GLP1 R) on a surface of a cell with a compound comprises linking the compound to a targeted antibody.
  • the cell is a mammalian cell.
  • the cell is a human cell.
  • the cell is a pancreatic cell or a brain cell.
  • Inorganic salt report was provided by a Thermo ICS-6000 ion chromatography detector. Purities of synthetic intermediates after chromatographic purification were judged to be >90% by analysis of 1 H NMR spectra. Purities of final compounds were >95% (NMR analysis), after trituration with MeOH and MeCN (Honeywell, HPLC grade).
  • 1 H NMR and 13C 1 H NMR spectra were recorded on a Bruker Avance 400 (400 MHz, 1 H, 100 MHz, 13 C) spectrometer. Chemical shift values (6) are reported in ppm relative to residual chloroform (5 7.26 ppm for 1 H; 6 78.0 ppm for 13 C). Multiplicities are indicated by s (singlet), d (doublet), t (triplet), q (quartet), p (pentet), h (heptet), dd-doublet of doublets, dt-doublet of triplets, dq-doublet of quartets, m (multiplet), and br (broad). The identification of 1 H and 13 C signals was achieved using a combination of 1 H, 13 C, DEPT, COSY, HMBC, HMQC, and NOESY experiments. Coupling constants (J) are reported in Hertz (Hz).
  • Method 8 This method was used for analysis of Tag5-2AA, Tag5-3AA, Tag5-4AA, Tag5-5AA, Tag5-6AA, Tag5-7AA, Tag5-8AA, Tag5-9AA, and Tag5-10AA.
  • LCMS condition (BV): Mobile Phase: 1 ,5mL/4L TFA in water (solvent A) and 0.75mL/4L TFA in ACN (solvent B), using the elution gradient 10%-80% (solvent B) over 6 minutes and holding at 80% for 0.5 minutes at a flow rate of 0.8 ml/min; Column: NanoChrom ChromCore 120 C18 3um, 3.0*30mm; Wavelength: UV 220nm; Column temperature: 50°C; MS ionization: ESI.
  • Reverse phase HPLC was carried out using a Ultimate XB- C18, 3um, 3.0*50mm column, Mobile phase:1.0% ACN in water (0.1%TFA) to 5% ACN in water (0.1%TFA) in 1 min;then from 5% ACN in water (0.1%TFA) to 100% ACN (0.1%TFA) in 5 minutes; hold at 100% ACN (0.1%TFA) for 2 minutes;back to 1.0% ACN in water (0.1%TFA) at 8.01min,and hold two minutes. Flow rate:1.2ml/min. Method 15 [000518] This method was used for analysis of M2.
  • HPLC conditions Mobile phase: 1.0% ACN in water (0.1%TFA) to 5% ACN in water (0.1%TFA) in 1 minutes; then from 5% ACN in water (0.1%TFA) to 100% ACN (0.1%TFA) in 5 minutes; hold at 100% ACN (0.1%TFA) for 2 minutes; back to 1.0% ACN in water (0.1%TFA) at 8.01 minutes and hold two minutes.
  • Flow rate 1.2ml/min.
  • Step 1 Synthesis of Methyl (2S)-4-[(2,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)methylamino]-2-(9H-fluoren-9- ylmethoxycarbonylamino)-4-oxo-butanoate (DMB-AA9-2) [000521] To a solution of (3S)-3-(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxycarbonylamino)-4-methoxy-4-oxo- butanoic acid (DMB-AA9-1, 90 g, 243.66 mmol, 1 eq.) in DMF (200 mL) were added HATU (101.91 g, 268.03 mmol, 1.1 eq.), and DIPEA (62.98 g, 487.32 mmol, 84.88 mL, 2 eq.), and the mixture was stirred at 20°C for 30 min.
  • Step 2 Synthesis of Methyl (2S)-3-[1-[(2,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]tetrazol-5-yl]-2-(9H-fluoren-9- ylmethoxycarbonylamino)propanoate (DMB-AA9-3)
  • DMB-AA9-3 To a suspension of compound DMB-AA9-2 (100 g, 192.84 mmol, 1 eq.) in pyridine (800 mL) was added TMSN3 (88.87 g, 771.37 mmol, 101.45 mL, 4 eq.), followed by addition of PCl5 (60.24 g, 289.26 mmol, 1.5 eq.) portion wise.
  • Step 3 Synthesis of (2S)-3-[1-[(2,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]tetrazol-5-yl]-2-(9H-fluoren-9- ylmethoxycarbonylamino)propanoic Acid (DMB-AA9) [000523] To a solution of compound DMB-AA9-3 (95 g, 174.77 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (600 mL) and H 2 O (100 mL) were added NaOH (20.97 g, 524.31 mmol, 3 eq) and the reaction mixture was stirred at 20 °C for 2 hr. LCMS showed that the reactant was consumed.
  • the pH of the reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 7-8 using citric acid and the mixture was diluted with H 2 O (200 mL), and then extracted with TBME (300 mL ⁇ 2). To the aqueous layer was added NaHCO 3 (44.05 g, 524.31 mmol, 20.39 mL, 3 eq) and FmocOSu (58.96 g, 174.77 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (600 mL), then the reaction mixture was stirred at 10°C for 12 hr. LCMS showed that the desired compound was detected as a main peak.
  • the reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove THF, then poured into saturated NaHCO 3 (500 mL) and H 2 O (300 mL), and extracted with TBME (500 mL ⁇ 3). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc/MeOH (10/1, 800 mL ⁇ 3). The combined EtOAc layers were washed with saturated NaHCO 3 (200 mL) and brine (200 ml), then dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The crude product was triturated with TBME:ACN:EtOAc (10:1:1, 250 mL) for 12 h at 20°C, and filtered to give a light yellow solid.
  • Step a Synthesis of Bis(4-docosoxyphenyl)methanone (Tag1-2) [000526] To a mixture of compound Tag1-1 (10 g, 46.68 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and 1-bromodocosane (40.00 g, 102.70 mmol, 2.2 eq.) in DMF (200 mL) and THF (40 mL) was added K2CO3 (38.71 g, 280.09 mmol, 6 eq.) and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 12 hr.
  • Step c Synthesis of 9H-Fluoren-9-ylmethyl N-[bis(4-docosoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamate (Tag1-4) [000530] To a mixture of Tag1-3 (10 g, 12.00 mmol, 1 eq.) and 9H-fluoren-9-ylmethyl carbamate (FmocNH2, 5.74 g, 24.00 mmol, 2.0 eq.) in toluene (200 mL) was added MsOH (345.97 mg, 3.60 mmol, 256.27 ⁇ L, 0.3 eq.), then the mixture was stirred at 110 °C for 36 hr.
  • ACN 400 mL
  • ACN 100 mL ⁇ 2
  • Step 1 Synthesis of (2S)-2-Amino-N-[bis(4-docosoxyphenyl)methyl]-5-(3,5-dimethylphenyl) pentanamide (Tag1-1AA) [000537]
  • Tag1 (6 g, 7.21 mmol, 1 eq.) and AA1 (4.80 g, 10.81 mmol, 1.5 eq.) in DCM (100 mL) were added DIC (1.18 g, 9.37 mmol, 1.45 mL, 1.3 eq.) and HOAt (1.28 g, 9.37 mmol, 1.31 mL, 1.3 eq.).
  • DIC 1.18 g, 9.37 mmol, 1.45 mL, 1.3 eq.
  • HOAt (1.28 g, 9.37 mmol, 1.31 mL, 1.3 eq.
  • Step 3 Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-3-Amino-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl] phenyl]methyl]-2-[[(1S)-1-[bis(4-docosoxyphenyl)methylcarbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl) butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-4-oxo-butanoate (Tag1-3AA) ing using Tag1-2AA (7 g, 5.00 mmol).
  • N-Fmoc-Tag1-3AA (8.9 g, 4.96 mmol, 99.25% yield) was obtained as a yellow solid.
  • Deprotection reaction was performed according to the general procedure B for Fmoc deprotection.
  • Tag1-3AA (6.5 g, 4.14 mmol, 83.36% yield) was obtained as a white solid.
  • LCMS (ESI): RT 4.294 min, mass calcd.
  • Step 4 Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-3-[[(2S)-2-Amino-3-tert-butoxy-propanoyl]amino]-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4- [4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[[(1S)-1-[bis(4-docosoxyphenyl) methylcarbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-4-oxo-butanoate (Tag1- 4AA) ing using Tag1-3AA (6.5 g, 4.14 mmol, 1 eq.).
  • N-Fmoc-Tag1-4AA (8 g, 4.13 mmol, 99.86% yield) was obtained as a yellow solid.
  • Deprotection reaction was performed according to the general procedure B for Fmoc deprotection.
  • Tag1-4AA (6.6 g, 3.85 mmol, 93.19% yield) was obtained as a white solid.
  • LCMS (ESI): RT 3.540 min, mass calcd.
  • Step 5 Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-3-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S,3R)-2-Amino-3-tert-butoxy-butanoyl] amino]-3- tert-butoxy-propanoyl]amino]-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl] phenyl]methyl]-2- [[(1S)-1-[bis(4-docosoxyphenyl)methylcarbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl) butyl]amino]-2-oxo- ethyl]amino]-4-oxo-butanoate (Tag
  • N-Fmoc-Tag1-5AA (8.0 g, 3.82 mmol, 99.25% yield) was obtained as a white solid.
  • Deprotection reaction was performed according to the general procedure B for Fmoc deprotection.
  • Tag1-5AA (7.0 g, 3.74 mmol, 97.89% yield) was obtained as a white solid which was used directly in the next step.
  • Step 6 Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-3-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S,3R)-2-[[2-Amino-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl- propanoyl]amino]-3-tert-butoxy-butanoyl]amino]-3-tert-butoxy-propanoyl]amino]-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4- azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[[(1S)-1-[bis(4-docosoxyphenyl)methylcarbamoyl]-4- (3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-4-oxo-butanoate (Tag1-6AA) ing using Tag1-5AA (7.00 g, 3.74 mmol, 1 eq.).
  • N-Fmoc Tag1-6AA (7.3 g, 3.21 mmol, 85.87% yield) was obtained as a white solid.
  • Deprotection reaction was performed according to the general procedure B for Fmoc deprotection.
  • Tag1-6AA (6.5 g, 3.17 mmol, 98.69% yield) was obtained as a white solid.
  • LCMS (ESI): RT 3.699 min, mass calcd.
  • Step 7 Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-3-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S,3R)-2-[[2-[[(2S,3R)-2-Amino-3-tert-butoxy- butanoyl]amino]-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-propanoyl]amino]-3-tert-butoxy-butanoyl]amino]-3- tert-butoxy-propanoyl]amino]-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2- [[(1S)-1-[bis(4-docos
  • Step 8 Synthesis of (3S)-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-Azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[[(1S)-1- carbamoyl-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-3-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S,3R)-2-[[3-(2- fluorophenyl)-2-[[(2S,3R)-3-hydroxy-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[3-[2-(1H-imidazol-5-yl) ethylamino]-2,2- dimethyl-3-oxo-
  • HPLC method A Column: YMC-Pack ODS-A 150*4.6mm, 5um; 2.75ML/4LTFA in water (solvent A) and 2.5ML/4LTFA in ACN (solvent B), using the elution gradient 10%-80% (solvent B) over 10 minutes and holding at 80% for 5 minutes at a flow rate of 1.5 ml/min.
  • Step a Synthesis of 2,4-Di(docosoxy)benzaldehyde (Tag2-2) O O a 4 5 Tag2-1 Tag2-2 [000560] To a mixture of 2,4-dihydroxybenzaldehyde (Tag2-1, 5 g, 36.20 mmol, 1 eq) and 1- bromo-docosane (31.02 g, 79.64 mmol, 2.2 eq) in DMF (100 mL) and THF (20 mL) was added K2CO3 (30.02 g, 217.20 mmol, 6 eq) and it was stirred at 90 °C for 12 hr.
  • Step 1 Synthesis of (2S)-2-Amino-N-((2,4-bis(docosyloxy)phenyl)(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl)-5-(3,5- dimethylphenyl)pentanamide (Tag2-1AA)
  • Step 2 Synthesis of (2S)-2-((S)-2-Amino-3-(4’-(4-azidobutoxy)-2’-ethyl-[1,1’-biphenyl]-4-yl) propanamido)-N-((2,4-bis(docosyloxy)phenyl)(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl)-5-(3,5-dimethylphenyl) Pentanamide (Tag2-2AA) ing and Fmoc deprotection in one-pot using Tag2-1AA (3 g, 2.39 mmol, 85% purity, 1 eq) and AA2 (2.18 g, 3.61 mmol, 1.51 eq).
  • Step 3 Synthesis of (3S)-tert-Butyl 3-amino-4-(((2S)-3-(4’-(4-azidobutoxy)-2’-ethyl-[1,1’-biphenyl]-4- yl)-1-(((2S)-1-(((2,4-bis(docosyloxy)phenyl)(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl)amino)-5-(3,5- dimethylphenyl)-1-oxopentan-2-yl)amino)-1-oxopropan-2-yl)amino)-4-oxobutanoate (Tag2-3AA) ing and Fmoc deprotection in one-pot using Tag2-2AA (3.8 g, 2.39 mmol, 90% purity, 1 eq) and AA3 (1.48 g, 3.59 mmol, 1.5 eq).
  • Step 4 Synthesis of (3S)-tert-Butyl 3-((S)-2-amino-3-(tert-butoxy)propanamido)-4-(((2S)-3-(4’-(4- azidobutoxy)-2’-ethyl-[1,1’-biphenyl]-4-yl)-1-(((2S)-1-(((2,4-bis(docosyloxy)phenyl)(4- methoxyphenyl) methyl)amino)-5-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)-1-oxopentan-2-yl)amino)-1-oxopropan-2- yl)amino)-4-oxobutanoate (Tag2-4AA) [000569] The rection was carried out according to the general procedure C for amide coupling and Fmoc deprotection in one-pot using Tag2-3AA (3.9 g, 2.19 mmol, 90% purity, 1 eq) and
  • Step 5 Synthesis of (3S)-tert-Butyl 3-((S)-2-(((2S,3R)-2-Amino-3-(tert-butoxy)butanoyl)oxy)-3-(tert- butoxy)propanamido)-4-(((2S)-3-(4’-(4-azidobutoxy)-2’-ethyl-[1,1’-biphenyl]-4-yl)-1-(((2S)-1-(((2,4- bis(docosyloxy)phenyl)(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl)amino)-5-(3,5-dimethylphenyl) -1-oxopentan-2- yl)amino)-1-oxopropan-2-yl)amino)-4-oxobutanoate (Tag2-5AA) [0005 0] e recton was carred out accordng to t e genera procedure C or amde coupling and F
  • Step 7 Synthesis of (4R,5S,8S,11S,14S,17S)-tert-Butyl 5-Amino-17-(((2S)-3-(4’-(4-azidobutoxy)-2’- ethyl-[1,1’-biphenyl]-4-yl)-1-(((2S)-1-(((2,4-bis(docosyloxy)phenyl)(4-methoxyphenyl) methyl)amino)-1-oxo-5-(m-tolyl)pentan-2-yl)amino)-1-oxopropan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-11-(CAN-1-(tert- butoxy)ethyl)-14-(tert-butoxymethyl)-8-(2-fluorobenzyl)-2,2,4,8-tetramethyl-6,9,12,15-tetraoxo-3- oxa-7,10,13,16-tetraa
  • Step 8 Synthesis of (3S)-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-Azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[[(1S)-1- carbamoyl-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-3-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S,3R)-2-[[(2S)-3- (2-fluorophenyl)-2-[[(2S,3R)-3-hydroxy-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[3-[2-(1H-imidazol-5-yl)ethylamino]-2,2- dimethyl-3-oxo-propanoyl]amino]-3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)propanoyl]amino] acetyl]amino]butanoy
  • Reagent Tag3-3a (CAS: 145069- 56-3, Rink Amide Linker.), 4-[(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)(fmoc-amino)me] phenoxy acetic acid is commonly used in solid phase synthesis for preparation of C- terminal primary amide-peptide. Finally, Fmoc deprotection of Tag3-4 provided Tag3.
  • the obtained solid was triturated with acetone (200 mL) and the solid was collected by filtration and slurry-washed in methanol. After filtration, the obtained solid was dried under reduced pressure to give the title compound as an off-white solid.
  • the obtained solid was triturated again with PE (100 mL) and the solid was collected by filtration.
  • the desired compound Tag3-1 (10.9 g, 14.43 mmol, 99.67% yield, n/a purity) was obtained as an off-white solid.
  • Step 4 Synthesis of 9H-Fluoren-9-ylmethyl N-[[4-[2-[[2,4-di(docosoxy)phenyl]methylamino]-2-oxo- ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamate (Tag3-4) (9H- fluoren-9-ylmethoxycarbonylamino)methyl]phenoxy]acetic acid Tag3-3a (2.14 g, 3.97 mmol, 1.5 eq) in DCM (20 mL) was added DIC (500.58 mg, 3.97 mmol, 614.21 ⁇ L, 1.5 eq) and HOAt (539.89 mg, 3.97 mmol, 554.87 ⁇ L, 1.5 eq) and the resulting mixture was stirred at 20°C for 2 hr.
  • MeOH 30 mL ⁇ 2
  • Step f Synthesis of 9H-Fluoren-9-ylmethyl N-[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[[2,4-di(docosoxy)phenyl] methylamino]- 2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamoyl]-4-(3,5- dimethylphenyl)butyl]carbamate (N-Fmoc-Tag3-1AA)
  • Step g Synthesis of (2S)-2-Amino-N-[[4-[2-[[2,4-di(docosoxy)phenyl]methylamino]-2-oxo- th x ] h n l](24dim th x h n l)m th l] 5(35dim th l h n l) nt n mid (T 3-1AA) ing N-Fmoc-Tag3-1AA (1 g, 675.15 ⁇ mol, 1 eq) in THF (10 mL).
  • Tag3-1AA (0.81 g, 643.41 ⁇ mol, 95.30% yield) was obtained as an off-white solid.
  • Step h Synthesis of 9H-Fluoren-9-ylmethyl N-[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl] phenyl]methyl]-2-[[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[[2,4-di(docosoxy)phenyl]methylamino]-2-oxo-ethoxy] phenyl]-(2,4- dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]carbamate (N- Fmoc-Tag3-2AA) [00058 ] e reacton was perormed usng t e genera procedure or amde coup ng using Tag3-1AA (0.6 g, 476.60 ⁇ mol, 1 eq) and AA2 (432.30 mg, 714.90 ⁇ mol,
  • Step i Synthesis of (2S)-2-((S)-2-Amino-3-(4’-(4-azidobutoxy)-2’-ethyl-[1,1’-biphenyl]-4- yl)propanamido)-N-((4-(2-((2,4-bis(docosyloxy)benzyl)amino)-2-oxoethoxy)phenyl)(2,4- dimethoxyphenyl)methyl)-5-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)pentanamide (Tag3-2AA) [000589] The reaction was performed using general procedure E for Fmoc deprotection using N-Fmoc-Tag3-2AA (400 mg, 216.73 ⁇ mol, 1 eq), Tag3-2AA (380 mg, 210.67 ⁇ mol, 97.20% yield, 90% purity) as a light-yellow solid was obtained.
  • Step k Synthesis of (3S)-tert-Butyl 3-Amino-4-(((2S)-3-(4’-(4-azidobutoxy)-2’-ethyl-[1,1’-biphenyl]-4- yl)-1-(((2S)-1-(((4-(2-((2,4-bis(docosyloxy)benzyl)amino)-2-oxoethoxy)phenyl)(2,4- dimethoxyphenyl) methyl)amino)-5-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)-1-oxopentan-2-yl)amino)-1-oxopropan-2- yl)amino)-4-oxobutanoate (Tag3-3AA) ing N-Fmoc-Tag3-3AA (350 mg, 156.19 ⁇ mol, 90% purity, 1 eq).
  • Step l Synthesis of (3S)-tert-Butyl 3-((S)-2-((((9H-Fluoren-9-yl)methoxy)carbonyl)amino)-3-(tert- butoxy)propanamido)-4-(((2S)-3-(4’-(4-azidobutoxy)-2’-ethyl-[1,1’-biphenyl]-4-yl)-1-(((2S)-1-(((4-(2- ((2,4-bis(docosyloxy)benzyl)amino)-2-oxoethoxy)phenyl)(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl) methyl)amino)-5- (3,5-dimethylphenyl)-1-oxopentan-2-yl)amino)-1-oxopropan-2-yl)amino)-4-oxobutanoate (N-Fmoc- Tag3-4AA) ng
  • Step m Synthesis of (3S)-tert-Butyl 3-((S)-2-Amino-3-(tert-butoxy)propanamido)-4-(((2S)-3-(4’-(4- azidobutoxy)-2’-ethyl-[1,1’-biphenyl]-4-yl)-1-(((2S)-1-(((4-(2-((2,4-bis(docosyloxy)benzyl)amino)-2- oxoethoxy)phenyl)(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl)amino)-5-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)-1-oxopentan-2-yl) amino)-1-oxopropan-2-yl)amino)-4-oxobutanoate (Tag3-4AA) sing N-Fmoc-Tag3-4AA (280 mg, 116.67 ⁇ mol, 90% purity, 1 eq).
  • Step b Synthesis of [3,4,5-tri(Docosoxy)phenyl]methanol (Tag4-2) C O 22 H 45 C O 22 H 45 O LiAlH 4 (3 eq.), THF, 70 oC, 3 h, 92.3% O H 45 [000599]
  • THF THF
  • LiAlH 4 102.59 mg, 2.70 mmol, 2.70 mL, 3.0 eq.
  • Step c Synthesis of 5-(Bromomethyl)-1,2,3-tri(docosoxy)benzene (Tag4-3) C 22 H 45 C 2 H O O 2 45 H 45 ag - ag - [000600]
  • Step f Synthesis of 5-[[4-[Azido-[4-[[3,4,5-tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methoxy]phenyl]methyl]phenoxy] methyl]-1,2,3-tri(docosoxy)benzene (Tag4-6) 7 g, 4.22 mmol, 850.79 uL, 1.8 eq.) in DCM (105 mL) were added Li2CO3 (3.47 mg, 46.93 umol, 31.67 uL, 0.02 eq.) and TMSN3 (1.22 g, 10.56 mmol, 1.39 mL, 4.5 eq.), then the reaction mixture was stirred at 37 °C for 12 hr.
  • Step 1 Synthesis of (2S)-2-Amino-N-[bis[4-[[3,4,5-tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methoxy]phenyl]methyl]-5- (3,5-dimethylphenyl)pentanamide (Tag4-1AA) [00 pling using Tag4 (2.5 g, 1.07 mmol, 1 eq.) and AA1 (709.88 mg, 1.60 mmol, 1.5 eq.). N-Fmoc-Tag4-1AA (2.6 g, 751.31 ⁇ mol, 70.41% yield, 80% purity) was obtained as an off-white solid.
  • LC-MS: RT 4.061 min, mass calcd.
  • Step 2 Synthesis of (2R)-2-[[(2S)-2-Amino-3-[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl- phenyl]phenyl]propanoyl] amino]-N-[bis[4-[[3,4,5-tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methoxy]phenyl]methyl]-5- (3,5-dimethylphenyl) pentanamide (Tag4-2AA) ing using Tag4-1AA (1.6 g, 628.37 ⁇ mol, 1 eq.), N-Fmoc-Tag4-2AA (1.9 g, 424.52 ⁇ mol, 67.56% yield, 70% purity) was obtained as a white solid which was used directly in the next step.
  • N-Fmoc-Tag4-3AA (1.9 g, 345.02 ⁇ mol, 59.07% yield, 60% purity) was obtained as an off-white solid.
  • N-Fmoc-Tag4-4AA (1.45 g, 420.62 ⁇ mol, 86.42% yield) was obtained as an off-white solid.
  • LCMS condition: Method 12. (anchor Tag4). [000615] The reaction was carried out following the general procedure G for Fmoc deprotection using N-Fmoc-Tag4-4AA (1.4 g, 406.11 ⁇ mol, 1 eq.).
  • N-Fmoc-Tag4-5AA (1.3 g, 360.66 ⁇ mol, 85.74% yield) was obtained as an off-white solid.
  • N-Fmoc-Tag4-6AA (0.8 g, 211.43 ⁇ mol, 71.51% yield) was obtained as an off-white solid.
  • N-Fmoc-Tag4-7AA (0.7 g, 177.62 ⁇ mol, 90.37% yield) was obtained as an off-white solid.
  • N-Fmoc-Tag4-8AA (0.56 g, 140.07 ⁇ mol, 86.81% yield) was obtained as an off-white solid.
  • Tag4-8AA (0.5 g, 132.42 ⁇ mol) was obtained as an off-white solid which was used directly in the next step.
  • N-Fmoc-Tag4-9AA (0.5 g, 116.62 ⁇ mol, 88.07% yield) was obtained as an off-white solid.
  • Tag5-6 in piperidine Fmoc deprotection of Tag5-6 in piperidine, provided Tag5-7. N-Alloc protection of Tag5-7 and subsequent removal of TBS in Tag5- 8 and alkylation with C22-alkyl bromide in one pot generated Tag5-9. Removal of N-alloc group from Tag5-9 provided final product, Tag5. Replacing N-Fmoc of Tag5-5a with N-alloc was attempted for further improvement; however, Tag5-5a without N-Fmoc was poorly soluble in organic solvents. The amounts and yields for each step are summarized in Table 8 below.
  • the reaction mixture was pumped into transit barrels (2* 20 L). sat. NaHCO 3 (15 L) solution was charged to 50 L of jacket flask.20 L (1/2 volume) of the reaction suspension was added to the above sat. NaHCO 3 (15 L) solution with intensive stirring and extracted with PE (6 L x 2). The other (1/2 volume) of the reaction mixture was treated as above. All of the organic layers were combined, washed with brine (10 L), and dried over Na 2 SO 4 .
  • the organic layer was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure ( ⁇ 45 o C, -0.8 atm) to give ⁇ 10 kg of pale-green oil.
  • the pale-green oil was dissolved in MeOH (28 L) and stirred at 0 ⁇ 4 o C (internal temperature) for 12 h.
  • the white solid has precipitated out.
  • the product Tag5-1 (7.8 kg, 14.80 mol, 90.86% yield) was obtained as a white solid via filtration and dried under reduced pressure.
  • Step c Synthesis of 3,4,5-Tris[[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy]benzaldehyde (Tag5-3) OTBDMS OTBDMS TBDMSO PCC (1.1 eq) TBDMSO O [000632]
  • PCC 1,3-Tris[[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy]benzaldehyde
  • OTBDMS OTBDMS TBDMSO
  • PCC 1.1 eq
  • Step d Synthesis of N,N-Bis[[3,4,5-tris[[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy]phenyl]methyl]prop-2-en-1- amine (Tag5-4)
  • NaOAc 721.82 g, 8.80 mol, 3.5 eq
  • THF 8 L
  • MeOH MeOH
  • HOAc 3.02 kg, 50.28 mol, 2.88 L, 20 eq
  • reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min.
  • a solution of NaBH 3 CN (157.98 g, 2.51 mol, 1 eq) in THF (1.5 L) was added to the reaction mixture dropwise over a period for 30 min, then the reaction was stirred at 25 o C for 30 min.
  • Additional solution of Tag5-3 (1.66 kg, 3.27 mol, 98% purity, 1.3 eq) in THF (1.5 L) was added, and the reaction was stirred for 30 min.
  • Additional solution of NaBH3CN (236.98 g, 3.77 mol, 1.5 eq) in THF (1.5 L) was dropwise added to the reaction mixture over a period for 1 h, then the reaction was stirred at 25 °C for 12 hr.
  • the reaction was quenched by addition of sat. aq. NaHCO3 (18 L, 3.6 kg of NaHCO3 was suspended in 16 L of H2O) and the separated aq. solution was then extracted with MTBE (12 L * 2).
  • Step e Synthesis of 1-[3,4,5-Tris[[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy]phenyl]-N-[[3,4,5-tris[[tert- butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy]phenyl]methyl]methanamine (Tag5-5) , . , . , . mol, 3.2 eq) in DCM (12.5 L) was added a solution of Tag5-4 (1.9 kg, 1.77 mol, 95% purity, 1 eq) in DCM (4 L). The reaction was degassed and purged 3 times with N 2 and then Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 (61.41 g, 53.15 mmol, 0.03 eq) was added.
  • reaction mixture was degassed and purged 3 times with N 2 and stirred at inner temperature 39 o C (oil batch temperature: 45 o C) for 4 hr under N 2 atmosphere.
  • the reaction mixture was cooled to 10°C and quenched by addition NH 3 .H 2 O (400 mL, wt%: 25%). A white solid has precipitated out.
  • Step f Synthesis of 9H-Fluoren-9-ylmethyl N-[[4-[2-[Bis[[3,4,5-tris[[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy] phenyl]methyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamate (Tag5-6) OAt (245.71 g, 1.81 mol, 252.53 mL, 1.2 eq) and DIC (227.82 g, 1.81 mol, 279.53 mL, 1.2 eq), and the reaction mixture was stirred at 25°C for 30 min.
  • Step g Synthesis of 2-[4-[Amino-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]phenoxy]-N,N-bis[[3,4,5-tris[[tert- butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy]phenyl]methyl]acetamide (Tag5-7) [00 dded piperidine (530.63 g, 6.23 mol, 615.44 mL, 5 eq). The reaction mixture was degassed and purged with N2 for 3 times, and then the mixture was stirred at 60 o C for 2 hr under N2 atmosphere.
  • Tag5-8 (50.0 g, 33.80 mmol, 1 eq) and 1-bromodocosane (86.2 g, 206.19 mmol, 6.1 eq) was added K 2 CO 3 (42.1 g, 304.2 mmol, 9 eq), 18-crown-6 (5.4 g, 20.3 mmol, 0.6 eq), and KF (17.67 g, 304.21 mmol, 9 eq).
  • the reaction mixture was degassed and purged 3 times with N 2 , and then the mixture was stirred at 85 o C for 24 hr under N 2 atmosphere.
  • Tag5 is soluble in DCM and THF, PE/DCM, and PE/THF in any ratio, not in DMF and DMF/DCM, not in DMSO and DMSO/DCM (See Table 16).
  • Tag5 (1 g, 98.01% purity) was added to a 50 mL flask with a magnetic stir bar in THF (20 mL) and the mixture was stirred for 5 min to dissolve the material.
  • Step a Synthesis of 9H-Fluoren-9-ylmethyl N-[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[Bis[[3,4,5-tris(docosa- 1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15, 17,19,21-undecaynoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4- dimethoxyphenyl)methyl] carbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]carbamate (N-Fmoc-Tag5-1AA) [00 ] e reac on was carre ou usng e genera proce ure or am e coup ng using Tag5 (1 g, 409.15 ⁇ mol, 1 eq), AA1 (272 mg, 0.62 mmol, 1.5 eq), HOAt (84 mg, 0.62 mmol, 1.5 eq), and DIC (77 mg, 0.62 mmol, 95.1
  • Step b Synthesis of (2S)-2-Amino-N-[[4-[2-[bis[[3,4,5-tris(docosa-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19,21- undecaynoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]-5-(3,5- dimethylphenyl) Pentanamide (Tag5-1AA) [0 ion.
  • Step c Synthesis of 9H-Fluoren-9-ylmethyl N-[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl] methyl]-2-[[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[bis[[3,4,5-tris(docosa-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19,21-undecaynoxy)phenyl] methyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamoyl]-4-(3,5- dimethylphenyl) butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]carbamate (N-Fmoc-Tag5-2AA) e eac o as ca e ou us g e ge ea poce ue o a e coup g.
  • Step d Synthesis of (2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-Amino-3-[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]propanoyl] amino]-N-[[4-[2-[bis[[3,4,5-tris(docosa-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19,21-undecaynoxy)phenyl]methyl] amino]-2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]-5-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)pentanamide (Tag5-2AA) n.
  • Step e Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]- 2-[[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[bis[[3,4,5-tris(docosa-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19,21- undecaynoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino] -2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4- dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-3-(9H- fluoren-9-ylmethoxycarbonylamino)-4-oxo-butanoate (N-Fmoc-Tag5-3AA) [ g.
  • LC-MS: RT 6.25 min, mass calcd. for C 53 H 59 N 7 O 8 H 922.45, m/z found 922.4 [M- TAG-tBu+3H] + .
  • Step f Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-3-amino-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl] methyl]-2-[[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[bis[[3,4,5-tris(docosa-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19,21-undecaynoxy)phenyl] methyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamoyl]-4-(3,5- dimethylphenyl) butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-4-oxo-butanoate (Tag5-3AA) [000 ction.
  • Step g Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]- 2-[[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[bis[[3,4,5-tris(docosa-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19,21- undecaynoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino] -2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4- dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-3- [[(2S)-3-[tert-butyl
  • Step h Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-3-[[(2S)-2-amino-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy- propanoyl]amino]-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2- [bis[[[3,4,5-tris(docosa-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19,21-undecaynoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-2-oxo- ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo- ethyl]amino]-4-oxo-butan
  • Step i Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2- [[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[bis[[3,4,5-tris(docosa-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19,21- undecaynoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino] -2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4- dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-3- [[(2S)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[(2S,3R)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)sily
  • Step j Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-3-[[(2S)-2-amino-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-propanoyl] amino] -4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[bis[[[3,4,5-tris (docosa-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19,21-undecaynoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]- (2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-4- oxo-butanoate
  • Step k Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]- 2-[[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[bis[[3,4,5-tris(docosa-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19,21-undecaynoxy)phenyl]methyl] amino] -2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamoyl]-4-(3,5- dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-3-[[(2S)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[(2S,3R)- 3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]
  • LCMS condition (BV): Reverse phase LCMS was carried out using a NanoChrom ChromCore 120 C183um, 3.0*30mm column, with a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min, eluting with a gradient of 10%to 80% ACN containing 0.02% TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A). [000673] LC-MS: RT 6.25 min, mass calcd. for C 70 H 81 FN 10 O 13 H 1289.61, m/z found 1289.5 [M-TAG-tBu-2TBS+5H] + .
  • Step l Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-3-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S,3R)-2-[[(2S)-2-amino-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-2- methyl-propanoyl]amino]-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-butanoyl]amino]-3-[tert- butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-propanoyl]amino]-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl- phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[bis[[3,4,5-tris(docosa-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19,21- undecaynoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-2-oxo-eth
  • Step m Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]- 2-[[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[bis[[3,4,5-tris(docosa-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19,21- undecaynoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino] -2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4- dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-3- [[(2S)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[(2S,3R)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)sily
  • Step n Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-3-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S,3R)-2-amino-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy- butanoyl]amino]-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-propanoyl]amino]-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)- 2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[bis[[3,4,5-tris(docosa-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19,21- undecaynoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4- dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamoyl]-4-(3,5-d
  • Step o Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]- 2-[[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[bis[[3,4,5-tris(docosa-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19,21- undecaynoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino] -2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4- dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-3- [[(2S)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[(2S,3R)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)sily
  • LC-MS: RT 6.11 min, mass calcd. for C 76 H 91 FN 12 O 16 H 1447.68, m/z found 1447.6 [M-TAG-tBu-3TBS+6H] + .
  • Step p Synthesis oftert-Butyl (3S)-3-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S,3R)-2-[[2-[[(2S,3R)-2-[(2-aminoacetyl)amino]-3- [tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-butanoyl]amino]-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-propanoyl]amino]-3-[tert- butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-butanoyl]amino]-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-propanoyl]amino]-4-[[(1S)-1- [[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[bis[[[3,4,5-tris(doco
  • Step q Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]- 2-[[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[bis[[3,4,5-tris(docosa-1,3,5, 7,9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19,21- undecaynoxy) phenyl]methyl]amino] -2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2, 4- dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-3- [[(2S)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[(2S,3R)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy -2-
  • LCMS condition (BV): Reverse phase LCMS was carried out using a NanoChrom ChromCore 120 C183um, 3.0*30mm column, with a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min, eluting with a gradient of 10% to 80% ACN containing 0.02% TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A). [000689] LC-MS: RT 5.68 min, mass calcd.
  • Step r Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-3-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S,3R)-2-[[2-[[(2S,3R)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-amino-3-[1- [(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]tetrazol-5-yl]propanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]-3-[tert- butyl(dimethyl)silyl] oxy-butanoyl]amino]-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-propanoyl]amino]-3-[tert- butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-butanoyl]amino]-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-propanoyl]amino]-4-[[(1S)-1- [[4-[4-(4-azidobut
  • LC-MS: RT 4.47 min, mass calcd. For C 65 H 86 FN 17 O 15 H 1364.66, m/z found 1364.7 [M-TAG-tBu-3TBS-DMB+7H] + .
  • Step t Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-4-[[(1S)-2-[[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[Bis[[3,4,5-tris(docosa- 1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19,21-undecaynoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4- dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-1-[[4-[4-[4-[4-[4-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides compounds useful as support for liquid phase organic synthesis e.g., liquid phase organic synthesis of peptides and peptidomimetics. In one aspect, the present invention provides a compound having a structure of Formula (I) where R1, R2, R3, m, and n are as described herein and methods of making and using same.

Description

LIQUID PHASE PEPTIDE SUPPORT SYNTHESIS OF PEPTIDES AND PEPTIDOMIMETICS
FIELD OF THE DISCLOSURE
[0001] The present disclosure relates to liquid phase peptide support synthesis of peptides and peptidomimetics, pharmaceutical compositions, and methods of treating GLP1 R-associated conditions.
BACKGROUND OF THE DISCLOSURE
[0002] The difference between liquid phase peptide support (LPPS) synthesis and solid phase peptide synthesis (SPPS) is that while the latter is supported on a large solid polymer, the former is supported on well-defined molecules and the difference between LPPS and CSPS is precipitation as an isolation in LPPS vs phase separation in CSPC. SPPS is a well-established and most common and favorite method to prepare polypeptides (Jaradat D., “Thirteen Decades of Peptide Synthesis: Key Developments in Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis and Amide Bond Formation Utilized in Peptide Ligation,” Amino Acids 50(1):39-68 (2018)). However, its heterogeneity demands large excess molar equivalents of amino acids building blocks to ensure completion of peptide chain elongation. On the other hand, CSPS requires fewer molar equivalents of the building blocks but is tedious and time consuming in isolation and purification. It is demanding to generate suitable chemistry associated with LPPS to remove the need of purification phases and reduce molar equivalents of building blocks, especially unnatural amino acids in synthesis of peptidomimetics that are problematic for scaleup and overall material consumption.
[0003] Initial approaches using known LPPS Tag (Tag1 in Figure 1) (Takahashi et al., “Novel Diphenylmethyl-Derived Amide Protecting Group for Efficient Liquid-Phase Peptide Synthesis: AJIPHASE,” Org Lett. 14(17):4514-4517 (2012); Takahashi et al., “Novel Diphenylmethyl-Derived Amide Protecting Group for Efficient Liquid-Phase Peptide Synthesis: AJIPHASE,” Org Lett. 14(17):4514-4517 (2012)) to prepare a 10-mer peptidomimetic (M1) composed of five natural and five non-natural amino acid residues were unsuccessful. Peptide chain elongation could only reach the 7th amino acid residue due to poor separation of the tag carrier peptides (TCPs) from reaction mixture.
[0004] Accordingly, there is a need in the art for new tag carriers with better separation of the tag carrier peptides from the reaction mixture. In certain embodiments, the present disclosure meets the needs and provides other advantages.
[0005] The foregoing discussion is presented solely to provide a better understanding of the nature of the problems confronting the art and should not be construed in any way as an admission as to prior art nor should the citation of any reference herein be construed as an admission that such reference constitutes “prior art” to the instant application. SUMMARY OF THE DISCLOSURE [0006] Various non-limiting aspects and embodiments of the disclosure are described below. [0007] In one aspect, the present disclosure provides a compound having a structure of Formula (I): I), m and n are, independently, an integer from 1 to 5, and (m+n) ≥ 3; R1 is a C1-5 alkyl; R2 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; and R3 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof. [0008] In some embodiments, R1 is methyl. [0009] In some embodiments, R2 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C18-26 alkyl and R3 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C18-26 alkyl. In some embodiments, each R2 is independently an optionally substituted C22 alkyl and each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C22 alkyl. [00010] In some embodiments, the compound has a structure of Formula (Ia):
or a salt thereof.
[00011] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I): wherein: m and n are, independently, an integer from 1 to 5, and (m+n) > 3;
R1 is a C1-5 alkyl;
R2 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; and R3 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof. This process includes:
(a) providing a compound of Formula (II) having the structure:
wherein
PG is a suitable protecting group; and
(b) forming the compound of Formula (I) from the compound of Formula (II).
[00012] In some embodiments, PG is selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
[00013] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (Ha):
[00014] In some embodiments, the step (b) of forming the compound of Formula (I) comprises reacting the compound of Formula (II) with a protecting group removing agent to produce the compound of Formula (I). In some embodiments, the protecting group removing agent is selected from the group consisting of Pd(PPh)3, PhSiH3, H2, piperidine, and trifluoroacetic acid (TFA).
[00015] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) further includes a step of providing a compound of Formula (III) having the structure: wherein
PG1 is a suitable protecting group;
PG2 is a suitable protecting group; and forming the compound of Formula (II) from the compound of Formula (III) prior to the step
[00016] In some embodiments, PG1 is independently selected from the group consisting of tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS), trimethylsilyl (TMS), triethylsilyl (TES), tert-butyldiphenylsilyl (TBDPS), and triisopropylsilyl (TIPS).
[00017] In some embodiments, PG2 is independently selected from the group consisting of tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS), trimethylsilyl (TMS), triethylsilyl (TES), tert-butyldiphenylsilyl (TBDPS), and triisopropylsilyl (TIPS).
[00018] In some embodiments, each PG1 and each PG2 are the same. In some embodiments, PG1 and PG2 are be different from each other.
[00019] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (III) has the structure of Formula
(Illa): [00020] In some embodiments, the step of forming the compound of Formula (II) prior to step (a) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (III) with a protecting group removal agent to obtain a deprotected intermediate; reacting said intermediate with at least one compound of Formula (IV): R-LG (IV), wherein R is an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; and LG is a suitable leaving group; to produce the compound of Formula (II). [00021] In some embodiments, LG is selected from a group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs. [00022] In some embodiments, the protecting group removing agent is selected from the group consisting of tetrabutylammonium fluoride (TBAF), NH4F, SiF4, AcOH, HCl, LiAlH4, and K2CO3. [00023] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) further comprises a step of: providing a compound of Formula (V) having the structure: nd pound of Formula (V). [00024] In some embodiments, the step of forming the compound of Formula (III) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (V) with a compound of Formula (VIa) or Formula (VIb): PG-X (VIa) or PG2O (VIb), wherein X is Cl or Br; to produce the compound of Formula (III). [00025] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (VIa) or Formula (VIb) is selected from the group consisting of AllocCl, Alloc2O, Cbz2O, CbzCl, FmocCl, and Boc2O. [00026] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) further comprises: providing a compound of Formula (VII) having the structure: I); forming the compound of Formula (V) from the compound of Formula (VII). [00027] In some embodiments, PG3 is selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc). [00028] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (VII) has the following structure: (VIIa). [00029] In some e , p g mpound of Formula (V) comprises reacting the compound of Formula (VII) with a protecting group removing agent to produce the compound of Formula (V). In some embodiments, the protecting group removing agent is selected from the group consisting of Pd(PPh)3, PhSiH3, H2, piperidine, and trifluoroacetic acid (TFA). [00030] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) further comprises: providing a compound of Formula (VIII) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (VII) from the compound of Formula (VIII).
[00031] In some embodiments, the process of forming the compound of Formula (VII) may comprise reacting the compound of Formula (VIII) with a compound of Formula (IX) having the structure: to produce the compound of Formula (VII).
[00032] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (VIII) has the following structure:
[00033] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (IX) has the following structure:
[00034] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) further comprises: providing a compound of Formula (X) having the structure: ), tecting group; and forming the compound of Formula (VIII) from the compound of Formula (X). [00035] In some embodiments, PG4 is selected from the group consisting of allyl, allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9- fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc). [00036] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (X) has the following structure: a). [00037] In some embo und of Formula (VIII) comprises reacting the compound of Formula (X) with a protecting group removing agent. In some embodiments, the protecting group removing agent is selected from the group consisting of Pd/K2CO3, 1,3-dimethylbarbituric acid/Pd(PPh3)4, Pd(PPh)3, PhSiH3, H2, piperidine, and trifluoroacetic acid (TFA). [00038] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) further comprises: providing a compound of Formula (XI) having the structure: d mula (X) from the compound of Formula (XI). [00039] In one embodiment, the compound of Formula (XI) has the following structure: a). [00040] In some embodiments, the process of forming the compound of Formula (X) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (XI) with a compound of Formula (XII): or a salt thereof, to produce the compound of Formula (X).
[00041] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) further comprises: providing a compound of Formula (XIII) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (XI) from the compound of Formula (XIII).
[00042] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (XIII) has the following structure:
[00043] In some embodiments, the process for forming the compound of Formula (XI) comprises reacting the compound of Formula (XIII) with an oxidizing agent to produce the compound of Formula (XI). In some embodiments, the oxidizing agent may be selected from the group consisting of pyridinium chlorochromate (PCC), pyridinium dichromate (PDC), silver carbonate (Ag2CC>3), tetra-n-propylammonium perruthenate (TPAP), and Dess-Martin periodinane (DMP).
[00044] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) further comprises: providing a compound of Formula (XIV) having the structure: wherein
Y is -OC1-6 alkyl; and forming the compound of Formula (XIII) from the compound of Formula (XIV).
[00045] In one embodiment, the compound of Formula (XIV) has the following structure:
[00046] In some embodiments, the process of forming the compound of Formula (XIII) comprises reacting the compound of Formula (XIV) with a reducing agent. In some embodiments, the reducing agent is selected from the group consisting of LiAIFU, DIBALH, and LiBFU.
[00047] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) further comprises: providing a compound of Formula (XV) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (XIV) from the compound of Formula (XV).
[00048] | In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (XV) has the following structure:
[00049] In some embodiments, the process of forming the compound of Formula (XIV) comprises reacting the compound of Formula (XV) with a protecting group introducing agent to produce the compound of Formula (XIV). In some embodiments, the protecting group introducing agent is selected from the group consisting of TBSCI, TBSOTf, TMSCI, TMSOTf, TESCI, TESOTf, TBDPSCI, TBDPSOTf, TIPSCI, and TIPSOTf.
[00050] In yet another aspect, the present disclosure provides a product prepared according to any of the methods described in the present disclosure.
[00051] In some embodiments, the product is a compound of Formula (I):
wherein: m and n are, independently, an integer from 1 to 5, and (m+n) > 3;
R1 is a C1-5 alkyl;
R2 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; and
R3 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof.
[00052] In one embodiment, the product is a compound of Formula (la): or a salt thereof.
[00053] In a further aspect, the present disclosure provides a method of using a compound of Formula (I):
(I), wherein: m and n are, independently, an integer from 1 to 5, and (m+n) ≥ 3; R1 is a C1-5 alkyl; R2 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; and R3 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof, for making a peptide or a peptidomimetic. [00054] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) is used as a support or a tag for making a peptide or a peptidomimetic. [00055] In one embodiment, the peptidomimetic is a compound of Formula : r a salt thereof.
a salt [00057] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a compound manufactured using a compound of Formula (I): I), wherein: m and n are, independently, an integer from 1 to 5, and (m+n) ≥ 3; R1 is C1-5 alkyl; R2 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; and R3 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof. [00058] In one embodiment, the compound has a Formula:
salt thereof.
[00059] In one embodiment, the compound has a Formula:
[00060] In yet another aspect, provided herein is a pharmaceutical composition comprising the peptidomimetic or the compound of any of the embodiments described herein.
[00061] In a further aspect, provided herein is a pharmaceutical dosage form comprising the peptidomimetic or the compound of any of the embodiments described herein.
[00062] In another aspect, provided herein is a method of selectively targeting GLP1R on a surface of a cell with the compound or the peprodomimetic of any of the embodiments described herein. In some embodiments, the cell is a mammalian cell. In some embodiments, the cell is a human cell.
[00063] In another aspect, provided herein is a method of enhancing GLP1 R activity in an individual in need thereof comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of the peptidomimetic or the compound of any of the embodiments described herein, the composition described herein, or the dosage form described herein.
[00064] In yet another aspect, provided herein is a method of lowering blood glucose levels in an individual in need thereof comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of the peptidomimetic or the compound of any of the embodiments described herein, the composition described herein, or the dosage form described herein.
[00065] In a further aspect, provided herein is a method of lowering body weight in an individual in need thereof comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of the peptidomimetic or the compound of any of the embodiments described herein, the composition described herein, or the dosage form described herein.
[00066] In another aspect, provided herein is a method of treating a GLP1 R-associated condition in an individual in need thereof comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of the peptidomimetic or the compound of any of the embodiments described herein, the composition described herein, or the dosage form described herein. In some embodiments, the GLP1 R-associated condition is type II diabetes, obesity, liver disease, coronary artery disease, or kidney disease. In some embodiments, the GLP1 R-associated condition is type II diabetes and/or obesity. In some embodiments, the peptidomimetic or the compound of any of the embodiments described herein, the composition described herein, or the dosage form described herein is administered subcutaneously, intravenously, intradermally, intraperitoneally, or intramuscularly.
[00067] In yet another aspect, provided herein is a method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic, the method comprising the steps of:
(a) providing a compound of Formula (I): wherein: m and n are, independently, an integer from 1 to 5, and (m+n) > 3;
R1 is C1-5 alkyl;
R2 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; and
R3 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof;
(b) providing a first amino acid (AA1); and
(c) coupling the first amino acid (AA1) to the compound of Formula (I) to form a peptide bond between the first amino acid (AA1) and the compound of Formula (I). [00068] In some embodiments, the first amino acid (AA1) contains a protected amino group. o
Y¥ Y
NHFm O oH c
[00069] In some embodiments, the first amino acid (AA1) is I
[00070] In some embodiments, the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include a step of activating the chemical groups on the first amino acid (AA1) to prepare the first amino acid (AA1) for coupling with the compound of Formula (I) prior to step (c).
[00071] In some embodiments, the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of:
(d) removing the protecting group from the first amino acid (AA1);
(e) providing a second amino acid (AA2); and
(f) coupling the second amino acid (AA2) to the first amino acid (I-AA1) to form a peptide bond between the second amino acid (AA2) and the first amino acid (I-AA1-AA2).
[00072] In some embodiments, the second amino acid (AA2) is
[00073] In some embodiments, the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of:
(g) removing the protecting group from the second amino acid (AA2);
(h) providing a third amino acid (AA3); and
(i) coupling the third amino acid (AA3) to the second amino acid to form a peptide bond between the third amino acid (AA3) and the second amino acid (I-AA1-AA2-AA3).
OH
[00074] In some embodiments, the third amino acid (AA3) is moc
[00075] In some embodiments, the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of:
(j) removing the protecting group from the third amino acid (AA3);
(k) providing a fourth amino acid (AA4); and
(l) coupling the fourth amino acid (AA4) to the third amino acid to form a peptide bond between the fourth amino acid (AA4) and the third amino acid (I-AA1-AA2-AA3-AA4).
[00076] In some embodiments, the fourth amino acid (AA4) is NHFmoc or NHFmoc
[00077] In some embodiments, the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of:
(m) removing the protecting group from the fourth amino acid (AA4);
(n) providing a fifth amino acid (AA5); and
(o) coupling the fifth amino acid (AA5) to the fourth amino acid to form a peptide bond between the fifth amino acid (AA5) and fourth amino acid (I-AA1-AA2-AA3-AA4-AA5).
[00078] In some embodiments, the fifth amino acid (AA5) is NH Fmoc or
[00079] In some embodiments, the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of:
(p) removing the protecting group from the fifth amino acid (AA5);
(q) providing a sixth amino acid (AA6); and
(r) coupling the sixth amino acid (AA6) to the fifth amino acid to form a peptide bond between the sixth amino acid (AA6) and the fifth amino acid (I-AA1-A
[00080] In some embodiments, the sixth amino acid
[00081] In some embodiments, the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of:
(s) removing the protecting group from the sixth amino acid (AA6);
(t) providing a seventh amino acid (AA7); and
(u) coupling the seventh amino acid (AA6) to the sixth amino acid to form a peptide bond between the seventh amino acid (AA7) and the sixth amino acid (I-AA1-AA2-AA3-AA4-AA5-AA6- AA7). [00082] In some embodiments, the seventh amino acid (AA7) moc or O Si (S ) O OH c . ome embodiments, the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of: (v) removing the protecting group from the seventh amino acid (AA7); (w) providing a eighth amino acid (AA8); and (x) coupling the eighth amino acid (AA8) to the seventh amino acid to form a peptide bond between the eighth amino acid (AA8) and the seventh amino acid (I-AA1-AA2-AA3-AA4-AA5-AA6- AA7-AA8). O FmocHN [00084] In some embodiments, the eighth amino acid (AA8) is OH . [00085] In some embodiments, the method of making a peptide or eptidomimetic may include the steps of: (y) removing the protecting group from the eighth amino acid (AA8); (z) providing a ninth amino acid (AA9); and (aa) coupling the ninth amino acid (AA9) to the eighth amino acid to form a peptide bond between the ninth amino acid (AA9) and the eighth amino acid (I-AA1-AA2-AA3-AA4-AA5-AA6-AA7- AA8-AA9). H O N (S) N OH [00086] In some embodiments, the ninth amino acid (AA9) is N N NHFmoc or H c . some embodiments, the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of: (bb) removing the protecting group from the ninth amino acid (AA9); (cc) providing a tenth amino acid (AA10); and (dd) coupling the tenth amino acid (AA10) to the ninth amino acid to form a peptide bond between the tenth amino acid (AA10) and the ninth amino acid (I-AA1-AA2-AA3-AA4-AA5-AA6-AA7- AA8-AA9-AA10).
[00088] In one embodiment, the tenth amino acid (AA10) is .
[00089] In some embodiments, the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of: repeating the steps of (i) removing the protecting group from the amino acid (AAn);
(ii) providing a succeding amino acid (AAn+i); and
(iii) coupling the succeding amino acid (AAn+i) to the amino acid (AAn) to form a peptide bond between the succeding amino acid (AAn+i) and amino acid (AAn), wherein said repeating may be conducted from 1 to 100 times.
[00090] In some embodiments, the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may may include the steps of:
(ee) removing the protecting group from the tenth amino acid (AA10);
(ff) providing a compound of Formula (B): wherein x is an integer from 1 to 15; and
(gg) coupling the compound of Formula (B) to the one of the amino acids in the peptide or the peptidomimetic to form a triazole ring.
[00091] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (B) has the following Formula:
[00092] In some embodiments, the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic according to any of the above embodiments further comprises:
(hh) cleaving the peptide bond between the first amino acid (AA1) and the compound of Formula (I) to obtain the peptide or the peptidomimetic.
[00093] In some embodiments, each one of the first amino acid (AA1), the second amino acid (AA2), the third amino acid (AA3), the fourth amino acid (AA4), the fifth amino acid (AA5), the sixth amino acid (AA6), the seventh amino acid (AA7), the eighth amino acid (AA8), the ninth amino acid (AA9), the tenth amino acid (AA10), and succeding amino acid (AAn+i) may be independently selected from the group consisiting of wherein PG5 is a suitable protecting group. In some embodiments, PG5 is independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of triphenylmethyl (Trt), allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
[00094] In some embodiments, each one of the first amino acid (AA1), the second amino acid (AA2), the third amino acid (AA3), the fourth amino acid (AA4), the fifth amino acid (AA5), the sixth amino acid (AA6), the seventh amino acid (AA7), the eighth amino acid (AA8), the ninth amino acid (AA9), the tenth amino acid (AA10), and succeding amino acid (AAn+i) may be independently selected from the group consisiting of
[00095] In one embodiment, the peptidomimetic has a Formula: salt thereof.
[00096] In one embodiment, the peptidomimetic has a Formula:
salt thereof.
[00097] In another aspect, provided herein is a compound having a structure of Formula (Al): m and n are, independently, an integer from 0 to 5;
R1a is C1.5 alkyl;
R2a is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; and
R3a is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof.
[00098] In some embodiments, R1a is methyl.
[00099] In some embodiments, R2a is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C18-26 alkyl, and R3a is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C18-26 alkyl. In some embodiments, each R2a is independently an optionally substituted C22 alkyl and each R3a is independently an optionally substituted C22 alkyl.
[000100] In yet another aspect, provided herein is a compound having a structure of Formula (Bl):
wherein: m is an integer from 1 to 5;
R1b is C1-5 alkyl; and
R2b is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; or a salt thereof.
[000101] In some embodiments, R1b is methyl.
[000102] In some embodiments, R2b is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C18-26 alkyl. In some embodiments, each R2b is independently an optionally substituted C22 alkyl.
[000103] In yet another aspect, provided herein is a compound having a structure of Formula (Cl): wherein: m and n are, independently, an integer from 1 to 5, and (m+n) > 3;
R2c is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; and R3c is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof.
[000104] In some embodiments, R2c is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C18-26 alkyl, and R3c is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C18-26 alkyl. In some embodiments, each R2c is independently an optionally substituted C22 alkyl and each R3c is independently an optionally substituted C22 alkyl. [000105] In yet another aspect, provided herein is a method for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI): wherein: k is an integer from 1 to 15; q is an integer from 0 to 10;
R1d is C1-6 alkyl;
PG6 is a suitable protecting group; and
PG7 is a suitable protecting group, or a salt thereof. This method includes:
(a) providing a compound of Formula (Dll) having the structure:
(b) forming the compound of Formula (DI) from the compound of Formula (Dll).
[000106] In some embodiments, PG6 is selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
[000107] In some embodiments, PG7 may be selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9- fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
[000108] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DI) has the structure of Formula (Dla) or Formula (Dlb): comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (Dll) with a compound of Formula (Dill): to produce the compound of Formula (II). [000111] In one embodiment, the compound of Formula (Dill) has the structure of Formula
(Dllla): (Dllla).
[000112] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the step of: providing a compound of Formula (DIV) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (Dll) from the compound of Formula (DIV) prior to the step (a).
[000113] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DIV) has the structure of Formula (DIVa) or Formula (DIVb): reacting the compound of Formula (DIV) with a compound of Formula (DVa) or Formula
(DVb):
PG6-X (DVa) or PG6 2O (DVb), wherein
X is OSu, OTf, Cl, or Br; to produce the compound of Formula (Dll).
[000115] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DVa) or Formula (DVb) is selected from the group consisting of AllocCI, AIIOC2O, Cbz2d, CbzCI, FmocCI, FmocOSu, and BOC2O.
[000116] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the step of: providing a compound of Formula (DVI) having the structure: wherein
PG8 is a suitable protecting group; and forming the compound of Formula (DIV) from the compound of Formula (DVI).
[000117] In some embodiments, the step of forming the compound of Formula (DIV) comprises reacting the compound of Formula (DVI) with a protecting group removal agent to produce the compound of Formula (DIV). In some embodiments, the protecting group removal agent may be selected from the group consisting of Pd(PPh)3, PhSiFh, H2, HCI, piperidine, and trifluoroacetic acid (TFA).
[000118] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DVI) has the structure of Formula (DVIa) or Formula (DVIb):
[000119] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the step of: providing a compound of Formula (DVII) having the structure:
[000120] In some embodiments, the step of forming the compound of Formula (DVI) comprises reacting the compound of Formula (DVII) with a base to produce the compound of Formula (DVI). In some embodiments, the base is selected from the group consisting of LiOH, NaOH, and KOH.
[000121] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DVII) has the structure of Formula (DVIla) or Formula (DVIlb):
(DVIlb).
[000122] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the step of: providing a compound of Formula (DVIII) having the structure: wherein
LG' is a suitable living group; and forming the compound of Formula (DVII) from the compound of Formula (DVIII).
[000123] In some embodiments, the step of forming the compound of Formula (DVII) comprises reacting the compound of Formula (DVIII) with an azido group introducing agent to produce the compound of Formula (DVII). In some embodiments, the azido group introducing agent is selected from the group consisting of NaN3, TMSN3, (PhO)2P(O)N3, Zn(N3)2*2Py, and n-Bu4NN3.
[000124] In some embodiments, LG' is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
[000125] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DVIII) has the structure of Formula (DVIlla) or Formula (DVHIb): ,
(DVIHb).
[000126] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the step of: providing a compound of Formula (DIX) having the structure:
LG" is a suitable living group; and forming the compound of Formula (DVIII) from the compound of Formula (DIX).
[000127] In some embodiments, LG" is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
[000128] In some embodiments, the step of forming the compound of Formula (DVIII) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DIX) with a compound of Formula (DX): wherein
PG8 is a suitable protecting group; to produce the compound of Formula (DVII).
[000129] In some embodiments, PG8 may be selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9- fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc). In some embodiments, PG8 is tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc). [000130] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DIX) has the structure of Formula (DIXa): a). [000131] In some embo DX) has the structure of Formula (DXa): a). [000132] In some embod n of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXI) having the structure: I), R2d is C1-6 alkylene; and forming the compound of Formula (DIX) from the compound of Formula (DXI). [000133] In some embodiments, the step of forming the compound of Formula (DIX) comprises reacting the compound of Formula (DXI) with a reducing agent to produce the compound of Formula (DIX). In some embodiments, the reducing agent is selected from the group consisting of H2, NH4HCO2, NABH(OAc)3, and LiAlH4. [000134] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DXI) has the structure of Formula (DXIa): a). [000135] In some embo , of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXII) having the structure: d DXI) from the compound of Formula (DXII). [00013 6] In some embodiments, the step of forming the compound of Formula (DXI) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DXII) with a compound of Formula (DXIII): PPh3*C1-6 alkyl-Hal (DXIII), wherein Hal is halogen, to produce the compound of Formula (DXI). [000137] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DXII) has the structure of Formula (DXIIa): a). [000138] In some embo XIII) has the structure of Formula (DXIIIa): PPh3*MeBr (DXIIIa). [000139] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXIV) having the structure: d d of Formula (DXII) from the compound of Formula (DXIV). [000140] In some embodiments, the step of forming the compound of Formula (DXII) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DXIV) with a compound of Formula (DXV): wherein
LG'" is a suitable living group, to produce the compound of Formula (DXII).
[000141] In some embodiments, the LG'" is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
[000142] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DXIV) has the structure of Formula (DXIVa):
[000143] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXVI) having the structure: wherein
LG* is a suitable living group, forming the compound of Formula (DX) from the compound of Formula (DXVI).
[000144] In some embodiments, LG* is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
[000145] In some embodiments, the step of forming the compound of Formula (DX) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DXVI) with a compound of Formula (DXVII): to produce the compound of Formula (DX).
[000146] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DXVI) has the structure of Formula
(DXVIc):
[000147] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXVIII) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (DXVI) from the compound of Formula (DXVIII).
[000148] In some embodiments, the step of forming the compound of Formula (DXVI) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DXVIII) with a compound of Formula (DXIXa) or Formula wherein
X is OSu, Cl, or Br; to produce the compound of Formula (DXVI).
[000149] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DXIXa) or Formula (DXIXb) is selected from the group consisting of TfCI, Tf2O, MsCI, and Ms2O.
[000150] In a further aspect, provided herein is a method for preparation of a compound of Formula (Dll): q is an integer from 0 to 10; R1d is C1-6 alkyl; and PG6 is a suitable protecting group, or a salt thereof, said process comprising: (a) providing a compound of Formula (DXXI) having the structure: a salt thereof, and I) from the compound of Formula (DXXI). [000151] In some embodiments, PG6 is selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc). [000152] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DXXI) is treated with compound . [ n some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DXXI) is treated with a catalyst. In some embodiments, the catalyst is Pd(dppf)Cl2-DCM. [000154] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DXXI) is treated with a base. In some embodiments, the base is K2CO3. [000155] In some embodiments, the preparation is performed in a solvent mixture comprised of H2O/iPrOH. [000156] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DII) has the structure of Formula (DIIa) or Formula (DIIb): Ib). [000157] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DXXI) is formed by exposing . ts, the compound of Formula (DXXI) is formed in the presence of PPh3. [000159] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DXXI) is formed in the presence of DIAD. [000160] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DXXI) is formed in the presence of molecular sieves of 4Å. [000161] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DXXI) is formed in an organic solvent. In some embodiments, the organic solvent is THF. [000162] In some embodiments is formed by exposi to PBin 2. [000163] In some embodiments is formed in the presence of Pd(OAc)2. [000164] In some embodiments is formed in the presence of PCy3. [000165] In some embodiments is formed in the presence of KOAc. [000166] In some embodiments formed in the presence of dioxane.
[000167] In some embodiments formed at an elevated temperature for a period of time.
[000168] In some embodiments, is formed by exposing to
Bu4N+Br3".
[000169] In some embodiments, is formed in an organic solvent. In some embodiments, the organic solvent is a mixture of DCM and methanol.
[000170] In a further aspect, provided herein is a method for preparation of a compound of Formula (Dll): wherein: q is an integer from 0 to 10;
R1d is C1-6 alkyl; and
PG6 is a suitable protecting group, or a salt thereof, said process comprising:
(a) providing a compound of Formula (DIV) having the structure:
(b) forming the compound of Formula (Dll) from the compound of Formula (DIV).
[000171] In some embodiments, PG6 may be selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9- fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
[000172] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (Dll) has the structure of Formula (Dlla) or Formula (Dllb):
(Dllb).
[000173] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DIV) has the structure of Formula
(DIVa) or Formula (DIVb):
(DIVb).
[000174] In some embodiments, the process of forming the compound of Formula (Dll) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DIV) with a compound of Formula (DVa) or Formula (DVb):
PG6-X (DVa) or PG6 2O (DVb), wherein
X is OSu, OTf, Cl, or Br; to produce the compound of Formula (Dll).
[000175] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DVa) or Formula (DVb) is selected from the group consisting of AllocCI, AIIOC2O, Cbz2d, CbzCI, FmocCI, FmocOSu, and BOC2O.
[000176] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (Dll) may include the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXVI) having the structure: wherein
PG8 is a suitable protecting group; and forming the compound of Formula (DIV) from the compound of Formula (DXVI).
[000177] In some embodiments, PG8 is selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
[000178] In some embodiments, the step of forming the compound of Formula (DIV) comprises reacting the compound of Formula (DXVI) with a protecting group removal agent to produce the compound of Formula (DIV). In some embodiments, the protecting group removal agent is selected from the group consisting of HCI, Pd(PPh)3, PhSiH3, H2, piperidine, and trifluoroacetic acid (TFA).
[000179] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DXVI) has the structure of Formula (DXVIa) or Formula (DXVIb):
[000180] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (Dll) may include the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXVII) having the structure: wherein
LG' is a suitable living group; and forming the compound of Formula (DXVI) from the compound of Formula (DXVII).
[000181] In some embodiments, the step of forming the compound of Formula (DXVI) comprises reacting the compound of Formula (DXVII) with an azido group introducing agent to produce the compound of Formula (DXVI). In some embodiments, azido group introducing agent is selected from the group consisting of NaN3, TMSN3, (PhO)2P(O)N3, Zn(N3)2*2Py, and n-Bu4NN3.
[000182] In some embodiments, LG' is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
[000183] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DXVII) has the structure of Formula (DXVIla) or Formula (DXVIlb):
[000184] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (Dll) may include the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DIX) having the structure: wherein
LG" is a suitable living group; and forming the compound of Formula (DXVII) from the compound of Formula (DIX).
[000185] In some embodiments, LG" is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
[000186] In some embodiments, the step of forming the compound of Formula (DXVII) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DIX) with a compound of Formula (DXVIII): to produce the compound of Formula (DXVII).
[000187] In some embodiment, the compound of Formula (DIX) has the structure of Formula
(DIXa):
[000188] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DXX/III) has the structure of Formula (DXVIlla): (DXVIlla).
[000189] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (Dll) may include the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXIX) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (DIX) from the compound of Formula (DXIX).
[000190] In some embodiments, the step of forming the compound of Formula (DIX) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DXIX) with a compound of Formula (DXV): wherein
LG1" is a suitable living group, to produce the compound of Formula (DXIX).
[000191] In some embodiments, LG1" is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
[000192] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DXIX) has the structure of Formula (DXIXa):
[000193] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DXV) has the structure of Formula (DXVa):
[000194] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (Dll) may include the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXX) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (DXIX) from the compound of Formula (DXX).
[000195] In some embodiments, the step of forming the compound of Formula (DXIX) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DXX) with an LG” introducing agent to produce the compound of Formula (DXIX).
[000196] In some embodiments, the LG” introducing agent is NBu4Br3.
[000197] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DXX) has the structure of Formula
(DXXa):
[000198] In another aspect, provided herein is a pharmaceutical composition comprising the peptidomimitic or compound of any of the embodiments described herein.
[000199] In another aspect, provided herein is a pharmaceutical dosage form comprising the peptidomimitic or compound of any of the embodiments described herein.
[000200] In another aspect, provided herein is a method of selectively targeting GLP1R on a surface of a cell with the peptidomimitic or compound of any of the embodiments described herein. In some embodiments, the cell is a mammalian cell. In some embodiments, the cell is a human cell. In some embodiments, the cell is a pancreatic cell, a brain cell, a heart cell, a vascular tissue cell, a kidney cell, an adipose tissue cell, a liver cell, or a muscle cell. [000201] In another aspect, provided herein is a method of enhancing GLP1 R activity in an individual in need thereof comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of the peptidomimitic or compound of any of the embodiments described herein, the composition described herein, or the dosage form described herein.
[000202] In another aspect, provided herein is a method of lowering blood glucose levels in an individual in need thereof comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of the peptidomimitic or compound of any of the embodiments described herein, the composition described herein, or the dosage form described herein.
[000203] In another aspect, provided herein is a method of lowering body weight in an individual in need thereof comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of the peptidomimitic or compound of any of the embodiments described herein, the composition described herein, or the dosage form described herein.
[000204] In another aspect, provided herein is a method of treating a GLP1 R-associated condition in an individual in need thereof comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of the peptidomimitic or compound of any of the embodiments described herein, the composition described herein, or the dosage form described herein. In some embodiments, the GLP1 R-associated condition is type II diabetes, obesity, liver disease, coronary artery disease, or kidney disease. In some embodiments, the GLP1 R-associated condition is type II diabetes and/or obesity.
[000205] In various embodiments of any of the method described herein, the compound, the composition, or the dosage form of the present disclosure is administered subcutaneously, intravenously, intradermally, intraperitoneally, or intramuscularly.
[000206] These and other aspects of the present disclosure will become apparent to those skilled in the art after a reading of the following detailed description of the disclosure, including the appended claims.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[000207] The patent or application file contains at least one drawing executed in color. Copies of this patent or patent application publication with color drawing(s) will be provided by the Office upon request and payment of the necessary fee.
[000208] Figure 1 shows liquid phase peptide support (LPPS) approaches for making Ml.
[000209] Figure 2 shows the synthesis of Tag1-M2.
[000210] Figure 3 shows the synthesis of Tag2-M2. [000211] Figure 4 shows the synthesis of Tag3-M2.
[000212] Figure 5 shows the synthesis of Tag4-M2.
[000213] Figure 6 shows the synthesis of Tag5-M1.
[000214] Figure 7 shows the synthesis of Tag5-M3.
[000215] Figure 8 shows some examples of known LPPS Tags.
[000216] Figure 9 shows SPPS for peptide elongation.
[000217] Figures 10A-B are tables showing a summary of procedures and conditions used to prepare M1 using Tag5.
[000218] Figures 11 A-B are tables showing elongation conditions and results used for making M1 using Tag5.
[000219] Figure 12 is a table showing elongation conditions and results used for making M3 using Tag5.
[000220] Figure 13 is a table showing comparison of five routes used to prepare AA2 and AA2+Linker.
[000221] Figure 14 shows the synthesis of AA2 using route 1 .
[000222] Figure 15 shows an alternate process for making AA2 and AA2+Linker.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[000223] The present disclosure provides, in some aspects, compounds useful as a support for liquid phase organic synthesis. Several novel LPPS Tags (Tag2-Tag5 in Figure 1) were designed by a) increasing hydrophobicity of the T ag for solidification of the TCP constituent to remove residual reactant and reagent as well impurities in solution for easy separation and purification; and b) introducing 2,4-bismethoxy-benzylamine amide moiety (e.g. in Tag5) for easy C-N bond cleavage, an GLP1 peptidomimetic was prepared on new Tags following Fmoc/tBu C — ► N synthesis.
[000224] New liquid phase peptide support (LPPS) Tags were designed to combine the advantages of solid-phase peptide support (SPPS) synthesis allowing separation of solid supported peptides from elongation mixture and classical solution peptide synthesis (CSPS) using fewer molar equivalents of reactants and reagents growing peptide chain. The increased hydrophobicity of LPPS Tags allowed i) carrying out more steps of peptide elongations on a soluble Tag in elongation solvents and ii) precipitation of tagged carrying/growing peptides in polar solvents. Tag5 bearing six long alkyl chains allowed LPPS of a hydrophilic GLP1 agonist, using fewer molar equivalents of reactants and reagents compared to SPPS synthesis.
[000225] Detailed embodiments of the present disclosure are disclosed herein; however, it is to be understood that the disclosed embodiments are merely illustrative of the disclosure that may be embodied in various forms. In addition, each of the examples given in connection with the various embodiments of the disclosure is intended to be illustrative, and not restrictive. Therefore, specific structural and functional details disclosed herein are not to be interpreted as limiting, but merely as a representative basis for teaching one skilled in the art to variously employ the present disclosure.
Definitions
[000226] Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this disclosure belongs.
[000227] As used in this specification and the appended claims, the singular forms “a”, “an”, and “the” include plural references unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, a reference to “a method” includes one or more methods, and/or steps of the type described herein and/or which will become apparent to those persons skilled in the art upon reading this disclosure. [000228] A “subject” or “patient” or “individual” or “animal”, as used herein, refers to humans, veterinary animals (e.g., cats, dogs, cows, horses, sheep, pigs, etc.) and experimental animal models of diseases (e.g., mice, rats). In a preferred embodiment, the subject is a human.
[000229] The phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable salt”, as used in connection with compositions of the disclosure, refers to any salt suitable for administration to a patient. Suitable salts include, but are not limited to, those disclosed in. Berge eta/., "Pharmaceutical Salts", J. Pharm. Sc/., 1977, 66:1 , incorporated herein by reference. Examples of salts include, but are not limited to, acid derived, base derived, organic, inorganic, amine, and alkali or alkaline earth metal salts, including but not limited to calcium salts, magnesium salts, potassium salts, sodium salts, salts of hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methane sulfonic acid, ethane sulfonic acid, para-toluene sulfonic acid, salicylic acid, and the like.
[000230] Ranges may be expressed herein as from “about” or “approximately” one particular value and/or to “about” or “approximately” another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another embodiment includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value.
[000231] By “comprising” or “containing” or “including” is meant that at least the named compound, element, particle, or method step is present in the composition or article or method, but does not exclude the presence of other compounds, materials, particles, or method steps, even if the other such compounds, material, particles, or method steps have the same function as what is named. [000232] Compounds of the present disclosure, such as Tags, include those described generally herein, and are further illustrated by the classes, subclasses, and species disclosed herein. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply unless otherwise indicated. For purposes of this disclosure, the chemical elements are identified in accordance with the Periodic Table of the Elements, CAS version, Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 75th Ed. Additionally, general principles of organic chemistry are described in “Organic Chemistry”, Thomas Sorrell, University Science Books, Sausalito: 1999, and “March's Advanced Organic Chemistry”, 5th Ed., Ed.: Smith, M.B. and March, J., John Wiley & Sons, New York: 2001 , the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
[000233] As used herein, the term “alkyl” is given its ordinary meaning in the art and may include saturated aliphatic groups, including straight-chain alkyl groups and branched-chain alkyl groups, cycloalkyl (alicyclic) groups, alkyl substituted cycloalkyl groups, and cycloalkyl substituted alkyl groups. In certain embodiments, a straight chain or branched chain alkyl has about 1-30 carbon atoms in its backbone (e.g., C1-C30 for straight chain, C2-C30 for branched chain), and alternatively, about 1-10 carbon atoms, or about 1 to 6 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl ring has from about 3-10 carbon atoms in their ring structure where such rings are monocyclic or bicyclic, and alternatively about 5, 6 or 7 carbons in the ring structure. In some embodiments, an alkyl group may be a lower alkyl group, wherein a lower alkyl group comprises 1-5 carbon atoms (e.g., C1-C5 for straight chain lower alkyls).
[000234] The term “halogen” means F, Cl, Br, or I; the term “halide” refers to a halogen radical or substituent, namely -F, -Cl, -Br, or -I.
[000235] As described herein, compounds of the disclosure (e.g., Tags) may contain “optionally substituted” moieties. In general, the term “substituted,” whether preceded by the term “optionally” or not, means that one or more hydrogens of the designated moiety are replaced with a suitable substituent. For example, up to three H atoms in each residue are replaced with alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy (also referred to as alkoxycarbonyl), carboxamido (also referred to as alkylaminocarbonyl), cyano, carbonyl, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, sulfoxide, sulfone, acylamino, amidino, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, or heteroaryloxy. Unless otherwise indicated, an “optionally substituted” group may have a suitable substituent at each substitutable position of the group, and when more than one position in any given structure may be substituted with more than one substituent selected from a specified group, the substituent may be either the same or different at every position. Combinations of substituents envisioned by this disclosure are preferably those that result in the formation of stable or chemically feasible compounds. [000236] The term “stable,” as used herein in reference to compounds, refers to compounds that are not substantially altered when subjected to conditions to allow for their production, detection, and, in certain embodiments, their recovery, purification, and use for one or more of the purposes disclosed herein.
[000237] Unless otherwise stated, structures depicted herein are also meant to include all isomeric (e.g., enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric (or conformational)) forms of the structure; for example, the R and S configurations for each asymmetric center, (Z) and (E) double bond isomers, and (Z) and (E) conformational isomers. Therefore, single stereochemical isomers as well as enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric (or conformational) mixtures of the present compounds are within the scope of the disclosure.
[000238] Unless otherwise stated, cyclic adducts, e.g., products of a cycloaddition reaction, e.g., an azide-acetylene cycloaddition reaction or a Diels-Alder reaction, depicted herein include all regioisomers, i.e., structural isomers that differ only in the position of a functional group or a substituent. By way of an example, the following structures represent triazole regioisomers, which differ only in the position of the substituent on the triazole ring: s
[000239] Unless otherwise stated, all tautomeric forms of the compounds of the disclosure are within the scope of the disclosure.
[000240] Additionally, unless otherwise stated, structures depicted herein are also meant to include compounds that differ only in the presence of one or more isotopically enriched atoms. For example, compounds having the present structures except for the replacement of hydrogen by deuterium or tritium, or the replacement of a carbon by a 11C- or 13C- or 14C -enriched carbon are within the scope of this disclosure.
[000241] It is also to be understood that the mention of one or more method steps does not preclude the presence of additional method steps or intervening method steps between those steps expressly identified. Similarly, it is also to be understood that the mention of one or more components in a device or system does not preclude the presence of additional components or intervening components between those components expressly identified. [000242] Unless otherwise stated, all crystalline forms of the compounds of the disclosure and salts thereof are also within the scope of the disclosure. The compounds of the disclosure may be isolated in various amorphous and crystalline forms, including without limitation forms which are anhydrous, hydrated, non-solvated, or solvated. Example hydrates include hemihydrates, monohydrates, dihydrates, and the like. In some embodiments, the compounds of the disclosure are anhydrous and non-solvated. By "anhydrous" is meant that the crystalline form of the compound contains essentially no bound water in the crystal lattice structure, i.e., the compound does not form a crystalline hydrate.
[000243] As used herein, "crystalline form" is meant to refer to a certain lattice configuration of a crystalline substance. Different crystalline forms of the same substance typically have different crystalline lattices (e.g., unit cells) which are attributed to different physical properties that are characteristic of each of the crystalline forms. In some instances, different lattice configurations have different water or solvent content. The different crystalline lattices may be identified by solid state characterization methods such as by X-ray powder diffraction (PXRD). Other characterization methods such as differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), thermogravimetric analysis (TGA), dynamic vapor sorption (DVS), solid state NMR, and the like further help identify the crystalline form as well as help determine stability and solvent/water content.
[000244] Crystalline forms of a substance include both solvated (e.g., hydrated) and non- solvated (e.g., anhydrous) forms. A hydrated form is a crystalline form that includes water in the crystalline lattice. Hydrated forms may be stoichiometric hydrates, where the water is present in the lattice in a certain water/molecule ratio such as for hemihydrates, monohydrates, dihydrates, etc. Hydrated forms may also be non-stoichiometric, where the water content is variable and dependent on external conditions such as humidity.
[000245] In some embodiments, the compounds of the disclosure are substantially isolated. By "substantially isolated" is meant that a particular compound is at least partially isolated from impurities. For example, in some embodiments a compound of the disclosure comprises less than about 50%, less than about 40%, less than about 30%, less than about 20%, less than about 15%, less than about 10%, less than about 5%, less than about 2.5%, less than about 1%, or less than about 0.5% of impurities. Impurities generally include anything that is not the substantially isolated compound including, for example, other crystalline forms and other substances.
[000246] The term “GLP1 R” refers to the glucagon-like peptide 1 receptor and includes recombinant GLP1 R protein or a fragment thereof. GLP1 R has a sequence of 463 residues. Donnelly, Br J Pharmacol, 166(1):27-41 (2011). Glucagon-like peptide 1 (GLP1) is a 31-amino acid peptide hormone released from intestinal L cells following nutrient consumption. The binding of GLP1 to GLP1 R potentiates glucose-induced secretion of insulin from pancreatic beta cells, increases insulin expression, inhibits beta-cell apoptosis, promotes beta-cell neogenesis, reduces glucagon secretion, delays gastric emptying, promotes satiety and increases peripheral glucose disposal.
Tags
[000247] According to the foregoing objective and others, the present disclosure provides compounds and precursors and intermediates thereof, that may be used as tags for preparation of GLP1 peptidomimetics. The present disclosure also provides the methods of making these compounds and precursors and intermediates thereof.
[000248] Also provided in the present disclosure are GLP1 peptidomimetics prepared using the tags described herein and pharmaceutical compositions comprising GLP1 peptidomimetics, and methods for treating certain diseases in a subject in need of such treatment.
[000249] In one aspect, the present disclosure provides a compound having a structure of Formula (I): wherein: m and n are, independently, an integer from 1 to 5, and (m+n) > 3;
R1 is a C1.5 alkyl;
R2 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted Cw-30 alkyl; and
R3 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof.
[000250] According to the present disclosure, m may be an integer from 1 to 5 and n may be an integer from 1 to 5, provided that (m+n) > 3. For example, m may be 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 and n may be 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5.
[000251] In at least one embodiment, m is 3 and n is 3. [000252] According to the present disclosure, R1 may be methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or pentyl. For example, R1 may be n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, i-butyl, t-butyl, or n-pentyl. In at least one embodiment, R1 is methyl.
[000253] According to the present disclosure, R2 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl. For example, C10-30 alkyl may be optionally substituted from 1 to 10 times with a substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy (also referred to as alkoxycarbonyl), carboxamido (also referred to as alkylaminocarbonyl), cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl, phenoxy, or benzyloxy. For example, C10-30 alkyl may be optionally substituted 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 times with any of the above-described substituents, wherein each substituent is independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy, carboxamido, cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl, phenoxy, or benzyloxy.
[000254] According to the present disclosure, R3 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl. For example, C10-30 alkyl may be optionally substituted from 1 to 10 times with a substituent selected from halogen, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy (also referred to as alkoxycarbonyl), carboxamido (also referred to as alkylaminocarbonyl), cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl, phenoxy, or benzyloxy. For example, C10-30 alkyl may be optionally substituted 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 times with any of the above-described substituents, wherein each substituent is independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy, carboxamido, cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl, phenoxy, or benzyloxy.
[000255] In at least one embodiment, R2 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C18-26 alkyl, and R3 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C18-26 alkyl. For example, each R2 is independently an optionally substituted C22 alkyl and each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C22 alkyl.
[000256] In one aspect, provided herein is a compound having a structure of Formula (la):
or a salt thereof.
[000257] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I): wherein: m and n are, independently, an integer from 1 to 5, and (m+n) > 3;
R1 is a C1-5 alkyl;
R2 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; and R3 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof. This process includes:
(a) providing a compound of Formula (II) having the structure: wherein
PG is a suitable protecting group; and
(b) forming the compound of Formula (I) from the compound of Formula (II).
[000258] According to the present disclosure, PG any suitable protecting group that may be used to protect amino group. Suitable protecting groups that may be used are known to people of skill in the art. A detailed description of these groups and their selection and chemistry is contained in "The Peptides, Vol. 3", Gross and Meinenhofer, Eds., Academic Press, New York, 1981 , which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. For example, PG may be selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9- fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc). In some embodiments, PG is allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc).
[000259] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (Ha):
[000260] In some embodiments, the step (b) of forming the compound of Formula (I) may include reacting the compound of Formula (II) with a protecting group removing agent to produce the compound of Formula (I). [000261] According to the present disclosure, any suitable protecting group removing agent may be used to remove protecting group PG from the amino group of the compound of Formula (II). Suitable protecting group removing agents that may be used to remove a particular protecting group are known to people of skill in the art. A detailed description of these groups and their selection and chemistry is contained in "The Peptides, Vol. 3", Gross and Meinenhofer, Eds., Academic Press, New York, 1981, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. For example, the protecting group removing agent is selected from the group consisting of Pd(PPh)3, PhSiH3, H2, piperidine, and trifluoroacetic acid (TFA).
[000262] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) may include a step of providing a compound of Formula (III) having the structure: wherein
PG1 is a suitable protecting group;
PG2 is a suitable protecting group; and forming the compound of Formula (II) from the compound of Formula (III) prior to the step (a).
[000263] According to the present disclosure, PG1 is any suitable protecting group that may be used to protect hydroxy group. Suitable protecting groups that may be used are known to people of skill in the art and may be selected from the ones described in “Handbook of Reagents for Organic Synthesis. Activating Reagents and Protecting Groups,” Pearson and Roush, Eds., John Wiley & Sons, 2005, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. For example, PG1 may be selected from the group consisting of tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS), trimethylsilyl (TMS), triethylsilyl (TES), tert-butyldiphenylsilyl (TBDPS), and triisopropylsilyl (TIPS).
[000264] According to the present disclosure, PG2 is any suitable protecting group that may be used to protect hydroxy group. Suitable protecting groups that may be used are known to people of skill in the art and may be selected from the ones described in “Handbook of Reagents for Organic Synthesis. Activating Reagents and Protecting Groups,” Pearson and Roush, Eds. , John Wiley & Sons, 2005, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. For example, PG2 may be selected from the group consisting of tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS), trimethylsilyl (TMS), triethylsilyl (TES), tert-butyldiphenylsilyl (TBDPS), and triisopropylsilyl (TIPS).
[000265] According to the present disclosure, each PG1 and each PG2 may be the same or different. In some embodiments, PG1 is the same as PG2 group. For example, if m is 3 and n is 3, each of the three PG1 groups is the same and each of the three PG2 groups is the same and PG1 = PG2. In some embodiments, PG1 is TBS and PG2 is TBS. Alternatively, PG1 and PG2 may be different from each other. For example, if m is 3 and n is 3, each of the three PG1 groups (PG11, PG12, and PG13) are the same (PG1=PG1 1=PG12=PG13) and each of the three PG2 groups (PG21, PG22, and PG23) are the same (PG2=PG21=PG22=PG23), but PG1 is different from PG2. In some embodiments, PG1 is TBS and PG2 is TIPS. Alternatively, each PG1 and each PG2 may be different from each other. For example, if m is 3 and n is 3, each of the three PG1 groups are the different from each other (PG11 is different from PG12, PG12 is different from PG13, and PG11 is different from PG13) and each of the three PG2 groups are the same (PG21 is different from PG22, PG22 is different from PG23, and PG21 is different from PG23), and none of the PG11, PG12, PG13, PG21, PG22, and PG23 are the same.
[000266] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (III) has the structure of Formula (Illa):
[000267] In some embodiments, the step of forming the compound of Formula (II) prior to step (a) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (III) with a protecting group removal agent to obtain a deprotected intermediate; reacting said intermediate with at least one compound of Formula (IV):
R-LG (IV), wherein R is an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; and LG is a suitable leaving group; to produce the compound of Formula (II).
[000268] According to the present disclosure, any suitable protecting group removing agent may be used to remove protecting groups PG1 and PG2 is from the hydroxyl groups of the compound of Formula (III). Suitable protecting group removing agents that may be used to remove a particular protecting group are known to people of skill in the art and may be selected from the ones described in “Handbook of Reagents for Organic Synthesis. Activating Reagents and Protecting Groups,” Pearson and Roush, Eds., John Wiley & Sons, 2005, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. For example, the protecting group removing agent may be selected from the group consisting of tetrabutylammonium fluoride (TBAF), NH4F, SiF4, AcOH, HCI, LiAIH4, and K2CO3.
[000269] In some embodiments, if PG1 and PG2 are be different from each other, different protecting group removing agents may be used. In this case, one protecting group removing agent may be used to selectively remove all of the PG1 groups present in the compound of Formula (III). Then, the formed intermediate may be reacted the first compound of Formula (IV), compound of Formula (IVa). After that, another protecting group removing agent may be used to selectively remove all of the PG2 groups and then another compound of Formula (IV), compound of Formula (IVb) may be used to modify deprotected hydroxyl groups. In this case, compound of Formula (IVa) may be different from the compound of Formula (IVb).
[000270] According to the present disclosure, LG is a suitable leaving group. Suitable leaving groups may be used are known to people of skill in the art. For example, LG may be selected from a group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
[000271] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) may include a step of: providing a compound of Formula (V) having the structure:
nd pound of Formula (V). [000272] In some embodiments, the step of forming the compound of Formula (III) may comprise: reacting the compound of Formula (V) with a compound of Formula (VIa) or Formula (VIb): PG-X (VIa) or PG2O (VIb), wherein X is Cl or Br; to produce the compound of Formula (III). [000273] According to the present disclosure, suitable compounds of Formula (VIa) or Formula (VIb) may be selected from, but are not limited to, the group consisting of AllocCl, Alloc2O, Cbz2O, CbzCl, FmocCl, and Boc2O. [000274] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) may include a step of: providing a compound of Formula (VII) having the structure: I); forming the compound of Formula (V) from the compound of Formula (VII). [000275] According to the present disclosure, PG3 any suitable protecting group that may be used to protect amino group. Suitable protecting groups that may be used are known to people of skill in the art. A detailed description of these groups and their selection and chemistry is contained in "The Peptides, Vol. 3", Gross and Meinenhofer, Eds., Academic Press, New York, 1981 , which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. For example, PG3 may be selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9- fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc). In some embodiments, PG3 is 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
[000276] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (VII) has the following structure: (Vila).
[000277] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (V) includes reacting the compound of Formula (VII) with a protecting group removing agent to produce the compound of Formula (V).
[000278] According to the present disclosure, any suitable protecting group removing agent may be used to remove protecting group PG3 from the amino group of the compound of Formula (VII). Suitable protecting group removing agents that may be used to remove a particular protecting group are known to people of skill in the art. A detailed description of these groups and their selection and chemistry is contained in "The Peptides, Vol. 3", Gross and Meinenhofer, Eds., Academic Press, New York, 1981 , which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. For example, the protecting group removing agent is selected from the group consisting of Pd(PPh)3, PhSiHa, H2, piperidine, and trifluoroacetic acid (TFA).
[000279] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) may include a step of: providing a compound of Formula (VIII) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (VII) from the compound of Formula (VIII).
[000280] In some embodiments, the process of forming the compound of Formula (VII) may comprise reacting the compound of Formula (VIII) with a compound of Formula (IX) having the structure: to produce the compound of Formula (VII).
[000281] In one embodiment, the compound of Formula (VIII) has the following structure: (Villa).
[000282] In another embodiment, the compound of Formula (IX) has the following structure:
[000283] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) may include a step of: providing a compound of Formula (X) having the structure: wherein PG4 is a suitable protecting group; and forming the compound of Formula (VIII) from the compound of Formula (X).
[000284] According to the present disclosure, PG4 any suitable protecting group that may be used to protect amino group. Suitable protecting groups that may be used are known to people of skill in the art. A detailed description of these groups and their selection and chemistry is contained in "The Peptides, Vol. 3", Gross and Meinenhofer, Eds., Academic Press, New York, 1981 , which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. For example, PG4 may be selected from the group consisting of allyl, allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc). In some embodiments, PG4 is allyl.
[000285] In one embodiment, the compound of Formula (X) has the following structure:
[000286] In some embodiments, the process of forming the compound of Formula (VIII) includes reacting the compound of Formula (X) with a protecting group removing agent.
[000287] According to the present disclosure, any suitable protecting group removing agent may be used to remove protecting group PG4 from the amino group of the compound of Formula (X). Suitable protecting group removing agents that may be used to remove a particular protecting group are known to people of skill in the art. A detailed description of these groups and their selection and chemistry is contained in "The Peptides, Vol. 3", Gross and Meinenhofer, Eds., Academic Press, New York, 1981 , which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. For example, the protecting group removing agent is selected from the group consisting of Pd/K2CC>3, 1 ,3- dimethylbarbituric acid/Pd(PPh3)4, Pd(PPh)3, PhSiHs, H2, piperidine, and trifluoroacetic acid (TFA).
[000288] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) may include a step of: providing a compound of Formula (XI) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (X) from the compound of Formula (XI).
[000289] In one embodiment, the compound of Formula (XI) has the following structure:
[000290] In some embodiments, the process of forming the compound of Formula (X) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (XI) with a compound of Formula (XII): or a salt thereof, to produce the compound of Formula (X).
[000291] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) may include a step of: providing a compound of Formula (XIII) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (XI) from the compound of Formula (XIII).
[000292] In one embodiment, the compound of Formula (XIII) has the following structure:
[000293] In some embodiments, the process for forming the compound of Formula (XI) includes reacting the compound of Formula (XIII) with an oxidizing agent to produce the compound of Formula (XI).
[000294] According to the present disclosure, any suitable oxidizing agent that may convert the primary alcohol to the aldehyde group may be used. Suitable oxidizing agents that may be used are known to people of skill in the art. For example, the oxidizing agent may be selected from the group consisting of pyridinium chlorochromate (PCC), pyridinium dichromate (PDC), silver carbonate (Ag2CC>3), tetra-n-propylammonium perruthenate (TPAP), and Dess-Martin periodinane (DMP).
[000295] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) may include a step of: providing a compound of Formula (XIV) having the structure: wherein
Y is -OC1-6 alkyl; and forming the compound of Formula (XIII) from the compound of Formula (XIV).
[000296] In one embodiment, the compound of Formula (XIV) has the following structure:
[000297] In some embodiments, the process of forming the compound of Formula (XIII) comprises reacting the compound of Formula (XIV) with a reducing agent.
[000298] According to the present disclosure, any suitable reducing agent that may convert the ester to the primary alcohol group may be used. Suitable reducing agents that may be used are known to people of skill in the art. For example, the reducing agent is selected from the group consisting of UAIH4, DIBALH, and UBH4.
[000299] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I) may include a step of: providing a compound of Formula (XV) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (XIV) from the compound of Formula (XV).
[000300] In one embodiment, the compound of Formula (XV) has the following structure:
[000301] In some embodiments, the process of forming the compound of Formula (XIV) comprises reacting the compound of Formula (XV) with a protecting group introducing agent to produce the compound of Formula (XIV).
[000302] According to the present disclosure, any suitable protecting group introducing agent may be used to protect the hydroxyl groups in the compound of Formula (XV). Suitable protecting group introducing agents that may be used are known to people of skill in the art. In some embodiments, the protecting group introducing agent is selected from the group consisting of TBSCI, TBSOTf, TMSCI, TMSOTf, TESCI, TESOTf, TBDPSCI, TBDPSOTf, TIPSCI, and TIPSOTf.
[000303] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a product prepared according to any of the methods described in the present disclosure.
[000304] In one embodiment, the product is a compound of Formula (I): wherein: m and n are, independently, an integer from 1 to 5, and (m+n) > 3;
R1 is a C1-5 alkyl;
R2 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; and
R3 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof.
[000305] In another embodiment, the product is a compound of Formula (la):
a), or a salt thereof. [000306] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a method of using a compound of Formula (I): (I), wherein: m and n are, independently, an integer from 1 to 5, and (m+n) ≥ 3; R1 is a C1-5 alkyl; R2 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; and R3 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof, for making a peptide or a peptidomimetic. [000307] In at least one embodiment, the compound of Formula (I) is used as a support or a tag for making a peptide or a peptidomimetic. [000308] In one embodiment, the peptidomimetic is a compound of Formula :
salt thereof.
[000309] In one embodiment, the peptidomimetic is a compound of Formula: or a salt thereof.
[000310] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a compound manufactured using a compound of Formula (I): wherein: m and n are, independently, an integer from 1 to 5, and (m+n) > 3;
R1 is Ci-5 alkyl;
R2 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; and
R3 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof.
[000313] The present disclosure provides a compound having a structure of Formula (Al): wherein: m and n are, independently, an integer from 0 to 5;
R1a is C1-5 alkyl;
R2a is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; and
R3a is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof.
[000314] According to the present disclosure, m may be an integer from 0 to 5 and n may be an integer from 0 to 5. For example, m may be 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5 and n may be 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5. [000315] According to the present disclosure, R1a may be methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or pentyl. For example, R1 may be n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, i-butyl, t-butyl, or n-pentyl. In at least one embodiment, R1a is methyl.
[000316] According to the present disclosure, R2a is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl. For example, C10-30 alkyl may be optionally substituted from 1 to 10 times with a substituent selected from halogen, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy (also referred to as alkoxycarbonyl), carboxamido (also referred to as alkylaminocarbonyl), cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl, phenoxy, or benzyloxy. For example, C10-30 alkyl may be optionally substituted 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 times with any of the above-described substituents, wherein each substituent is independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy, carboxamido, cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl, phenoxy, or benzyloxy.
[000317] According to the present disclosure, R3a is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl. For example, C10-30 alkyl may be optionally substituted from 1 to 10 times with a substituent selected from halogen, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy (also referred to as alkoxycarbonyl), carboxamido (also referred to as alkylaminocarbonyl), cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl, phenoxy, or benzyloxy. For example, C10-30 alkyl may be optionally substituted 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 times with any of the above-described substituents, wherein each substituent is independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy, carboxamido, cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl, phenoxy, or benzyloxy.
[000318] In at least one embodiment, R2a is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C18-26 alkyl, and R3a is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C18-26 alkyl. For example, each R2a is independently an optionally substituted C22 alkyl and each R3a is independently an optionally substituted C22 alkyl.
[000319] The present disclosure provides a compound having a structure of Formula (Bl): wherein: m is an integer from 1 to 5;
R1b is C1-5 alkyl; and
R2b is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; or a salt thereof.
[000320] According to the present disclosure, m may be an integer from 1 to 5. For example, m may be 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5.
[000321] According to the present disclosure, R1b may be methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or pentyl. For example, R1b may be n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, i-butyl, t-butyl, or n-pentyl. In at least one embodiment, R1b is methyl.
[000322] According to the present disclosure, R2b is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl. For example, C10-30 alkyl may be optionally substituted from 1 to 10 times with a substituent selected from halogen, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy (also referred to as alkoxycarbonyl), carboxamido (also referred to as alkylaminocarbonyl), cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl, phenoxy, or benzyloxy. For example, C10-30 alkyl may be optionally substituted 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 times with any of the above-described substituents, wherein each substituent is independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy, carboxamido, cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl, phenoxy, or benzyloxy.
[000323] In at least one embodiment, R2b is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C18-26 alkyl. For example, each R2b is independently an optionally substituted C22 alkyl.
[000324] The present disclosure provides a compound having a structure of Formula (Cl): wherein: m and n are, independently, an integer from 1 to 5, and (m+n) > 3;
R2° is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; and R3c is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof. [000325] According to the present disclosure, m may be an integer from 1 to 5 and n may be an integer from 1 to 5, provided that (m+n) > 3. For example, m may be 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 and n may be 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5.
[000326] According to the present disclosure, R2c is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl. For example, C10-30 alkyl may be optionally substituted from 1 to 10 times with a substituent selected from halogen, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy (also referred to as alkoxycarbonyl), carboxamido (also referred to as alkylaminocarbonyl), cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl, phenoxy, or benzyloxy. For example, C10-30 alkyl may be optionally substituted 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 times with any of the above-described substituents, wherein each substituent is independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy, carboxamido, cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl, phenoxy, or benzyloxy.
[000327] According to the present disclosure, R3c is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl. For example, C10-30 alkyl may be optionally substituted from 1 to 10 times with a substituent selected from halogen, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy (also referred to as alkoxycarbonyl), carboxamido (also referred to as alkylaminocarbonyl), cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl, phenoxy, or benzyloxy. For example, C10-30 alkyl may be optionally substituted 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 times with any of the above-described substituents, wherein each substituent is independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy, carboxamido, cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl, phenoxy, or benzyloxy.
[000328] In at least one embodiment, R2c is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C18-26 alkyl, and R3c is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C18-26 alkyl. For example, each R2c is independently an optionally substituted C22 alkyl and each R3c is independently an optionally substituted C22 alkyl.
Methods of Making a Peptide or a Peptidomimetic Using the Tags
[000329] The present disclosure provides a method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic, the method comprising the steps of:
(a) providing a compound of Formula (I):
I), wherein: m and n are, independently, an integer from 1 to 5, and (m+n) ≥ 3; R1 is C1-5 alkyl; R2 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; and R3 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof; (b) providing a first amino acid (AA1); and (c) coupling the first amino acid (AA1) to the compound of Formula (I) to form a peptide bond between the first amino acid (AA1) and the compound of Formula (I). [000330] The term “amino acid” refers to a molecule containing both an amino group and a carboxyl group. Amino acids include alpha-amino acids and beta-amino acids, the structures of which are depicted below. In certain embodiments, an amino acid is an alpha amino acid. [000331] Suitable amino acids that may be used according to the present disclosure include, without limitation, i) natural alpha-amino acids such as D- and L-isomers of the 20 common naturally occurring alpha-amino acids found in peptides and proteins: Alanine, Arginine, Asparagine, Aspartic acid, Cysteine, Glutamic acid, Glutamine, Glycine, Histidine, Isoleucine, Leucine, Lysine, Methionine, Phenylalanine, Proline, Serine, Threonine, Tryptophan, Tyrosine, Valine and derivatives thereof; ii) unnatural alpha-amino acids; iii) natural beta-amino acids (e.g., beta-alanine), and iv) unnatural beta-amino acids.
[000332] In one embodiment, the step (c) of coupling the AA1 to the compound of Formula (I) comprises coupling the carboxylic acid moiety of the AA1 with the amino moiety of the compound of Formula (I).
[000333] In some embodiments, the first amino acid (AA1) contains a protected amino group.
[000334] In one embodiment, the first amino acid (AA1)
[000335] In some embodiments, the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include a step of activating the chemical groups on the first amino acid (AA1) to prepare the first amino acid (AA1) for coupling with the compound of Formula (I) prior to step (c).
[000336] In some embodiments, the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of:
(d) removing the protecting group from the first amino acid (AA1);
(e) providing a second amino acid (AA2); and
(f) coupling the second amino acid (AA2) to the first amino acid (I-AA1) to form a peptide bond between the second amino acid (AA2) and the first amino acid (I-AA1-AA2).
[000337] In one embodiment, the step (f) comprises coupling the carboxylic acid moiety of the AA2 with the amino moiety of the AA1.
[000338] In one embodiment, the second amino acid (AA2) is
[000339] In some embodiments, the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of:
(g) removing the protecting group from the second amino acid (AA2);
(h) providing a third amino acid (AA3); and
(i) coupling the third amino acid (AA3) to the second amino acid to form a peptide bond between the third amino acid (AA3) and the second amino acid (I-AA1-AA2-AA3).
[000340] In one embodiment, the step (i) comprises coupling the carboxylic acid moiety of the AA3 with the amino moiety of the AA2.
[000341] In one embodiment, the third amino acid (AA3) is 0 NHFmoc
[000342] In some embodiments, the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of:
(j) removing the protecting group from the third amino acid (AA3);
(k) providing a fourth amino acid (AA4); and
(l) coupling the fourth amino acid (AA4) to the third amino acid to form a peptide bond between the fourth amino acid (AA4) and the third amino acid (I-AA1-AA2-AA3-AA4).
[000343] In one embodiment, the step (I) comprises coupling the carboxylic acid moiety of the AA4 with the amino moiety of the AA3.
[000344] In one embodiment, the fourth amino acid (AA4) is NHFmoc or
[000345] In some embodiments, the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of:
(m) removing the protecting group from the fourth amino acid (AA4);
(n) providing a fifth amino acid (AA5); and
(o) coupling the fifth amino acid (AA5) to the fourth amino acid to form a peptide bond between the fifth amino acid (AA5) and fourth amino acid (I-AA1-AA2-AA3-AA4-AA5).
[000346] In one embodiment, the step (o) comprises coupling the carboxylic acid moiety of the AA5 with the amino moiety of the AA4.
[000347] In one embodiment, the fifth amino acid (AA5) is N H Fmoc or
[000348] In some embodiments, the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of:
(p) removing the protecting group from the fifth amino acid (AA5);
(q) providing a sixth amino acid (AA6); and (r) coupling the sixth amino acid (AA6) to the fifth amino acid to form a peptide bond between the sixth amino acid (AA6) and the fifth amino acid (I-AA1-AA2-AA3-AA4-AA5-AA6).
[000349] In one embodiment, the step (r) comprises coupling the carboxylic acid moiety of the AA6 with the amino moiety of the AA5.
[000350] In one embodiment, the sixth amino acid (AA6) is
[000351] In some embodiments, the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of:
(s) removing the protecting group from the sixth amino acid (AA6);
(t) providing a seventh amino acid (AA7); and
(u) coupling the seventh amino acid (AA6) to the sixth amino acid to form a peptide bond between the seventh amino acid (AA7) and the sixth amino acid (I-AA1-AA2-AA3-AA4-AA5-AA6- AA7).
[000352] In one embodiment, the step (u) comprises coupling the carboxylic acid moiety of the AA7 with the amino moiety of the AA6. [000353] In one embodiment, the seventh amino acid (AA7) is NHFmoc or
[000354] In some embodiments, the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of:
(v) removing the protecting group from the seventh amino acid (AA7);
(w) providing a eighth amino acid (AA8); and
(x) coupling the eighth amino acid (AA8) to the seventh amino acid to form a peptide bond between the eighth amino acid (AA8) and the seventh amino acid (I-AA1-AA2-AA3-AA4-AA5-AA6- AA7-AA8).
[000355] In one embodiment, the step (x) comprises coupling the carboxylic acid moiety of the AA8 with the amino moiety of the AA7. o
FmocH N .
[000356] In one embodiment, the eighth amino acid (AA8) is 0H . [000357] In some embodiments, the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of:
(y) removing the protecting group from the eighth amino acid (AA8);
(z) providing a ninth amino acid (AA9); and
(aa) coupling the ninth amino acid (AA9) to the eighth amino acid to form a peptide bond between the ninth amino acid (AA9) and the eighth amino acid (I-AA1-AA2-AA3-AA4-AA5-AA6-AA7- AA8-AA9).
[000358] In one embodiment, the step (aa) comprises coupling the carboxylic acid moiety of the AA9 with the amino moiety of the AA8. one embodiment, the ninth amino acid (AA9) is or
[000360] In some embodiments, the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of:
(bb) removing the protecting group from the ninth amino acid (AA9);
(cc) providing a tenth amino acid (AA10); and
(dd) coupling the tenth amino acid (AA10) to the ninth amino acid to form a peptide bond between the tenth amino acid (AA10) and the ninth amino acid (I-AA1-AA2-AA3-AA4-AA5-AA6-AA7- AA8-AA9-AA10).
[000361] In one embodiment, the step (dd) comprises coupling the carboxylic acid moiety of the AA10 with the amino moiety of the AA9.
[000362] In one embodiment, the tenth amino acid (AA10) is .
[000363] In some embodiments, the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of: repeating the steps of (i) removing the protecting group from the amino acid (AAn);
(ii) providing a succeding amino acid (AAn+i); and
(iii) coupling the succeding amino acid (AAn+i) to the amino acid (AAn) to form a peptide bond between the succeding amino acid (AAn+i) and amino acid (AAn), wherein said repeating may be conducted from 1 to 100 times. [000364] In some embodiments, the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may may include the steps of:
(ee) removing the protecting group from the tenth amino acid (AA10);
(ff) providing a compound of Formula (B): wherein x is an integer from 1 to 15; and
(gg) coupling the compound of Formula (B) to the one of the amino acids in the peptide or the peptidomimetic to form a triazole ring.
[000365] In one embodiment, the compound of Formula (B) has the following Formula:
[000366] In some embodiments of the present disclosure, one or more peptides may be attached to the amino acid (AAn). For example, in some embodiments, the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic may include the steps of: repeating the steps of (i) removing the protecting group from the amino acid (AAn);
(ii) providing a peptide (AAmi-AAmp), where p is from 2 to 20; and
(iii) coupling the amino on the peptide (AAmi-AAmp) to the amino acid (AAn) to form a peptide bond between the amino acid on the peptide (AAmi-AAmp) and amino acid (AAn), wherein said repeating may be conducted from 1 to 100 times.
[000367] According to the present disclosure, in the peptide (AAmi-AAmp) m may be 2, 3, 4, 5,
6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20. In some embodiments, m is 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 15. In some embodiments, m is 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10.
[000368] According to the present disclosure, the peptide (AAmi-AAmp) may be a dipeptide, tripeptide, tetrapeptide, pentapeptide, hexapeptide, heptapeptide, octapeptide, nonapetide, or decapeptide.
[000369] The peptides may include all D-amino acids, all L-amino acids, or a mixture of L- amino acids and D-amino acids. In preferred embodiments, the peptide includes only D-amino acids or a mixture of D-amino acids and L-amino acids where the D-amino acid content is greater than 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or 95%.
[000370] During the synthesis, the non-participating carboxylic acids or amines on the reacting set of amino acids or peptide fragments may be protected by a suitable protecting group (PG) which may be selectively removed at a later time if desired. A detailed description of these groups and their selection and chemistry is contained in "The Peptides, Vol. 3", Gross and Meinenhofer, Eds., Academic Press, New York, 1981 , which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
[000371] In some embodiments, the method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic according to any of the above embodiments further comprises:
(hh) cleaving the peptide bond between the first amino acid (AA1) and the compound of Formula (I) to obtain the peptide or the peptidomimetic.
[000372] According to the present disclosure, each one of the first amino acid (AA1), the second amino acid (AA2), the third amino acid (AA3), the fourth amino acid (AA4), the fifth amino acid (AA5), the sixth amino acid (AA6), the seventh amino acid (AA7), the eighth amino acid (AA8), the ninth amino acid (AA9), the tenth amino acid (AA10), and succeding amino acid (AAn+i) may be independently selected from the group consisiting of wherein PG5 is a suitable protecting group. [000373] According to the present disclosure, any suitable protecting group that may be used to protect amino group in amino acids may be used as PG5. Suitable protecting groups that may be used are known to people of skill in the art. A detailed description of these groups and their selection and chemistry is contained in "The Peptides, Vol. 3", Gross and Meinenhofer, Eds., Academic Press, New York, 1981 , which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. For example, PG5 may be is independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of triphenylmethyl (Trt), allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9- fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
[000374] According to the present disclosure, each one of the first amino acid (AA1), the second amino acid (AA2), the third amino acid (AA3), the fourth amino acid (AA4), the fifth amino acid (AA5), the sixth amino acid (AA6), the seventh amino acid (AA7), the eighth amino acid (AA8), the ninth amino acid (AA9), the tenth amino acid (AA10), and succeding amino acid (AAn+i) may be independently selected from the group
[000375] In one embodiment, the peptidomimetic has a Formula: salt thereof.
[000376] In one embodiment, the peptidomimetic has a Formula:
[000377] According to the present disclosure, amino acids that may be used to prepare peptides and peptidomimetics may be both natural and unnatural amino acids.
[000378] The present disclosure provides a method for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI):
wherein: k is an integer from 1 to 15; q is an integer from 0 to 10;
R1d is C1-5 alkyl;
PG6 is a suitable protecting group; and
PG7 is a suitable protecting group, or a salt thereof. This method includes:
(a) providing a compound of Formula (Dll) having the structure:
[000379] According to the present disclosure, PG6 is any suitable protecting group that may be used to protect amino group. Suitable protecting groups that may be used are known to people of skill in the art. A detailed description of these groups and their selection and chemistry is contained in "The Peptides, Vol. 3", Gross and Meinenhofer, Eds., Academic Press, New York, 1981 , which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. For example, PG6 may be selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9- fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc). In some embodiments, PG6 is 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
[000380] According to the present disclosure, PG7 is any suitable protecting group that may be used to protect amino group. Suitable protecting groups that may be used are known to people of skill in the art. A detailed description of these groups and their selection and chemistry is contained in "The Peptides, Vol. 3", Gross and Meinenhofer, Eds., Academic Press, New York, 1981 , which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. For example, PG7 may be selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9- fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc). In some embodiments, PG7 is tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc) [000381] In one embodiment, the compound of Formula (DI) has the structure of Formula (Dla) or Formula (Dlb): [000383] In some embodiments, the step (b) of forming the compound of Formula (DI) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (Dll) with a compound of Formula (Dill): (Dili), to produce the compound of Formula (II).
[000384] In one embodiment, the compound of Formula (Dill) has the structure of Formula
(Dllla): (Dllla).
[000385] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the step of: providing a compound of Formula (DIV) having the structure: salt thereof; and forming the compound of Formula (Dll) from the compound of Formula (DIV) prior to the step (a).
[000386] In one embodiment, the compound of Formula (DIV) has the structure of Formula (DIVa) or Formula (DIVb):
[000387] reacting the compound of Formula (DIV) with a compound of Formula (DVa) or Formula
(DVb):
PG6-X (DVa) or PG6 2O (DVb), wherein
X is OSu, OTf, Cl, or Br; to produce the compound of Formula (Dll).
[000388] According to the present disclosure, the compound of Formula (DVa) or Formula (DVb) may be selected from the group consisting of AllocCI, AIIOC2O, Cbz2O, CbzCI, FmocCI, FmocOSu, and BOC2O.
[000389] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the step of: providing a compound of Formula (DVI) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (DIV) from the compound of Formula (DVI). [000390] In some embodiments, the step of forming the compound of Formula (DIV) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DVI) with a protecting group removal agent to produce the compound of Formula (DIV).
[000391] According to the present disclosure, any suitable protecting group removing agent may be used to remove protecting group PG8 from the amino group of the compound of Formula (DVI). Suitable protecting group removing agents that may be used to remove a particular protecting group are known to people of skill in the art. A detailed description of these groups and their selection and chemistry is contained in "The Peptides, Vol. 3", Gross and Meinenhofer, Eds., Academic Press, New York, 1981 , which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. For example, the protecting group removal agent may be selected from the group consisting of Pd(PPh)3, PhSiHa, H2, HCI, piperidine, and trifluoroacetic acid (TFA).
[000392] In one embodiment, the compound of Formula (DVI) has the structure of Formula (DVIa) or Formula (DVIb):
[000393] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the step of: providing a compound of Formula (DVI I) having the structure:
[000394] In some embodiments, the step of forming the compound of Formula (DVI) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DVII) with a base to produce the compound of Formula (DVI).
[000395] According to the present disclosure, any suitable base may be used to hydrolyze the methyl ester group in the compound of Formula (DVII). In some embodiments, the base is selected from the group consisting of LiOH, NaOH, and KOH.
[000396] In one embodiment, the compound of Formula (DVII) has the structure of Formula (DVIla) or Formula (DVIlb):
(DVI lb).
[000397] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the step of: providing a compound of Formula (DVI 11) having the structure: wherein
LG' is a suitable living group; and forming the compound of Formula (DVII) from the compound of Formula (DVIII).
[000398] In some embodiments, the step of forming the compound of Formula (DVII) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DVIII) with an azido group introducing agent to produce the compound of Formula (DVII).
[000399] The azido group introducing agent that may be used to carry out the above embodiment are known to people of skill in the art. In one embodiment, the azido group introducing agent is selected from the group consisting of NaNa, TMSN3, (PhO)2P(O)N3, Zn(Na)2*2Py, and n- BU4NN3.
[000400] In one embodiment, LG' is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
[000401] In another embodiment, the compound of Formula (DVIII) has the structure of Formula (DVII la) or Formula (DVII lb):
(DVHIb).
[000402] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the step of: providing a compound of Formula (DIX) having the structure: wherein
LG" is a suitable living group; and forming the compound of Formula (DVIII) from the compound of Formula (DIX).
[000403] In one embodiment, LG" is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
[000404] In one embodiment, the step of forming the compound of Formula (DVIII) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DIX) with a compound of Formula (DX): wherein
PG8 is a suitable protecting group; to produce the compound of Formula (DVII).
[000405] According to the present disclosure, PG8 is any suitable protecting group that may be used to protect amino group. Suitable protecting groups that may be used are known to people of skill in the art. A detailed description of these groups and their selection and chemistry is contained in "The Peptides, Vol. 3", Gross and Meinenhofer, Eds., Academic Press, New York, 1981 , which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. For example, PG8 may be selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9- fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc). In some embodiments, PG8 is tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc).
[000406] In another embodiment, the compound of Formula (DIX) has the structure of Formula
(DIXa):
[000407] In yet another embodiment, the compound of Formula (DX) has the structure of
Formula (DXa):
[000408] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXI) having the structure: wherein
R2d is Ci-s alkylene; and forming the compound of Formula (DIX) from the compound of Formula (DXI).
[000409] In some embodiments, the step of forming the compound of Formula (DIX) comprises reacting the compound of Formula (DXI) with a reducing agent to produce the compound of Formula (DIX).
[000410] According to the present disclosure, any reducing agent that is capable of reducing the alkene double bound may be used to prepare the compound of Formula (DIX). In some embodiments, the reducing agent is selected from the group consisting of H2, NH4HCO2, NABH(OAC)3, and LiAIH4.
[000411] In one embodiment, the compound of Formula (DXI) has the structure of Formula (DXI a):
[000412] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXII) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (DXI) from the compound of Formula (DXII).
[000413] In some embodiments, the step of forming the compound of Formula (DXI) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DXII) with a compound of Formula (DXI II):
PPh3*Ci-6 alkyl-Hal (DXIII), wherein
Hal is halogen, to produce the compound of Formula (DXI). [000414] In one embodiment, the compound of Formula (DXII) has the structure of Formula
(DXIIa):
[000415] In another embodiment, the compound of Formula (DXIII) has the structure of
Formula (DXII la):
PPh3*MeBr (DXIIIa).
[000416] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXIV) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (DXII) from the compound of Formula (DXIV).
[000417] In some embodiments, the step of forming the compound of Formula (DXII) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DXIV) with a compound of Formula (DXV): wherein
LG'" is a suitable living group, to produce the compound of Formula (DXII).
[000418] In one embodiment, the LG'" is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
[000419] In another embodiment, the compound of Formula (DXIV) has the structure of Formula (DXIVa):
[000420] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXVI) having the structure: wherein
LG* is a suitable living group, forming the compound of Formula (DX) from the compound of Formula (DXVI).
[000421] In one embodiment, LG* is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
[000422] In some embodiments, the step of forming the compound of Formula (DX) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DXVI) with a compound of Formula (DXVII): to produce the compound of Formula (DX).
[000423] In one embodiment, the compound of Formula (DXVI) has the structure of Formula
(DXVIc):
[000424] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI) may includes the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXVI 11) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (DXVI) from the compound of Formula (DXVIII).
[000425] In some embodiments, the step of forming the compound of Formula (DXVI) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DXVIII) with a compound of Formula (DXIXa) or Formula wherein
X is OSu, Cl, or Br; to produce the compound of Formula (DXVI).
[000426] In one embodiment, the compound of Formula (DXIXa) or Formula (DXIXb) is selected from the group consisting of TfCI, Tf2O, MsCI, and Ms2O.
[000427] The present disclosure provides a method for preparation of a compound of Formula wherein: q is an integer from 0 to 10;
R1d is C1-6 alkyl; and
PG6 is a suitable protecting group, or a salt thereof, said process comprising:
(a) providing a compound of Formula (DXXI) having the structure: salt thereof, and
(b) forming the compound of Formula (Dll) from the compound of Formula (DXXI).
[000428] In some embodiments, PG6 is selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl
(Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
[000429] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DXXI) is treated with compound o c
[000430] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DXXI) is treated with a catalyst. In some embodiments, the catalyst is Pd(dppf)Cl2-DCM.
[000431] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DXXI) is treated with a base. In some embodiments, the base is K2CO3.
[000432] In some embodiments, the preparation is performed in a solvent mixture comprised of H2O/iPrOH.
[000433] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (Dll) has the structure of Formula (Dlla) or Formula (DI lb):
[000434] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DXXI) is formed by exposing [000435] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DXXI) is formed in the presence of PPh3.
[000436] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DXXI) is formed in the presence of DIAD.
[000437] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DXXI) is formed in the presence of molecular sieves of 4A.
[000438] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (DXXI) is formed in an organic solvent. In some embodiments, the organic solvent is THF.
[000439] In some embodiments, formed by exposing
PBiri2.
[000440] In some embodiments, formed in the presence of Pd(OAc)2
[000441] In some embodiments, formed in the presence of PCya.
[000442] In some embodiments, formed in the presence of KOAc.
[000443] In some embodiments, formed in the presence of dioxane. [000444] In some embodiments, formed at an elevated temperature for a period of time.
[000445] In some embodiments, is formed by exposing to
Bu4N+Br3".
[000446] In some embodiments, is formed in an organic solvent. In some embodiments, the organic solvent is a mixture of DCM and methanol.
[000447] The present disclosure provides a method for preparation of a compound of Formula
(Dll): wherein: q is an integer from 0 to 10;
R1d is C1-6 alkyl; and
PG6 is a suitable protecting group, or a salt thereof, said process comprising:
(a) providing a compound of Formula (DIV) having the structure:
[000448] According to the present disclosure, PG6 is any suitable protecting group that may be used to protect amino group. Suitable protecting groups that may be used are known to people of skill in the art. A detailed description of these groups and their selection and chemistry is contained in "The Peptides, Vol. 3", Gross and Meinenhofer, Eds., Academic Press, New York, 1981 , which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. For example, PG6 may be selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9- fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc). In some embodiments, PG6 is 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
[000449] In one embodiment, the compound of Formula (Dll) has the structure of Formula (Dlla) or Formula (Dllb):
(Dllb).
[000450] In another embodiment, the compound of Formula (DIV) has the structure of Formula
(DIVa) or Formula (DIVb): [000451] In some embodiments, the process of forming the compound of Formula (Dll) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DIV) with a compound of Formula (DVa) or Formula (DVb):
PG6-X (DVa) or PG6 2O (DVb), wherein
X is OSu, OTf, Cl, or Br; to produce the compound of Formula (Dll).
[000452] According to the present disclosure, the compound of Formula (DVa) or Formula (DVb) is selected from the group consisting of AllocCI, AIIOC2O, Cbz2O, CbzCI, FmocCI, FmocOSu, and BOC2O.
[000453] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (Dll) may include the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXVI) having the structure: wherein
PG8 is a suitable protecting group; and forming the compound of Formula (DIV) from the compound of Formula (DXVI).
[000454] According to the present disclosure, PG8 is any suitable protecting group that may be used to protect amino group. Suitable protecting groups that may be used are known to people of skill in the art. A detailed description of these groups and their selection and chemistry is contained in "The Peptides, Vol. 3", Gross and Meinenhofer, Eds., Academic Press, New York, 1981 , which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. For example, PG8 may be selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9- fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc). In some embodiments, PG8 tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc).
[000455] In some embodiments, the step of forming the compound of Formula (DIV) comprises reacting the compound of Formula (DXVI) with a protecting group removal agent to produce the compound of Formula (DIV). [000456] According to the present disclosure, any suitable protecting group removing agent may be used to remove protecting group PG8 from the amino group of the compound of Formula (DVI). Suitable protecting group removing agents that may be used to remove a particular protecting group are known to people of skill in the art. A detailed description of these groups and their selection and chemistry is contained in "The Peptides, Vol. 3", Gross and Meinenhofer, Eds., Academic Press, New York, 1981, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. In some embodiments, the protecting group removal agent is selected from the group consisting of HCI, Pd(PPh)3, PhSiH3, H2, piperidine, and trifluoroacetic acid (TFA).
[000457] In one embodiment, the compound of Formula (DXVI) has the structure of Formula (DXVIa) or Formula (DXVIb):
[000458] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (Dll) may include the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXVI I) having the structure: wherein
LG' is a suitable living group; and forming the compound of Formula (DXVI) from the compound of Formula (DXVII).
[000459] In some embodiments, the step of forming the compound of Formula (DXVI) comprises reacting the compound of Formula (DXVII) with an azido group introducing agent to produce the compound of Formula (DXVI).
[000460] In some embodiments, azido group introducing agent is selected from the group consisting of NaN3, TMSN3, (PhO)2P(O)N3, Zn(N3)2*2Py, and n-Bu4NN3.
[000461] In some embodiments, LG' is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
[000462] In one embodiment, the compound of Formula (DXVII) has the structure of Formula (DXVIla) or Formula (DXVIlb):
[000463] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (Dll) may include the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DIX) having the structure: wherein
LG" is a suitable living group; and forming the compound of Formula (DXVII) from the compound of Formula (DIX).
[000464] In some embodiments, LG" is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs. [000465] In some embodiments, the step of forming the compound of Formula (DXVII) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DIX) with a compound of Formula (DXVIII): to produce the compound of Formula (DXVII).
[000466] In one embodiment, the compound of Formula (DIX) has the structure of Formula
(DIXa):
[000467] In another embodiment, the compound of Formula (DXVIII) has the structure of
Formula (DXVIlla):
[000468] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (Dll) may include the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXIX) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (DIX) from the compound of Formula (DXIX).
[000469] In some embodiments, the step of forming the compound of Formula (DIX) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DXIX) with a compound of Formula (DXV): wherein
LG1" is a suitable living group, to produce the compound of Formula (DXIX).
[000470] In one embodiment, LG1" is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
[000471] In another embodiment, the compound of Formula (DXIX) has the structure of
Formula (DXIXa):
[000472] In another embodiment, the compound of Formula (DXV) has the structure of Formula
(DXVa):
[000473] In some embodiments, the process for preparation of a compound of Formula (Dll) may include the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXX) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (DXIX) from the compound of Formula (DXX).
[000474] In some embodiments, the step of forming the compound of Formula (DXIX) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DXX) with an LG” introducing agent to produce the compound of Formula (DXIX).
[000475] In one embodiment, the LG” introducing agent is NBu4Br3.
[000476] In another embodiment, the compound of Formula (DXX) has the structure of Formula
(DXXa): Therapeutic Formulations, Administration and Uses
[000477] The present disclosure provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising the peptidomimetic or the compound of the present disclosure.
[000478] The compositions of the disclosure may be formulated with suitable carriers, excipients, and other agents that provide improved transfer, delivery, tolerance, and the like. A multitude of appropriate formulations may be found in the formulary known to all pharmaceutical chemists: Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA. These formulations include, for example, powders, pastes, ointments, jellies, waxes, oils, lipids, lipid (cationic or anionic) containing vesicles (such as LIPOFECTIN™, Life Technologies, Carlsbad, CA), DNA conjugates, anhydrous absorption pastes, oil-in-water and water-in-oil emulsions, emulsions carbowax (polyethylene glycols of various molecular weights), semi-solid gels, and semi-solid mixtures containing carbowax. See also Powell et al. "Compendium of excipients for parenteral formulations" PDA (1998) J Pharm Sci Technol 52:238-311.
[000479] The dose of a peptidomimetic or a compound administered to a patient may vary depending upon the age and the size of the patient, target disease, conditions, route of administration, and the like. The suitable dose is typically calculated according to body weight or body surface area. When a peptidomimetic or a compound of the present disclosure is used for therapeutic purposes in an adult patient, it may be advantageous to intravenously administer the peptidomimetic or the compound of the present disclosure normally at a single dose of about 0.01 to about 20 mg/kg body weight, more preferably about 0.02 to about 7, about 0.03 to about 5, or about 0.05 to about 3 mg/kg body weight. Depending on the severity of the condition, the frequency and the duration of the treatment may be adjusted. Effective dosages and schedules for administering a peptidomimetic or a compound may be determined empirically; for example, patient progress may be monitored by periodic assessment, and the dose adjusted accordingly. Moreover, interspecies scaling of dosages may be performed using well-known methods in the art (e.g., Mordenti et al., 1991 , Pharmaceut. Res. 8:1351).
[000480] Various delivery systems are known and may be used to administer the pharmaceutical composition of the disclosure, e.g., encapsulation in liposomes, microparticles, microcapsules, recombinant cells capable of expressing the mutant viruses, receptor mediated endocytosis (see, e g., Wu et al., 1987, J. Biol. Chem. 262:4429-4432). Methods of introduction include, but are not limited to, intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, intranasal, epidural, and oral routes. The composition may be administered by any convenient route, for example by infusion or bolus injection, by absorption through epithelial or mucocutaneous linings (e.g., oral mucosa, rectal and intestinal mucosa, etc.) and may be administered together with other biologically active agents. Administration may be systemic or local. [000481] A pharmaceutical composition of the present disclosure may be delivered subcutaneously or intravenously with a standard needle and syringe. In addition, with respect to subcutaneous delivery, a pen delivery device readily has applications in delivering a pharmaceutical composition of the present disclosure. Such a pen delivery device may be reusable or disposable. A reusable pen delivery device generally utilizes a replaceable cartridge that contains a pharmaceutical composition. Once all of the pharmaceutical composition within the cartridge has been administered and the cartridge is empty, the empty cartridge may readily be discarded and replaced with a new cartridge that contains the pharmaceutical composition. The pen delivery device may then be reused. In a disposable pen delivery device, there is no replaceable cartridge. Rather, the disposable pen delivery device comes prefilled with the pharmaceutical composition held in a reservoir within the device. Once the reservoir is emptied of the pharmaceutical composition, the entire device is discarded.
[000482] Numerous reusable pen and autoinjector delivery devices have applications in the subcutaneous delivery of a pharmaceutical composition of the present disclosure. Examples include, but are not limited to AUTOPEN™ (Owen Mumford, Inc., Woodstock, UK), DISETRONIC™ pen (Disetronic Medical Systems, Bergdorf, Switzerland), HUMALOG MIX 75/25™ pen, HUMALOG™ pen, HUMALIN 70/30™ pen (Eli Lilly and Co., Indianapolis, IN), NOVOPEN™ I, II and III (Novo Nordisk, Copenhagen, Denmark), NOVOPEN JUNIOR™ (Novo Nordisk, Copenhagen, Denmark), BD™ pen (Becton Dickinson, Franklin Lakes, NJ), OPTIPEN™, OPTIPEN PRO™, OPTIPEN STARLET™, and OPTICLIK™ (sanofi-aventis, Frankfurt, Germany), to name only a few. Examples of disposable pen delivery devices having applications in subcutaneous delivery of a pharmaceutical composition of the present disclosure include, but are not limited to the SOLOSTAR™ pen (sanofi-aventis), the FLEXPEN™ (Novo Nordisk), and the KWIKPEN™ (Eli Lilly), the SURECLICKTM Autoinjector (Amgen, Thousand Oaks, CA), the PENLETTM (Haselmeier, Stuttgart, Germany), the EPIPEN (Dey, L.P.), and the HUMIRATM Pen (Abbott Labs, Abbott Park IL), to name only a few.
[000483] In certain situations, the pharmaceutical composition may be delivered in a controlled release system. In one embodiment, a pump may be used (see Langer, supra; Sefton, 1987, CRC Crit. Ref. Biomed. Eng. 14:201). In another embodiment, polymeric materials may be used; see, Medical Applications of Controlled Release, Langer and Wise (eds.), 1974, CRC Pres., Boca Raton, Florida. In yet another embodiment, a controlled release system may be placed in proximity of the composition’s target, thus requiring only a fraction of the systemic dose (see, e.g., Goodson, 1984, in Medical Applications of Controlled Release, supra, vol. 2, pp. 115-138). Other controlled release systems are discussed in the review by Langer, 1990, Science 249:1527-1533.
[000484] The injectable preparations may include dosage forms for intravenous, subcutaneous, intracutaneous and intramuscular injections, drip infusions, etc. These injectable preparations may be prepared by methods publicly known. For example, the injectable preparations may be prepared, e.g., by dissolving, suspending or emulsifying the antibody or its salt described above in a sterile aqueous medium or an oily medium conventionally used for injections. As the aqueous medium for injections, there are, for example, physiological saline, an isotonic solution containing glucose and other auxiliary agents, etc., which may be used in combination with an appropriate solubilizing agent such as an alcohol (e.g., ethanol), a polyalcohol (e.g., propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol), a nonionic surfactant [e.g., polysorbate 80, HCO-50 (polyoxyethylene (50 mol) adduct of hydrogenated castor oil)], etc. As the oily medium, there are employed, e.g., sesame oil, soybean oil, etc., which may be used in combination with a solubilizing agent such as benzyl benzoate, benzyl alcohol, etc. The injection thus prepared is preferably filled in an appropriate ampoule.
[000485] Advantageously, the pharmaceutical compositions for oral or parenteral use described above are prepared into dosage forms in a unit dose suited to fit a dose of the active ingredients. Such dosage forms in a unit dose include, for example, tablets, pills, capsules, injections (ampoules), suppositories, etc. The amount of the aforesaid antibody contained is generally about 5 to about 500 mg per dosage form in a unit dose; especially in the form of injection, it is preferred that the aforesaid antibody is contained in about 5 to about 100 mg and in about 10 to about 250 mg for the other dosage forms.
Therapeutic Uses of the Peptidomimetics or Compounds
[000486] In another aspect, the peptidomimetics or compounds (e.g., GLP1 peptidomimetics), disclosed herein are useful, inter alia, for the treatment, prevention and/or amelioration of a disease, disorder or condition in need of such treatment.
[000487] In one aspect, the present disclosure provides a method of treating a condition in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a peptidomimetic or compound (e.g., GLP1 peptidomimetic) according to the disclosure, or the composition comprising any compound according to the present disclosure.
[000488] In some embodiments, the peptidomimetics or compounds (e.g., GLP1 peptidomimetics) disclosed herein are useful for treating any disease or disorder in which stimulation, activation and/or targeting of GLP1 R would be beneficial. In particular, the compounds of the present disclosure may be used for the treatment, prevention and/or amelioration of any disease or disorder associated with or mediated by GLP1 R expression or activity.
[000489] In some embodiments, the peptidomimetics or compounds (e.g., GLP1 peptidomimetics) disclosed herein are useful for treating a GLP1 R-associated condition. In some embodiments, the GLP1 R-associated condition is Type 1 or Type 2 diabetes mellitus. The administered peptidomimetic or compound (e.g., GLP1 peptidomimetic) may cause at least one of the following results: induction of insulin secretion, suppression of glucagon release, reduction of blood sugar, improvement of glycemic control, promotion of islet neogenesis, and delay of gastric emptying or potentiation of glucose resistant islets.
[000490] In some embodiments, the GLP1 R-associated condition is a neurodegenerative disorder, a cognitive disorder, memory disorder or learning disorder. The neurodegenerative disorder may be, for example, dementia, senile dementia, mild cognitive impairment, Alzheimer- related dementia, Huntington's chores, tardive dyskinesia, hyperkinesias, mania, Morbus Parkinson, steel-Richard syndrome, Down's syndrome, myasthenia gravis, nerve trauma, brain trauma, vascular amyloidosis, cerebral hemorrhage I with amyloidosis, brain inflammation, Friedrich's ataxia, acute confusion disorder, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, glaucoma and Alzheimer's disease.
[000491] In some embodiments, the GLP1 R-associated condition is a liver disease. The liver disease may be, for example, non-alcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD), fatty liver, non-alcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH), and cirrhosis.
[000492] In some embodiments, the GLP1R-associated condition is a coronary artery disease. The coronary artery disease may be, for example, cardiomyopathy and myocardial infarction.
[000493] In some embodiments, the GLP1R-associated condition is a kidney disease. The kidney disease may be, for example, hypertension, or chronic kidney failure.
[000494] In some embodiments, the GLP1 R-associated condition is an eating disorder. The eating disorder may be, for example, binge eating.
[000495] Without wishing to be bound by theory, the peptidomimetics or compounds (e.g., GLP1 peptidomimetics) disclosed herein may be employed to attenuate the effects of apoptosis- mediated degenerative diseases of the central nervous system such as Alzheimer's Disease, Creutzfeld-Jakob Disease and bovine spongiform encephalopathy, chronic wasting syndrome and other prion mediated apoptotic neural diseases (see, e.g., Perry and Grieg (2004) Current Drug Targets 6:565-571). Administration of a peptidomimetic or compound (e.g., GLP1 peptidomimetic) disclosed herein may also lead to down-modulation of [BAPP and thereby ameliorate Ap mono- or oligomer-mediated pathologies associated with Alzheimer's Disease (see, e.g., Perry et al. (2003) Journal of Neuroscience Research 72:603-612). [000496] It is also contemplated that the peptidomimetics or compounds (e.g., GLP1 peptidomimetisc) disclosed herein may be used to improve learning and memory, for example, by enhancing neuronal plasticity and facilitation of cellular differentiation (see, During et al. (2003) Nature Medicine 9:1173-1179). Further, the compounds (e.g., an antibody-drug conjugate, a linkerpayload and/or a payload) disclosed herein may also be used to preserve dopamine neurons and motor function in Morbus Parkinson (see, e.g., Greig et al. (2005) Abstract 897.6, Society for Neuroscience, Washington, D.C.).
[000497] In some embodiments, the peptidomimetics or compounds (e.g., GLP1 peptidomimetics) disclosed herein may also be used to treat a metabolic disorder. The metabolic disorder may be, for example, obesity, dyslipidemia, metabolic syndrome X, and pathologies emanating from islet insufficiency.
[000498] Additional diseases that may be treated by a compound (e.g., an antibody-drug conjugate, a linker-payload and/or a payload) of the present disclosure include autoimmune diseases, in particular, those associated with inflammation, including, but not limited to, autoimmune diabetes, adult onset diabetes, morbid obesity, Metabolic Syndrome X and dyslipidemia. For example, the anti-GLP1 R antibody-drug conjugate may be employed as a growth factor for the promotion of islet growth in persons with autoimmune diabetes. The compounds (e.g., an antibodydrug conjugate, a linker-payload and/or a payload) described herein may also be useful in the treatment of congestive heart failure.
[000499] In one aspect, the present disclosure provides a method of selectively targeting an antigen (e.g., GLP1 R) on a surface of a cell with a peptidomimetic or compound disclosed herein. In one embodiment, the method of selectively targeting an antigen (e.g., GLP1 R) on a surface of a cell with a compound comprises linking the compound to a targeted antibody. In one embodiment, the cell is a mammalian cell. In one embodiment, the cell is a human cell. In one embodiment, the cell is a pancreatic cell or a brain cell.
EXAMPLES
[000500] The following examples illustrate specific aspects of the instant description. The examples should not be construed as limiting, as the examples merely provide specific understanding and practice of the embodiments and their various aspects.
[000501] The abbreviations used in the Examples and throughout the specification are as follows:
Example 1. General Methods
[000502] All anhydrous reactions were carried out in oven-dried glassware under an argon atmosphere with agitator or magnetic stirring, unless otherwise stated. Rink Amide Linker was sourced from GL Biochem. All other reagents and anhydrous solvents were purchased from commercial sources and were used without any further purification unless otherwise stated. Reactions (where possible) were monitored using thin layer chromatography (TLC) analysis on plates pre-coated with Silica Gel 60 F254 and were visualized by short wave ultra-violet irradiation (254 nm; where applicable), stained with PMA (5% wt/v) in EtOH or Ninhydrin (5% wt/v) in EtOH, followed by charring at -200 °C. Unless otherwise specified, column chromatography (silica gel 60, 40 mm) was performed in air and under pressure (0.1-0.3 bar). Bulk solvents (EtOAc, hexane, THF, DCM) for flash chromatography were distilled prior to use. IR spectra were recorded with a FT-IR spectrometer (Thermo NICOLET iS10) using a diamond head sampling and are reported in wavenumbers (cm-1). Residual Solvent report was recorded with GC (SHIMADZU-GC2030 & HS- 20). Water contents were recorded on a Mettler toledo C30s Karl Fischer reaction instrument. Melting points (MP) were measured via DSC (Differential Scanning Calorimeter, DSC 214). Inorganic salt report was provided by a Thermo ICS-6000 ion chromatography detector. Purities of synthetic intermediates after chromatographic purification were judged to be >90% by analysis of 1 H NMR spectra. Purities of final compounds were >95% (NMR analysis), after trituration with MeOH and MeCN (Honeywell, HPLC grade).
General NMR Methods and Instruments
[000503] 1H NMR and 13C: 1H NMR spectra were recorded on a Bruker Avance 400 (400 MHz, 1H, 100 MHz, 13C) spectrometer. Chemical shift values (6) are reported in ppm relative to residual chloroform (5 7.26 ppm for 1H; 6 78.0 ppm for 13C). Multiplicities are indicated by s (singlet), d (doublet), t (triplet), q (quartet), p (pentet), h (heptet), dd-doublet of doublets, dt-doublet of triplets, dq-doublet of quartets, m (multiplet), and br (broad). The identification of 1H and 13C signals was achieved using a combination of 1H, 13C, DEPT, COSY, HMBC, HMQC, and NOESY experiments. Coupling constants (J) are reported in Hertz (Hz).
Example 2. General LC-MS Methods and Instruments
Method 1
[000504] This method was used for analysis of Intermediates 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 of Tag5. Instrument: Agilent1200+6110MS (Table 1). A Xbridge Protein BEH C4 300A 2.5um 4.6x50mm column was used for chromatography. Diode array (DAD) and evaporative light scattering (ELSD) were used as detection methods. MS mode was positive electrospray ionization. MS range was 50- 1500. Mobile phase A was 0.04% TFA in water, and mobile phase B was 0.02% TFA in HPLC grade ACN. The gradient was 50-100% B in 6 min. 50% B in 0.00 min, 50-100% B at 0.00-4.00 min with a hold at 100%B for 1.5min, 100-50% B at 5.51 -6. OOmin with a hold at 50% B for 0.49 min. The flow rate was 1.50 mL/min.
Table 1. Conditions for LC-MS Method 1
Method 2
[000505] This method was used for analysis of Intermediate 8 of Tag5. Instrument: Waters H Class & SQD2 (Table 2). The gradient was 50-100% B in 3.40 min and held at 100%B at 3.40- 3.85min, 100-5% B in 0.01 min, and then held at 5% for 0.64min. The flow rate was 0.80 ml/min. Mobile phase A was H2O+10mM NH4HCO3 and mobile phase B was HPLC grade THF. The column used for chromatography was a 2.1*50mm Xbridge Shield RPC18 column (5um particles). Diode array (DAD) detection as well as positive electrospray ionization were used as detection methods. MS range was 100-3000Da.
Table 2. Conditions for LC-MS Method 2
Method 3
[000506] This method was used for analysis of Intermediate 9 and Tag5. Instrument: Waters H Class & SQD2 (Table 3). The gradient was 70-100% B in 16.00 min and held at 100%B in 4.00 min, 100-70% B in 0.01 min, and then held at70% for 3 min, the flow rate was 1.0 ml/min. Mobile phase A was 10mM ammonium bicarbonate and mobile phase B was HPLC grade THF. The column used for chromatography was a Xbridge C18 4.6*150mm column (3.5um particles). Diode array (DAD) as well as positive electrospray ionization were used as detection methods. MS range was 100-3000Da.
Table 3. Conditions for LC-MS Method 3
Method 4
[000507] This method was used for analysis of Tag1-TCPs (Tag5-1AA). LC-MS Conditions: Mobile Phase: 1.5ML/4LTFA in water (solvent A) and 0.75ML/4LTFA in ACN (solvent B), using the elution gradient 50%-100% (solvent B) over 1.35 minutes and holding at 100% for 0.9 minutes at a flow rate of 0.8 ml/min; Column: Xtimate C18 2.1*30mm, 3um.
Method 5
[000508] This method was used for analysis of Tag1-2AA, Tag1-3AA, Tag1-4AA, Tag1-5AA, Tag1-6AA, Tag1-7AA, Tag1-10AA. LC-MS Conditions: Mobile Phase: 1.5ML/4LTFA in water (solvent A) and 0.75ML/4L TFA in ACN (solvent B), using the gradient! 0%-80% (solvent B) over 6 minutes and holding at 80% for 0.5 minutes at a flow rate of 0.8ml/min. Column: X timate C18 2.1*30mm,3um.
Method 6
[000509] This method was used for analysis of M2. LC-MS conditions: Reverse phase LCMS was carried out using a Chromolith Flash RP-C18 25-3mm column, with a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min, eluting with a gradient of 10% to 80% ACN containing 0.02% TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A).
Method 7
[000510] This method was used for analysis of Tag5-2AA, Tag5-3AA, Tag5-4AA, Tag5-5AA, Tag5-6AA, Tag5-7AA, Tag5-8AA, Tag5-9AA, and Tag5-10AA. LCMS condition (BF): Mobile Phase: 1 ,5mL/4L TFA in water (solvent A) and 0.75mL/4L TFA in ACN (solvent B), using the elution gradient 10%-80% (solvent B) over 6 minutes and holding at 80% for 0.5 minutes at a flow rate of 0.8 ml/min; Column: Xtimate C18 2.1*30mm 3um; Wavelength: UV 220nm, 254nm; Column temperature: 50°C; MS ionization: ESI.
Method 8 [000511] This method was used for analysis of Tag5-2AA, Tag5-3AA, Tag5-4AA, Tag5-5AA, Tag5-6AA, Tag5-7AA, Tag5-8AA, Tag5-9AA, and Tag5-10AA. LCMS condition (CR): Mobile Phase: 1 ,5ml_/4L TFA in water (solvent A) and 0.75ml_/4L TFA in ACN (solvent B), using the elution gradient 10%-80% (solvent B) over 6 minutes and holding at 80% for 0.5 minutes at a flow rate of 0.8 ml/min; Column: NanoChrom ChromCore 120 C18 3um, 3.0*30mm; Wavelength: UV 220nm, 254nm; Column temperature: 50°C; MS ionization: ESI.
Method 9
[000512] This method was used for analysis of Tag5-2AA, Tag5-3AA, Tag5-4AA, Tag5-5AA, Tag5-6AA, Tag5-7AA, Tag5-8AA, Tag5-9AA, and Tag5-10AA. LCMS condition (BV): Mobile Phase: 1 ,5mL/4L TFA in water (solvent A) and 0.75mL/4L TFA in ACN (solvent B), using the elution gradient 10%-80% (solvent B) over 6 minutes and holding at 80% for 0.5 minutes at a flow rate of 0.8 ml/min; Column: NanoChrom ChromCore 120 C18 3um, 3.0*30mm; Wavelength: UV 220nm; Column temperature: 50°C; MS ionization: ESI.
Method 10
[000513] This method was used for analysis of Tag5-2AA, Tag5-3AA, Tag5-4AA, Tag5-5AA, Tag5-6AA, Tag5-7AA, Tag5-8AA, Tag5-9AA, and Tag5-10AA. LCMS condition (BK): Instrument & column: Xtimate 3um, C18, 2.1*30mm S/N3U411701820 Mobile Phase: 1.5mL/4L TFA in water (solvent A) and 0.75mL/4L TFA in ACN (solvent B), using the gradient 10%-80% (solvent B) over 6 minutes and holding at 80% for 0.5 minutes at a flow rate of 0.8ml/min. ESI source, Positive ion mode; Wavelength 220nm&254nm, Oven Temperature 50°C.
Method 11
[000514] This method was used for analysis of Tag4-10AA. HPLC method A: Column: YMC- Pack ODS-A 150*4.6mm, 5um; 2.75ML/4L TFA in water (solvent A) and 2.5ML/4LTFA in ACN (solvent B), using the elution gradient 10%-80% (solvent B) over 10 minutes and holding at 80% for 5 minutes at a flow rate of 1.5 ml/min.
Method 12
[000515] This method was used for analysis of Tag4-10AA. LCMS condition: Reverse phase LCMS was carried out using a Chromolith Flash RP-C18 25-3mm column, with a flow rate of1.5 mL/min, eluting with a gradient of 10% to 80% ACN containing 0.02% TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04%TFA (solvent A).
Method 13
[000516] This method was used for analysis of intermediate AA10-AA9-AA8-OH. LC-MS Conditions: Mobile Phase: 1.5ml_/4LTFA in water (solvent A) and 0.75mL/4LTFA in ACN (solvent B), using the elution gradient 5%-95% (solvent B) over0.7 minutes and holding at 95% for 0.4 minutes at a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min; Column: Agilent Pursult 5 C1820*2.0mm. Method 14 [000517] This method was used for analysis of DMB-AA9. Reverse phase HPLC was carried out using a Ultimate XB- C18, 3um, 3.0*50mm column, Mobile phase:1.0% ACN in water (0.1%TFA) to 5% ACN in water (0.1%TFA) in 1 min;then from 5% ACN in water (0.1%TFA) to 100% ACN (0.1%TFA) in 5 minutes; hold at 100% ACN (0.1%TFA) for 2 minutes;back to 1.0% ACN in water (0.1%TFA) at 8.01min,and hold two minutes. Flow rate:1.2ml/min. Method 15 [000518] This method was used for analysis of M2. HPLC conditions: Mobile phase: 1.0% ACN in water (0.1%TFA) to 5% ACN in water (0.1%TFA) in 1 minutes; then from 5% ACN in water (0.1%TFA) to 100% ACN (0.1%TFA) in 5 minutes; hold at 100% ACN (0.1%TFA) for 2 minutes; back to 1.0% ACN in water (0.1%TFA) at 8.01 minutes and hold two minutes. Flow rate: 1.2ml/min. Column: Ultimate XB-C18, 3um, 3.0*50mm. ELSD LCMS Conditions [000519] Mobile Phase: 10 mM NH4OAc in water (solvent A) and ACN (solvent B), using the elution gradient 10%-80% (solvent B) over 5 minutes, holding at 80% for 1.95 minutes; changed 80% B to 10% B at 7 min, holding at 10% for 4 minutes at a flow rate of 0.8 mL/min. Column: Shim- pack Scepter C18-1201.9 µm, 2.1*100 mm. Example 3. Synthesis of DMB-AA9 [000520] Scheme 1, below, depicts synthesis of DMB-AA9: Scheme 1 , . ., . ., ., DMF (100 mL), 20°C, 2h, 84% yield; 2) (a) PCl5 (1.5 eq.), TMSN3 (4 eq.), pyridine (8 V), 0°C, 4h; (b) MeOH (4 eq.), 0°C, 2 h, 81% yield; 3) (a) NaOH (3 eq.), THF/H2O (2:1, 10 mL), 20°C, 2h; (b) FmocOSu (1 eq.), aq. NaHCO3, 20°C, 2h; 40.5% yield. Step 1: Synthesis of Methyl (2S)-4-[(2,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)methylamino]-2-(9H-fluoren-9- ylmethoxycarbonylamino)-4-oxo-butanoate (DMB-AA9-2) [000521] To a solution of (3S)-3-(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxycarbonylamino)-4-methoxy-4-oxo- butanoic acid (DMB-AA9-1, 90 g, 243.66 mmol, 1 eq.) in DMF (200 mL) were added HATU (101.91 g, 268.03 mmol, 1.1 eq.), and DIPEA (62.98 g, 487.32 mmol, 84.88 mL, 2 eq.), and the mixture was stirred at 20°C for 30 min. Then (2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methanamine (44.82 g, 268.03 mmol, 40.37 mL, 1.1 eq.) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 20°C for 1 hr. Most of the reactant was consumed on TLC (PE/EtOAc = 2/1) and the desired compound was detected according to LCMS. The reaction mixture was poured into DCM (1500 mL), washed with H2O (900 mL) and saturated citric acid (100 mL). The separated organic layer was washed with brine (1000 mL), dried over Na2SO4, and filtered. Then it was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product as a light-yellow solid. The crude product was triturated with EtOAc (600 mL) for 12 hr and filtered to give the target compound. The desired compound DMB-AA9-2 (109 g, 197.59 mmol, 81.09% yield, 94% purity) was obtained as a white solid. ESI-MS (Method 10): RT = 3.896 min, mass calcd. For C29H30O7N2H 519.2, m/z found 519.1 [M+H]+.1H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 7.76 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.61 (br dd, J=3.6, 6.9 Hz, 2H), 7.44 - 7.37 (m, 2H), 7.36 - 7.28 (m, 2H), 7.15 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.48 - 6.38 (m, 2H), 6.15 (br s, 2H), 4.60 (br s, 1H), 4.44 - 4.26 (m, 4H), 4.26 - 4.19 (m, 1H), 3.84 - 3.72 (m, 9H), 2.97 (br dd, J=4.4, 15.7 Hz, 1H), 2.73 (br dd, J=3.9, 15.7 Hz, 1H). Step 2: Synthesis of Methyl (2S)-3-[1-[(2,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]tetrazol-5-yl]-2-(9H-fluoren-9- ylmethoxycarbonylamino)propanoate (DMB-AA9-3) [000522] To a suspension of compound DMB-AA9-2 (100 g, 192.84 mmol, 1 eq.) in pyridine (800 mL) was added TMSN3 (88.87 g, 771.37 mmol, 101.45 mL, 4 eq.), followed by addition of PCl5 (60.24 g, 289.26 mmol, 1.5 eq.) portion wise. The temperature was kept below 0°C by using ice- brine bath. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C for 5hr. LCMS showed that most of the reactant was consumed. Then MeOH (24.71 g, 771.37 mmol, 31.21 mL, 4 eq.) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C for 1 hr. TLC (PE/EtOAc = 2/1) and LCMS showed that most of the reactant was consumed, and the desired compound was detected as a main peak. The reaction was quenched with MeOH (20 mL) and sat. aq. NaHCO3 (1000 mL×2), and extracted with EtOAc (1000 mL×3). The aqueous layers were quenched by 8-10% NaClO (1000 mL). The combined organic layers were concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was re-dissolved in EtOAc (2000 mL) and washed with saturated citric acid (500 mL×2) and brine (1000 ml), dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The crude product was used directly in the next step without any further purification. The desired compound DMB-AA9-3 (97 g, 156.86 mmol, 81.34% yield, 87.9% purity) was obtained as a yellow oil. LC-MS: RT= 4.310 min, mass calcd. for C29H29N5O6H 544.2[M+H]+, m/z found 544.2 [M+H]+, Method 10. 1H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 7.68 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (br d, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 7.37 - 7.25 (m, 3H), 7.25 - 7.20 (m, 2H), 7.09 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.43 - 6.31 (m, 2H), 6.09 (br d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.90 - 4.75 (m, 1H), 4.36 - 4.22 (m, 2H), 4.20 - 4.10 (m, 1H), 3.71 - 3.63 (m, 9H), 3.54 - 3.41 (m, 1H), 3.26 (dd, J=4.6, 16.3 Hz, 1H) ppm. Step 3: Synthesis of (2S)-3-[1-[(2,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]tetrazol-5-yl]-2-(9H-fluoren-9- ylmethoxycarbonylamino)propanoic Acid (DMB-AA9) [000523] To a solution of compound DMB-AA9-3 (95 g, 174.77 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (600 mL) and H2O (100 mL) were added NaOH (20.97 g, 524.31 mmol, 3 eq) and the reaction mixture was stirred at 20 °C for 2 hr. LCMS showed that the reactant was consumed. The pH of the reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 7-8 using citric acid and the mixture was diluted with H2O (200 mL), and then extracted with TBME (300 mL×2). To the aqueous layer was added NaHCO3 (44.05 g, 524.31 mmol, 20.39 mL, 3 eq) and FmocOSu (58.96 g, 174.77 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (600 mL), then the reaction mixture was stirred at 10°C for 12 hr. LCMS showed that the desired compound was detected as a main peak. The reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove THF, then poured into saturated NaHCO3 (500 mL) and H2O (300 mL), and extracted with TBME (500 mL×3). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc/MeOH (10/1, 800 mL×3). The combined EtOAc layers were washed with saturated NaHCO3 (200 mL) and brine (200 ml), then dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The crude product was triturated with TBME:ACN:EtOAc (10:1:1, 250 mL) for 12 h at 20°C, and filtered to give a light yellow solid. The compound DMB-AA9 (38 g, 70.90 mmol, 40.57% yield, 98.8% purity) was obtained as a light-yellow solid. LC-MS: RT= 3.207 min, mass calcd. for C28H27N5O6H 530.2 [M+H]+, m/z found 530.2 [M+H]+, Method 7. HPLC purity: 98.84% after trituration (Method 14 was used for the analysis of DMB-AA9). 1H NMR (400MHz, Methanol-d4) δ = 7.77 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.62 (br d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.40 - 7.16 (m, 5H), 6.56 - 6.43 (m, 2H), 5.52 - 5.37 (m, 2H), 4.45 (dd, J=5.0, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 4.35 - 4.08 (m, 3H), 3.75 (s, 6H), 3.55 (dd, J=4.9, 15.2 Hz, 1H), 3.47 - 3.35 (m, 1H) ppm. SFC ee = 98.53-1.47 = 97.06%. Example 4. Synthesis (LPPS) of M2 on Tag1 4.1 Synthesis of Tag 1 [000524] The synthetic route to make Tag1 is shown in Scheme 2. Scheme 2 , , , , 2 h, 99%; b) NaBH4 (5 eq.), EtOH (1 V), THF (10 V), 70 oC, 12 h, 96%; c) FmocNH2 (2 eq.), MeSO3H (0.3 eq.), toluene/THF, 110 oC, 36 h, 82%; d) 20% piperidine/THF (10 V), 20 oC, 2 h, 92%. Total yield: 71.6% over 4 steps. Total yield: 71.6% for 4 steps. [000525] The synthesis was reported in U.S. Patent Application Publication No.2012/0296074 to Hirai et al. Alkylation of Tag1-1 with 1-bromodocosane yielded Tag1-2, which was reduced by sodium borohydride to form alcohol Tag1-3. Compound Tag1-4 was obtained from Tag1-3 via nucleophilic substitution of 9-fluorenylmethylcarbamate, using methanesulfonic acid as the catalyst. The reaction yield was slightly improved by using co-solvent (toluene/THF) instead of toluene (82% vs 60%). De-protection of Fmoc in Tag1-4 was carried out using piperidine/THF and afforded Tag1 in total 72% yield. U.S. Patent Application Publication No.2012/0296074 to Hirai et al. reported 45% yield for Fmoc deprotection of Tag1-4 using DBU/DCM. Step a: Synthesis of Bis(4-docosoxyphenyl)methanone (Tag1-2) [000526] To a mixture of compound Tag1-1 (10 g, 46.68 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and 1-bromodocosane (40.00 g, 102.70 mmol, 2.2 eq.) in DMF (200 mL) and THF (40 mL) was added K2CO3 (38.71 g, 280.09 mmol, 6 eq.) and the mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 12 hr. The reactant was consumed and a new spot with lower polarity formed on TLC (PE/EtOAc = 2/1). The reaction mixture was poured into water (1000 mL), and the mixture was stirred for 1 h, then the precipitated solid was collected by filtration and slurry-washed with water (200 mL×2). The obtained solid was triturated with acetone (500 mL) and collected by filtration of slurry-washed in acetone. After filtration, the obtained solid was dried under reduced pressure to give Tag1-2 (38.8 g, 46.67 mmol, 99.97% yield) as a white solid. [000527] Compound Tag1-2 (C57H98O3, MW: 830.75): 1H NMR (400MHz, CDCl3) δ = 7.78 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 4H), 6.95 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 4H), 4.04 (t, J=6.5 Hz, 4H), 1.86 – 1.78 (m, 4H), 1.51 – 1.43 (m, 4H), 1.26 (s, 72H), 0.89 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 6H) ppm. Step b: Synthesis of Bis(4-docosoxyphenyl)methanol (Tag1-3) tOH (25 mL) was heated to 70°C. Then NaBH4 (7.96 g, 210.49 mmol, 5.0 eq) was added slowly, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 20 hr. TLC (PE/EtOAc=3/1) showed that the reactant was consumed completely, and the new spot was detected. The reaction mixture was ice-cooled and 1N hydrochloric acid (80 mL) was added dropwise. THF was evaporated, water (450 mL) was added, and 1N hydrochloric acid was added to pH 5 – 7. The slurry was filtered, and the obtained crystals were washed with water and methanol to give the product Tag1-3 (34 g, 40.80 mmol, 96.91% yield) as a white solid. [000529] Compound Tag1-3 (C57H100O3, MW: 832.77): 1H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 7.29 – 7.25 (m, 4H), 6.88 – 6.84 (m, 4H), 5.77 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 3.94 (t, J=6.7 Hz, 4H), 2.09 (d, J=3.3 Hz, 1H), 1.81 – 1.73 (m, 4H), 1.48 – 1.41 (m, 4H), 1.35 – 1.26 (m, 72H), 0.91 – 0.87 (m, 6H) ppm. Step c: Synthesis of 9H-Fluoren-9-ylmethyl N-[bis(4-docosoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamate (Tag1-4) [000530] To a mixture of Tag1-3 (10 g, 12.00 mmol, 1 eq.) and 9H-fluoren-9-ylmethyl carbamate (FmocNH2, 5.74 g, 24.00 mmol, 2.0 eq.) in toluene (200 mL) was added MsOH (345.97 mg, 3.60 mmol, 256.27 μL, 0.3 eq.), then the mixture was stirred at 110 °C for 36 hr. Most of the reactant was consumed and new spots formed on TLC (PE/EtOAc = 10/1). The reaction mixture was poured into 5% NaHCO3 (30 mL), and the mixture was stirred for 1hr, then the precipitated solid was collected by filtration and washed with water (50 mL). The obtained solid was triturated with ACN (200 mL) and the solid was collected by filtration and slurry-washed in methanol. After filtration, the obtained solid was dried under reduced pressure to give Tag1-4 (11 g, 9.91 mmol, 82.58% yield, 95% purity) as an off-white solid. [000531] Compound Tag1-4 (C72H111NO4, MW: 1053.85): 1H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 9.89 (s, 1H), 7.78 (br d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.61 (br d, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 7.44 – 7.31 (m, 4H), 7.14 – 7.10 (m, 1H), 7.12 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.98 (dd, J=8.7, 19.2 Hz, 1H), 6.88 – 6.75 (m, 4H), 5.87 (br s, 1H), 4.43 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 4.28 – 4.21 (m, 1H), 4.04 (dt, J=2.9, 6.5 Hz, 1H), 3.99 – 3.85 (m, 4H), 1.82 – 1.74 (m, 4H), 1.59 (br s, 4H), 1.27 (s, 72H), 0.91 – 0.89 (m, 6H) ppm. Step d: Synthesis of Bis(4-docosoxyphenyl)methanamine (Tag1-5) [000532] To a solution of Tag1-4 (11 g, 10.43 mmol, 1 eq.) in THF (80 mL) was added piperidine (20 mL). Then the mixture was stirred at 20°C for 2 hr. TLC (PE/EtOAc=3/1) showed that the reactant was consumed completely, and one new spot was detected. To the reaction solution was added ACN (400 mL) and the resulting suspension was filtered and washed with ACN (100 mL × 2) to give an off-white solid. The crude product Tag1-5 (8 g, 9.61 mmol, 92.14% yield) was obtained as a white solid. It was dried under reduced pressure and used in the synthesis of Tag1-M2 below. [000533] Compound Tag1-5 (C57H101NO2, MW: 831.78): 1H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 7.29 (s, 4H), 6.86 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 4H), 5.15 (s, 1H), 3.95 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 4H), 1.80 – 1.76 (m, 4H), 1.49 – 1.43 (m, 4H), 1.29 (s, 72H), 0.91 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 6H) ppm. 4.2 Synthesis of Tag1-M2 [000534] Figure 2 and Table 4 outline the synthesis of M2 using Tag1.
Table 4. Coupling Reaction de- Product molar eq to Tag1 (0.04mmoL) Fmoc g p p p g p g reaction of Tag1-7AA with AA10-AA9-AA8 using 1.2eq of HATU (replacing HOAt), following cleavage of Tag1 to generate M2 b Eq.: molar equivalent to reactant c Yield: crude yields d V: volume (mL) to Tag (gram) e In step 8, the coupling reagent (DIC) was replaced with HATU General Procedure A for Amide Coupling Reactions to Generate N-Fmoc-Tag1-nAA [000535] To a solution of Tag1 or Tag1-(n-1)AA (1 eq.) and AAn (1.5 eq.) in DCM (20V) were added DIC (1.5 eq.) and HOAt (1.5 eq.). The solution was stirred at 20°C for 2 h. TLC (PE/EtOAc = 1/1) showed that the reactant was consumed completely, and new spot was detected, which was further confirmed by LC-MS after cleavage of a small amount. To the reaction solution was added ACN (80V) and the resulting suspension was filtered and washed with MeOH (20V × 2) to give an off-white solid. The crude product was dried under reduced pressure and N-Fmoc-Tag1-(n)AA was obtained as a white solid and used in the next step directly. General Procedure B for Fmoc Deprotection to Give Tag1-nAA [000536] A solution of N-Fmoc-Tag1-(n)AA (1 eq.) in 20% piperidine in THF (20V) was stirred at 20°C for 1 hr. TLC (PE/EtOAc=1/1) showed that the reactant was consumed completely, and the desired spot was detected. To the reaction solution was added ACN (80V) and the resulting suspension was filtered and washed with ACN (20V × 2) to give an off-white solid. The crude product Tag1-nAA was dried under reduced pressure and used in the next step directly. Step 1: Synthesis of (2S)-2-Amino-N-[bis(4-docosoxyphenyl)methyl]-5-(3,5-dimethylphenyl) pentanamide (Tag1-1AA) [000537] To a solution of Tag1 (6 g, 7.21 mmol, 1 eq.) and AA1 (4.80 g, 10.81 mmol, 1.5 eq.) in DCM (100 mL) were added DIC (1.18 g, 9.37 mmol, 1.45 mL, 1.3 eq.) and HOAt (1.28 g, 9.37 mmol, 1.31 mL, 1.3 eq.). The solution was stirred at 20°C for 2 h. TLC (PE/EtOAc=1/1) showed that the reactant was consumed completely, and new spot was detected, which was further confirmed by testing cleavage crude. To the reaction solution was added ACN (400 mL) and the resulting suspension was filtered and washed with MeOH (100 mL × 2) to give an off-white solid. The crude product was dried under reduced pressure and N-Fmoc-Tag1-1AA (8 g, 6.36 mmol, 88.23% yield) was obtained as a white solid and used in the next step directly. LCMS (ESI): RT= 4.266 min, mass calcd. for C28H31N2O3 + 443.23, m/z found 443.20 [M-TAG-1+H]+; (Tag1=C57H99O2, MS=815.76). [000538] To a solution of N-Fmoc-Tag1-1AA (8 g, 6.36 mmol, 1 eq.) in THF (80 mL) was added piperidine (20 mL). Then the mixture was stirred at 20°C for 1 hr. TLC (PE/EtOAc=1/1) showed that the reactant was consumed completely, and the desired spot was detected. To the reaction solution was added ACN (400 mL) and the resulting suspension was filtered and washed with ACN (100 mL × 2) to give an off-white solid. The crude product Tag1-1AA as a white solid was dried under reduced pressure and used in the next step directly. Step 2: Synthesis of (2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-Amino-3-[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl] propanoyl]amino]-N-[bis(4-docosoxyphenyl)methyl]-5-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)pentanamide (Tag1- 2AA)
ing using Tag1-1AA (7 g, 6.76 mmol). The crude product N-Fmoc Tag1-2AA (11 g, white solid) was dried and used in the next step directly. LCMS (ESI): RT= 5.759 min, mass calcd. for C49H55N6O5 + 807.42, m/z found 807.40 [M- TAG-1+H]+; (Tag1 = C57H99O2, MS=815.76). [000540] Deprotection reaction was performed according to the general procedure B for Fmoc deprotection. Tag1-2AA (8 g, 5.71 mmol, 84.27% yield) was obtained as a white solid. LCMS (ESI): RT= 3.568 min, mass calcd. for C34H45N6O3 + 585.35, m/z found 585.50 [M- TAG-1+H]+; (TAG-1 = C57H99O2, MS=815.76). Step 3: Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-3-Amino-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl] phenyl]methyl]-2-[[(1S)-1-[bis(4-docosoxyphenyl)methylcarbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl) butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-4-oxo-butanoate (Tag1-3AA) ing using Tag1-2AA (7 g, 5.00 mmol). N-Fmoc-Tag1-3AA (8.9 g, 4.96 mmol, 99.25% yield) was obtained as a yellow solid. LCMS (ESI): RT= 5.388 min, mass calcd. for C53H60N7O8 + 922.44, m/z found 922.50 [M- TAG-1+H]+; (Tag1 = C57H99O2, MS=815.76). [000542] Deprotection reaction was performed according to the general procedure B for Fmoc deprotection. Tag1-3AA (6.5 g, 4.14 mmol, 83.36% yield) was obtained as a white solid. LCMS (ESI): RT= 4.294 min, mass calcd. for C38H50N7O6 + 700.37, m/z found 700.50 [M- Tag-1+H]+; (TAG- 1 = C57H99O2, MS=815.76). Step 4: Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-3-[[(2S)-2-Amino-3-tert-butoxy-propanoyl]amino]-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4- [4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[[(1S)-1-[bis(4-docosoxyphenyl) methylcarbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-4-oxo-butanoate (Tag1- 4AA) ing using Tag1-3AA (6.5 g, 4.14 mmol, 1 eq.). N-Fmoc-Tag1-4AA (8 g, 4.13 mmol, 99.86% yield) was obtained as a yellow solid. LCMS (ESI): RT= 5.198 min, mass calcd. for C56H65N8O10 + 1009.47, m/z found 1009.60 [M- TAG-1+H]+; (Tag1 = C57H99O2, MS=815.76). [000544] Deprotection reaction was performed according to the general procedure B for Fmoc deprotection. Tag1-4AA (6.6 g, 3.85 mmol, 93.19% yield) was obtained as a white solid. LCMS (ESI): RT= 3.540 min, mass calcd. for C41H55N8O8 + 787.41, m/z found 787.50 [M- TAG-1+H]+; (Tag1 = C57H99O2, MS=815.76). Step 5: Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-3-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S,3R)-2-Amino-3-tert-butoxy-butanoyl] amino]-3- tert-butoxy-propanoyl]amino]-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl] phenyl]methyl]-2- [[(1S)-1-[bis(4-docosoxyphenyl)methylcarbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl) butyl]amino]-2-oxo- ethyl]amino]-4-oxo-butanoate (Tag1-5AA) ing using Tag1-4AA (6.60 g, 3.85 mmol, 1 eq.). N-Fmoc-Tag1-5AA (8.0 g, 3.82 mmol, 99.25% yield) was obtained as a white solid. LCMS (ESI): RT= 5.024 min, mass calcd. for C60H72N9O12+ 1110.52, m/z found 1110.60 [M- TAG-1+H]+; (Tag1 = C57H99O2, MS=815.76). [000546] Deprotection reaction was performed according to the general procedure B for Fmoc deprotection. Tag1-5AA (7.0 g, 3.74 mmol, 97.89% yield) was obtained as a white solid which was used directly in the next step. LCMS (ESI): RT= 3.542 min, mass calcd. For C45H62N9O10 + 888.45, m/z found 888.50 [M- TAG-1+H]+; (Tag1 = C57H99O2, MS=815.76). Step 6: Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-3-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S,3R)-2-[[2-Amino-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl- propanoyl]amino]-3-tert-butoxy-butanoyl]amino]-3-tert-butoxy-propanoyl]amino]-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4- azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[[(1S)-1-[bis(4-docosoxyphenyl)methylcarbamoyl]-4- (3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-4-oxo-butanoate (Tag1-6AA) ing using Tag1-5AA (7.00 g, 3.74 mmol, 1 eq.). N-Fmoc Tag1-6AA (7.3 g, 3.21 mmol, 85.87% yield) was obtained as a white solid. LCMS (ESI): RT= 5.024 min, mass calcd. for C70H82FN10O13 + 1289.60, m/z found 1289.60 [M-TAG-1+H]+; (Tag1 = C57H99O2, MS=815.76). [000548] Deprotection reaction was performed according to the general procedure B for Fmoc deprotection. Tag1-6AA (6.5 g, 3.17 mmol, 98.69% yield) was obtained as a white solid. LCMS (ESI): RT= 3.699 min, mass calcd. for C55H72FN10O11+1067.53, m/z found 1067.60 [M- TAG-1- 3tBu+4H]+; (TAG-1 = C57H99O2, MS=815.76). Step 7: Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-3-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S,3R)-2-[[2-[[(2S,3R)-2-Amino-3-tert-butoxy- butanoyl]amino]-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-propanoyl]amino]-3-tert-butoxy-butanoyl]amino]-3- tert-butoxy-propanoyl]amino]-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2- [[(1S)-1-[bis(4-docosoxyphenyl)methylcarbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl] amino]-4-oxo-butanoate (Tag1-7AA) [000549] To a solution of Tag1-6AA (6.5 g, 3.17 mmol, 1 eq.) and AA7 (6.30 g, 15.85 mmol, 5.0 eq.) in DCM (100 mL) were added DIC (1.80 g, 14.26 mmol, 2.21 mL, 4.5 eq.) and HOAt (1.94 g, 14.26 mmol, 2.00 mL, 4.5 eq.). Then the solution was stirred at 20°C for 2 h. TLC (PE/EtOAc=1/1) showed that the reactant was consumed completely, and a new spot was detected. To the reaction solution was added ACN (400 mL), but only a little solid formed. H2O (50 mL) was added, and the resulting suspension was filtered and then washed with ACN (200 mL × 2) to give an off-white solid. (Note: the filtration was very slow due to the tiny solid particles.) N-Fmoc-Tag1-7AA (6.6 g, 2.72 mmol, 85.69% yield) was obtained as a white solid which was used directly in the next step. LCMS (ESI): RT= 5.437 min, mass calcd. for C74H89FN11O15+ 1390.46, m/z found 1390.70 [M- TAG-1+H]+; (Tag1 = C57H99O2, MS=815.76). [000550] To a solution of N-Fmoc-Tag1-7AA (7.80 g, 3.21 mmol, 1 eq.) in THF (80 mL) was added piperidine (20 mL). Then the solution was stirred at 20°C for 2h. TLC (PE/EtOAc=1/1) showed that the reactant was consumed completely, and new spots were detected. The reaction mixture was added to ACN/H2O=1/8 (600 mL) and the resulting suspension was filtered. (Note: the filtration was very slow due to the tiny solid particles.) The filter cake was triturated with THF/ACN=1/12 (500 mL) and filtered. Then the filter cake was washed with ACN (50 mL×3) to give the crude product. Tag1-7AA (5.0 g, 2.26 mmol, 70.54% yield) was obtained as a white solid which was used directly in the next step. LCMS (ESI): RT= 3.550 min, mass calcd. for C45H62N9O10+ 888.45, m/z found 888.50 [M- TAG-1+H]+; (Tag1 = C57H99O2, MS=815.76). Step 8: Synthesis of (3S)-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-Azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[[(1S)-1- carbamoyl-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-3-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S,3R)-2-[[3-(2- fluorophenyl)-2-[[(2S,3R)-3-hydroxy-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[3-[2-(1H-imidazol-5-yl) ethylamino]-2,2- dimethyl-3-oxo-propanoyl]amino]-3-(1H-tetrazol-5- yl)propanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]butanoyl]amino]-2-methyl-propanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxy- butanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxy-propanoyl]amino]-4-oxo-butanoic Acid (Tag1-M2) OH .99 ed that the reactant was consumed completely, and a new spot was detected. The reaction mixture was quenched by water (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (80 mL*2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (30 mLx2), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give compound Tag1-10AA (408 mg, crude). LCMS (ESI): RT= 3.94 min, m/z calcd. for C75H101FN20O17, 786.375 [M-Tag1+H]+; m/z found 786.8; (Tag1 = C57H99O2, MS=815.76). LC-MS Conditions: Method 7. [000552] The crude Tag1-10AA was subjected to acidic cleavage by using TFA cocktail (10 mL, TFA:Tips:H2O=95:2.5:2.5) for 1.5hr. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to give a residue, which was purified by prep-HPLC (TFA; mobile phase: [water (TFA)- ACN] B%: 28%-58%, 12min condition). M2 (40 mg, 25.45 μmol, 18.73% yield) was obtained as a white solid. LCMS: RT= 3.942 min, m/z calcd. for C75H101FN20O17, 786.375 [M+H]+; m/z found 786.8. LC-MS Conditions: Method 7. [000553] HPLC: RT=9.66 min, 92.86% purity. HPLC method A: Column: YMC-Pack ODS-A 150*4.6mm, 5um; 2.75ML/4LTFA in water (solvent A) and 2.5ML/4LTFA in ACN (solvent B), using the elution gradient 10%-80% (solvent B) over 10 minutes and holding at 80% for 5 minutes at a flow rate of 1.5 ml/min. Synthesis of 2-[[(2S)-3-[1-[(2,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]tetrazol-5-yl]-2-[[2,2-dimethyl-3-oxo-3-[2- (3-tritylimidazol-4-yl)ethylamino]propanoyl]amino]propanoyl]amino] Acetic Acid (AA10-AA9-AA8- OH ol, 2.12 mL, 4 eq) in DMF (20 mL) was added HATU (2.32 g, 6.10 mmol, 2 eq) in one portion at 20°C. The mixture was stirred at 20°C for 0.2 hr. Compound 21 (2.82 g, 3.05 mmol, 37.94% purity, 1 eq) was added and the mixture was stirred at 20°C for 2 hr. After completion, the mixture was filtered, and the collected resin was washed with DMF (25 mL × 3), DCM (25 mL × 3) to give the crude product Fmoc-22 on chlorotrityl chloride (CTC) resin (4.38 g, 3.05 mmol, 99.93% yield, 60% purity) as a light-yellow solid. LCMS (ESI): RT = 0.942 min, m/z calcd. for C30H30N6O7Na, 609.22, [M+Na]+; m/z found 609.1; LC-MS Conditions: Method 13. [000555] To a solution of Fmoc-22 (4.38 g, 3.05 mmol, 60% purity, 1 eq) in DMF (32 mL) was added piperidine (8 mL) in one portion at 20°C. The mixture was stirred at 20°C for 1 hr. The mixture was filtered, and the collected resin was washed with DMF (25 mL × 3) and DCM (25 mL × 3) to give the crude product 22 on CTC resin (3.7 g, 3.05 mmol, 99.96% yield, 52.7% purity) as a light-yellow solid. LCMS (ESI): RT = 0.716 min, m/z calcd. for C15H20N6O5Na, 387.15 [M+Na]+; m/z found 387.1; LC-MS Conditions: Method 13. [000556] To a solution of AA10 (2.85 g, 6.09 mmol, 2 eq) and DIEA (1.57 g, 12.18 mmol, 2.12 mL, 4 eq) in DMF (20 mL) was added HATU (2.32 g, 6.09 mmol, 2 eq) in one portion at 20°C. The mixture was stirred at 20°C for 0.2 hr. Compound 22 (3.7 g, 3.05 mmol, 52.7% purity, 1 eq) was added and the mixture was stirred at 20°C for 2 hr. After completion, the reaction mixture was subjected to acidic cleavage by using AcOH cocktail (20 mL, AcOH:TFE:DCM = 1:1:8) for 2 h. Then the mixture was filtered, and the collected resin was washed with DCM (5 mL × 3). The filtration was washed with H2O (10 mL×3) and the combined aqueous layers were extracted with DCM (10 mLx2). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified by C-18 reverse phase chromatography (ISCO®; 40g ®C-18 Column, Eluent of 0~60% ACN/H2O (0.1% AcOH) gradient @ 40 mL/min, 30 min with total volume 1.2 L). After lyophilization, AA10-AA9-AA8-OH (260 mg, 287.51 μmol, 9.44% yield, 90% purity) was obtained as an off-white solid. LCMS (ESI): RT = 3.050 min, m/z calcd. for C44H48N9O7, 814.36, [M+H]+; m/z found 814.4; LC-MS Conditions: Method 13. Example 5. Synthesis (LPPS) of M2 on Tag2 5.1 Synthesis of Tag 2 [000557] The synthetic route to make Tag2 is shown in Scheme 3 below.
Scheme 3 [000558] Treatment of 2,4-dihydroxybenzaldehyde (Tag2-1) with 2.2 eq. of 1-bromodocosane in the presence of potassium carbonate in DMF/THF afforded bis C22-alkyl substituted compound (Tag2-2). Grignard reaction of Tag2-2 with Grignard reagent (Tag2-2a), followed by nucleophilic substitution of alcohol (Tag2-3) with 9-fluorenylmethylcarbamate generated Tag2-4. Tag2 was obtained through a common de Fmoc-protection from Tag2-4. [000559] Both alcohol Tag (Tag2-3) and amine Tag (Tag2) are new Tags designed to be used to make short peptide acids and amides. The two hydrophobic C22-alkyl chains in Tag2-3 and Tag2 retained their TCPs hydrophobicity that may be precipitated out in polar solvents during the synthetic process. Step a: Synthesis of 2,4-Di(docosoxy)benzaldehyde (Tag2-2) O O a 45 Tag2-1 Tag2-2 [000560] To a mixture of 2,4-dihydroxybenzaldehyde (Tag2-1, 5 g, 36.20 mmol, 1 eq) and 1- bromo-docosane (31.02 g, 79.64 mmol, 2.2 eq) in DMF (100 mL) and THF (20 mL) was added K2CO3 (30.02 g, 217.20 mmol, 6 eq) and it was stirred at 90 °C for 12 hr. Most of the reactant was consumed and a new spot formed on TLC (PE/EtOAc = 5/1). The reaction mixture was poured into water (1000 mL), and the mixture was stirred for 1 hr, then the precipitated solid was collected by filtration. The obtained solid was triturated with acetone (1000 mL), collected by filtration and slurry-washed in methanol, and dried under reduced pressure to give the desired compound Tag2-2 (27 g, crude) as an off-white solid.1H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 10.34 (s, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.52 (dd, J=1.5, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (d, J=1.9 Hz, 1H), 4.08 – 3.97 (m, 4H), 1.89 – 1.73 (m, 4H), 1.52 – 1.44 (m, 4H), 1.26 (s, 72H), 0.89 (t, J=6.7 Hz, 6H) ppm. Step b: Synthesis of (2,4-Bis(docosyloxy)phenyl)(4-methoxyphenyl)methanol (Tag2-3) H45 o- (4-methoxyphenyl)magnesium (Tag2-2a, 1 M, 123.13 mL, 3 eq) and the reaction mixture was stirred at 70° C for 12 hours. TLC (PE:EtOAc = 10:1) showed that the reaction was complete. After cooling to room temperature, 1N hydrochloric acid (100 mL) and THF (100 mL) was added to the reaction. The separated organic layers were washed with brine (50 mLx2), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was triturated with ACN (150 mL) and MeOH (80 mL). The suspension was filtered, thoroughly washed with ACN (100 mL) and methanol (80 mL) to provide the product Tag2-3 (36 g, 37.53 mmol, 91.43% yield, 90% purity) as a light-yellow solid.1H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 7.30 -7.27 (m, 2H), 7.17 – 7.00 (m, 1H), 6.90 – 6.77 (m, 2H), 6.49 – 6.32 (m, 2H), 5.98 – 5.49 (m, 1H), 3.99 – 3.85 (m, 4H), 3.85 – 3.70 (m, 4H), 3.53 – 3.35 (m, 2H), 1.80 – 1.68 (m, 4H), 1.43 (br d, J=5.0 Hz, 4H), 1.26 (s, 72H), 0.89 (t, J=6.7 Hz, 6H) ppm. Step c: Synthesis of (9H-Fluoren-9-yl)methyl((2,4-bis(docosyloxy)phenyl)(4-methoxyphenyl) methyl)carbamate (Tag2-4) H45 mmol, 801.41 μL, 0.3 eq), then the reaction mixture was stirred at 70° C for 12 hours. TLC (PE:EtOAc = 10:1) showed that the reaction was complete. After evaporation to remove most solvent, the residue was triturated with 5% aqueous NaHCO3 (10 mL), MeOH (80 mL), and ACN (150 mL). The suspension was filtered, and thoroughly washed ACN (120 mL) and methanol (80 mL) sequentially to give Tag2-4 (39 g, 32.36 mmol, 86.24% yield, 90% purity) as a light-yellow solid. 1H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ =7.85 – 7.69 (m, 2H), 7.68 – 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.46 – 7.36 (m, 2H), 7.36 – 7.28 (m, 2H), 7.14 (br d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 6.81 (br d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 6.50 – 6.42 (m, 2H), 6.04 – 5.89 (m, 1H), 4.47 – 4.35 (m, 2H), 4.25 (br t, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 3.97 – 3.91 (m, 2H), 3.86 – 3.71 (m, 5H), 3.42 – 3.19 (m, 1H), 1.80 – 1.64 (m, 4H), 1.48-1.36 (m, 4H), 1.1.32-1.1 (m, 72H), 0.95-0.82 (m, 6H) ppm. Step d: Synthesis of (2,4-bis(Docosyloxy)phenyl)(4-methoxyphenyl)methanamine (Tag2) H45 [000563] To a solution of Tag2-4 (37 g, 30.70 mmol, 90% purity, 1 eq) in THF (240 mL) was added piperidine (51.73 g, 607.56 mmol, 60 mL, 19.79 eq) and the reaction mixture was stirred at 20° C for 2 hours. TLC (PE:EtOAc = 10:1) showed that the reaction was complete. The mixture was added into ACN (800 mL), the resulting suspension was filtered, and thoroughly washed with ACN (200 mL) and methanol (100 mL) to give Tag2 (30 g, 29.57 mmol, 96.31% yield, 85% purity) as a light yellow solid. LC-MS (Method 7): RT = 2.038 min, m/z calcd. for C58H101O3845.78 [M-NH3]+, found 845.8.1H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ =7.29 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.16 – 7.10 (m, 1H), 6.83 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.45 – 6.38 (m, 2H), 5.37 (s, 1H), 3.95 – 3.85 (m, 4H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 1.77 – 1.71 (m, 4H), 1.48 – 1.38 (m, 4H), 1.27 (s, 72H), 0.89 (s, 6H) ppm. 5.2 Synthesis of Tag2-M2 [000564] Figure 3 and Table 5 outlines the synthesis of M2 using Tag2.
Table 5. Amide coupling reaction Quench De-Fmoc Product Step propan 20% MS Yiel # amino acid DIC HOAt -1- piperidin # + d ) 7 7 6 4 0 5 7 5 General Procedure C for Amide Coupling and Fmoc Deprotection in One-Pot to Give Tag2-nAA [000565] To a solution of Tag2 or Tag2-(n-1)AA (1 eq.) and AAn (1.5 eq.) and HOAt (1.5 eq) in DCM (20V) was added DIC (1.5 eq) in one portion at 20°C. The mixture was stirred at 20°C for 12 hr. After completion, propan-1-amine (2 eq) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 20°C for 0.5 hr. Then 20% piperidine in THF (20V) was added and the mixture was stirred at 20°C for 1 hr. TLC (PE:EtOAc = 3:1) showed that the reaction was complete. The mixture was triturated with ACN/MeOH=3/1 (40V*2) to provide the product Tag2-nAA as a light-yellow solid, which was used in the next step directly without purification. Step 1: Synthesis of (2S)-2-Amino-N-((2,4-bis(docosyloxy)phenyl)(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl)-5-(3,5- dimethylphenyl)pentanamide (Tag2-1AA)
[000566] To a solution of Tag2 (6.5 g, 7.16 mmol, 95% purity, 1 eq), AA1 (4.76 g, 10.74 mmol, 1.5 eq), and HOAt (1.46 g, 10.74 mmol, 1.50 mL, 1.5 eq) in DCM (80 mL) was added DIC (1.36 g, 10.74 mmol, 1.66 mL, 1.5 eq) in one portion at 20°C. The mixture was stirred at 20°C for 12 hr. After completion, propan-1-amine (846.45 mg, 14.32 mmol, 1.18 mL, 2 eq) was added and the mixture was stirred at 20°C for 0.5 hr. Then piperidine (16.65 g, 195.52 mmol, 19.31 mL, 27.31 eq) in THF (80 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at 20°C for 1 hr. TLC (PE:EtOAc = 3:1) showed that the reaction was complete. The mixture was triturated with ACN/MeOH=3/1 (150 mL*2) to provide Tag2-1AA (8.5 g, 6.78 mmol, 94.69% yield, 85% purity) as a light-yellow solid, which was used in the next step directly without purification. LCMS (ESI): RT = 2.092 min, m/z calcd. for C71H121N2O4, 1065.92, [M+H]+; m/z found 1065.9; LC-MS Conditions: Method 7. Step 2: Synthesis of (2S)-2-((S)-2-Amino-3-(4’-(4-azidobutoxy)-2’-ethyl-[1,1’-biphenyl]-4-yl) propanamido)-N-((2,4-bis(docosyloxy)phenyl)(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl)-5-(3,5-dimethylphenyl) Pentanamide (Tag2-2AA) ing and Fmoc deprotection in one-pot using Tag2-1AA (3 g, 2.39 mmol, 85% purity, 1 eq) and AA2 (2.18 g, 3.61 mmol, 1.51 eq). The crude Tag2-2AA (3.6 g, 2.27 mmol, 94.68% yield, 90% purity) was obtained as a light-yellow solid. LCMS (ESI): RT = 2.225 min, m/z calcd. for C92H144N6O6, 1430.11, [M+H]+; m/z found 1431.0; LC-MS Conditions: Method 7. Step 3: Synthesis of (3S)-tert-Butyl 3-amino-4-(((2S)-3-(4’-(4-azidobutoxy)-2’-ethyl-[1,1’-biphenyl]-4- yl)-1-(((2S)-1-(((2,4-bis(docosyloxy)phenyl)(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl)amino)-5-(3,5- dimethylphenyl)-1-oxopentan-2-yl)amino)-1-oxopropan-2-yl)amino)-4-oxobutanoate (Tag2-3AA) ing and Fmoc deprotection in one-pot using Tag2-2AA (3.8 g, 2.39 mmol, 90% purity, 1 eq) and AA3 (1.48 g, 3.59 mmol, 1.5 eq). The crude Tag2-3AA (3.9 g, 2.19 mmol, 91.66% yield, 90% purity) was obtained as a light-yellow solid. LCMS (ESI): RT = 3.660 min, m/z calcd. for C38H50N7O6, 700.37 [M- anchor-tBu+3H]+; (anchor=C58H101O3, MS=845.8); m/z found 700.4; LC-MS Conditions: Method 7. (anchor = Tag2). Step 4: Synthesis of (3S)-tert-Butyl 3-((S)-2-amino-3-(tert-butoxy)propanamido)-4-(((2S)-3-(4’-(4- azidobutoxy)-2’-ethyl-[1,1’-biphenyl]-4-yl)-1-(((2S)-1-(((2,4-bis(docosyloxy)phenyl)(4- methoxyphenyl) methyl)amino)-5-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)-1-oxopentan-2-yl)amino)-1-oxopropan-2- yl)amino)-4-oxobutanoate (Tag2-4AA) [000569] The rection was carried out according to the general procedure C for amide coupling and Fmoc deprotection in one-pot using Tag2-3AA (3.9 g, 2.19 mmol, 90% purity, 1 eq) and AA4 (1.26 g, 3.29 mmol, 1.5 eq). The crude Tag2-4AA (3.8 g, 1.96 mmol, 89.44% yield, 90% purity) was obtained as a light-yellow solid. LCMS (ESI): RT = 3.540 min, m/z calcd. for C41H55N8O8, 787.41 [M- anchor-2tBu+4H]+; (anchor=C58H101O3, MS=845.8); m/z found 787.5; LC-MS Conditions: Method 7. (anchor = Tag2). Step 5: Synthesis of (3S)-tert-Butyl 3-((S)-2-(((2S,3R)-2-Amino-3-(tert-butoxy)butanoyl)oxy)-3-(tert- butoxy)propanamido)-4-(((2S)-3-(4’-(4-azidobutoxy)-2’-ethyl-[1,1’-biphenyl]-4-yl)-1-(((2S)-1-(((2,4- bis(docosyloxy)phenyl)(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl)amino)-5-(3,5-dimethylphenyl) -1-oxopentan-2- yl)amino)-1-oxopropan-2-yl)amino)-4-oxobutanoate (Tag2-5AA) [0005 0] e recton was carred out accordng to t e genera procedure C or amde coupling and Fmoc deprotection in one-pot using Tag2-4AA (3.8 g, 1.96 mmol, 90% purity, 1 eq) and AA5 (1.17 g, 2.94 mmol, 1.5 eq). The crude Tag2-5AA (3.1 g, 1.55 mmol, 78.99% yield, 95% purity) was obtained as a light-yellow solid. LCMS (ESI): RT = 3.510 min, m/z calcd. for C45H62N9O10, 888.45, [M-anchor-3tBu+5H]+; (anchor=C58H101O3, MS=845.8); m/z found 888.5; LC-MS Conditions: Method 7. (anchor = Tag2). Step 6: Synthesis of (3S)-tert-Butyl 3-((S)-2-((2S,3R)-2-((S)-2-Amino-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-2- methylpropanamido)-3-(tert-butoxy)butanamido)-3-(tert-butoxy)propanamido)-4-(((2S)-3-(4’-(4- azidobutoxy)-2’-ethyl-[1,1’-biphenyl]-4-yl)-1-(((2S)-1-(((2,4-bis(docosyloxy)phenyl)(4- methoxyphenyl)methyl)amino)-5-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)-1-oxopentan-2-yl)amino)-1-oxopropan-2- yl)amino)-4-oxobutanoate (Tag2-6AA) [000571] The rection was carried out according to the general procedure C for amide coupling and Fmoc deprotection in one-pot using Tag2-5AA (1.5 g, 749.31 μmol, 95% purity, 1 eq) and AA6 (471.44 mg, 1.12 mmol, 1.5 eq). The Tag2-6AA (1.36 g, 588.20 μmol, 78.50% yield, 90% purity) was obtained as a light-yellow solid. LCMS (ESI): RT = 3.726 min, m/z calcd. for C55H72FN10O11, 1067.53, [M-anchor-3tBu+5H]+; (anchor=C58H101O3, MS=845.8); m/z found 1067.6; LC-MS Conditions: Method 7. (anchor = Tag2). Step 7: Synthesis of (4R,5S,8S,11S,14S,17S)-tert-Butyl 5-Amino-17-(((2S)-3-(4’-(4-azidobutoxy)-2’- ethyl-[1,1’-biphenyl]-4-yl)-1-(((2S)-1-(((2,4-bis(docosyloxy)phenyl)(4-methoxyphenyl) methyl)amino)-1-oxo-5-(m-tolyl)pentan-2-yl)amino)-1-oxopropan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-11-(CAN-1-(tert- butoxy)ethyl)-14-(tert-butoxymethyl)-8-(2-fluorobenzyl)-2,2,4,8-tetramethyl-6,9,12,15-tetraoxo-3- oxa-7,10,13,16-tetraazanonadecan-19-oate (Tag2-7AA) ling and Fmoc deprotection in one-pot using Tag2-6AA (0.7 g, 302.75 μmol, 90% purity, 1 eq) and AA7 (360.99 mg, 908.25 μmol, 3 eq). The crude Tag2-7AA (0.6 g, 241.27 μmol, 79.69% yield, 90% purity) was obtained as a light-yellow solid. LCMS (ESI): RT = 3.977 min, m/z calcd. for C59H79FN11O13, 1168.58, [M-anchor-4tBu+6H]+; (anchor=C58H101O3, MS=845.8); m/z found 1168.5; LC-MS Conditions: Method 7 (anchor = Tag2)(the filtration was very slow and difficult to collect solid particles due to poor precipitate). Step 8: Synthesis of (3S)-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-Azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[[(1S)-1- carbamoyl-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-3-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S,3R)-2-[[(2S)-3- (2-fluorophenyl)-2-[[(2S,3R)-3-hydroxy-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[3-[2-(1H-imidazol-5-yl)ethylamino]-2,2- dimethyl-3-oxo-propanoyl]amino]-3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)propanoyl]amino] acetyl]amino]butanoyl]amino]-2-methyl-propanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxy-butanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxy- propanoyl]amino]-4-oxo-butanoic Acid (M2) ity, 1.1 eq), and Tag2-7AA (540 mg, 217.14 μmol, 90% purity, 1 eq) in DMF (2 mL) and DCM (6 mL) was added HATU (99.08 mg, 260.57 μmol, 1.2 eq) in one portion at 20°C. The mixture was stirred at 20°C for 2 hr. LCMS showed the reaction converted completely. The mixture was subjected to acidic cleavage by using TFA cocktail (14 mL, TFA:Ethyl Phenyl Sulfide:H2O= 95:2.5:2.5) for 50 min. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was quenched by water/ACN=4/1 (150 mL) and extracted with PE (20 mL*2). The combined aqueous layers were lyophilized to give a residue, which was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Welch Xtimate C18100*40mm*3um; mobile phase: [water (TFA)-ACN]; B%: 28%-58%, 12min condition) to afford the product M2 (50 mg, 31.58 μmol, 14.54% yield, 99.27% purity) as a white solid. LCMS (ESI): RT = 3.910 min, m/z calcd. for C75H101FN20O17, 786.375 [M+H]+; m/z found 786.8; LC-MS Conditions: Method 7. HPLC: RT = 4.86 min. HPLC conditions: Mobile phase: 1.0% ACN in water (0.1%TFA) to 5% ACN in water (0.1%TFA) in 1 minutes; then from 5% ACN in water (0.1%TFA) to 100% ACN (0.1%TFA) in 5 minutes; hold at 100% ACN (0.1%TFA) for 2 minutes; back to 1.0% ACN in water (0.1%TFA) at 8.01 minutes and hold two minutes. Flow rate: 1.2ml/min. Column: Ultimate XB-C18, 3um, 3.0*50mm. Example 6. Synthesis (LPPS) of M2 on Tag3 6.1 Synthesis of Tag3 [000574] The synthetic route to make Tag3 is shown in Scheme 4. Scheme 4 , 99%; b) NH2OH.HCl (3 eq.), Et3N (5 eq.), toluene (20 mL), 100 oC, 12 h, 93%;c) DIBALH (3.0 eq.), toluene (30 mL), 100 oC, 12 h, 91%; d) 2-[4-[(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxycarbonylamino) methyl] phenoxy]acetic acid (1.5 eq.), DIC (1.5 eq.), HOAt (1.5 eq.), DCM (2 mL), 20 oC, 12 h, 68%; e) 20% piperidine in THF, 20 oC, 2 h, 99%. Total yield: 56.4%. [000575] Bis-alkylation of 2,4-dihydroxybenzaldehyde with C22-alkyl bromide, followed by treatment of Tag3-1 with same equivalent of hydroxylamine hydrochloride in the presence of TEA in toluene provided the oxime product Tag3-2. DIBAL-reduction of Tag3-2 to amine Tag3-3 and subsequent coupling with acid Tag3-3a provided amide Tag3-4. Reagent Tag3-3a (CAS: 145069- 56-3, Rink Amide Linker.), 4-[(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)(fmoc-amino)me] phenoxy acetic acid is commonly used in solid phase synthesis for preparation of C- terminal primary amide-peptide. Finally, Fmoc deprotection of Tag3-4 provided Tag3. Step a: Synthesis of 2,4-Di(docosoxy)benzaldehyde (Tag3-1) 1- bromodocosane (12 g, 30.81 mmol, 2.13 eq) in DMF (50 mL) was added K2CO3 (12.01 g, 86.88 mmol, 6 eq) and it was stirred at 90 °C for 12 hr. Most of the reactant was consumed and a new spot formed on TLC (PE/EtOAc = 5/1). After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water (500 mL), the mixture was stirred for 1 hr, and the precipitated solid was collected by filtration. The obtained solid was triturated with acetone (200 mL) and the solid was collected by filtration and slurry-washed in methanol. After filtration, the obtained solid was dried under reduced pressure to give the title compound as an off-white solid. The obtained solid was triturated again with PE (100 mL) and the solid was collected by filtration. The desired compound Tag3-1 (10.9 g, 14.43 mmol, 99.67% yield, n/a purity) was obtained as an off-white solid.1H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 10.33 (s, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.52 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.42 (d, J=2.1 Hz,1H), 4.08 – 3.97 (m, 4H), 1.89 – 1.69 (m, 4H), 1.52 – 1.42 (m, 4H), 1.26 (s, 72H), 0.89 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 6H) ppm. Step b: Synthesis of (1E)-2,4-Di(docosoxy)benzaldehyde Oxime (Tag3-2) [000577] To a mixture of Tag3-1 (6.5 g, 8.61 mmol, 1 eq) in toluene (90 mL) was added NH2OH.HCl (5.98 g, 86.06 mmol, 10 eq) and Et3N (8.71 g, 86.06 mmol, 11.98 mL, 10 eq), and reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 12 hr. Most of the reactant was consumed and a new spot with larger polarity was formed on TLC (PE/EtOAc = 10/1). After completion, the reaction mixture was cooled down to 20°C and poured into ACN (300 mL), then the precipitated solid was collected by filtration and slurry-washed in methanol. The obtained solid was triturated with ACN (300 mL) and the solid was collected by filtration. After filtration, the obtained solid was dried under reduced pressure to give the title compound as a brown solid. The desired compound Tag3-2 (6.2 g, 8.05 mmol, 93.53% yield) was obtained as a brown solid.1H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 8.46 (s, 1H), 7.65 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.51 – 6.41 (m, 2H), 4.03 – 3.91 (m, 4H), 1.87 – 1.71 (m, 4H), 1.50 – 1.42 (m, 4H), 1.27 (s, 72H), 0.89 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 6H) ppm. Step 3: Synthesis of [2,4-Di(docosoxy)phenyl]methanamine (Tag3-3) [000578] To a mixture of Tag3-2 (5 g, 6.49 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (50 mL) was added DIBALH (1 M, 19.47 mL, 3 eq) dropwise at 0°C and the reaction mixture was stirred at 90°C for 12 hr. Most of the reactant was consumed and a new spot with small polarity was formed on TLC (PE/EtOAc = 10/1). The reaction mixture was poured into saturated sodium tartrate tetrahydrate (100 mL), then the precipitated solid was collected by filtration and slurry-washed in methanol. The obtained solid was triturated with ACN (30 mL) and the solid was collected by filtration. After filtration, the obtained solid was dried under reduced pressure to give the title compound Tag3-3 (4.5 g, 5.95 mmol, 91.66% yield) as an off-white solid.1H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 6.61 – 6.29 (m, 3H), 4.14 – 3.65 (m, 6H), 2.84 (br s, 2H), 1.83 – 1.73 (m, 4H), 1.4 – 1.5 (m, 4H), 1.27 (br s, 72H), 0.89 (br t, J=6.5 Hz, 6H) ppm. Step 4: Synthesis of 9H-Fluoren-9-ylmethyl N-[[4-[2-[[2,4-di(docosoxy)phenyl]methylamino]-2-oxo- ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamate (Tag3-4) (9H- fluoren-9-ylmethoxycarbonylamino)methyl]phenoxy]acetic acid Tag3-3a (2.14 g, 3.97 mmol, 1.5 eq) in DCM (20 mL) was added DIC (500.58 mg, 3.97 mmol, 614.21 μL, 1.5 eq) and HOAt (539.89 mg, 3.97 mmol, 554.87 μL, 1.5 eq) and the resulting mixture was stirred at 20°C for 2 hr. Most of the reactant was consumed and new spots with large polarity were formed on TLC (PE/EtOAc = 3/1). ACN (100 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and the resulting suspension was filtered and washed with MeOH (30 mL × 2) to give an off-white solid. The obtained solid was triturated with ACN (30 mL) and the solid was collected by filtration. After filtration, the obtained solid was dried under reduced pressure to give the title compound Tag3-4 (2.3 g, 1.80 mmol, 68.06% yield) as an off-white solid.1H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 7.77 (br d, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 7.60 (br d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.49 – 7.27 (m, 5H), 7.22 – 7.02 (m, 4H), 6.95 – 6.69 (m, 2H), 6.57 – 6.36 (m, 4H), 6.02 (br d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 5.75 (br d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.55 – 4.14 (m, 5H), 4.08 – 3.66 (m, 10H), 4.08 – 3.63 (m, 1H), 1.95 – 1.67 (m, 4H), 1.54 – 1.41 (m, 4H), 1.27 (s, 72H), 0.89 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 6H) ppm. Step 5: Synthesis of 2-[4-[Amino-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]phenoxy]-N-[[2,4- di(docosoxy)phenyl]methyl]acetamide (Tag3) ine (6.90 g, 81.01 mmol, 8 mL, 47.05 eq)and the resulting mixture was stirred at 20 °C for 2 hr. Most of the reactant was consumed and new spots with large polarity formed on TLC (PE/EtOAc = 9/1). LCMS showed that the desired mass was detected. To the reaction solution was added ACN (100 mL) and the resulting suspension was filtered and washed with MeOH (30 mL × 2) to give an off- white solid. The obtained solid was triturated with ACN (20 mL) and the solid was collected by filtration. The obtained solid was dried under reduced pressure to give the title compound Tag3 (1.8 g, 1.71 mmol, 99.04% yield) as an off-white solid. LCMS (ESI): RT= 2.055 min, mass calcd. for C68H114N2O6H 1055.9 [M+H]+, C68H112NO6 + 1038.8 [M-NH2]+, m/z found 1038.8 [M-NH2]+; LCMS condition: Method 12.1H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 7.22 (br d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.16 – 7.04 (m, 2H), 6.84 – 6.67 (m, 2H), 6.52 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.49 – 6.29 (m, 4H), 5.36 (s, 1H), 4.43 – 4.24 (m, 1H), 4.05 – 3.85 (m, 5H), 3.82 – 3.70 (m, 6H), 3.19 (s, 2H), 1.83 – 1.75 (m, 4H), 1.26 (s, 76H), 0.90 – 0.87 (m, 6H) ppm. 6.2 Synthesis of Tag3-nAA [000581] Figure 4 and Table 6 below outline the synthesis of M2 using Tag3. Table 6 Coupling reaction de-Fmoc Product 20% # amino acid DIC HOAt yield Step# piperidine yield Yield % [000582] To a solution of Tag3 or Tag3-(n-1)AA (1 eq.) and AAn (1.5 eq.) in DCM (20V) were added DIC (1.5 eq.) and HOAt (1.5 eq.), then the resulting mixture was stirred at 20 °C for 2 hr. Most of the reactant was consumed and new spots with large polarity formed on TLC (PE/EtOAc = 3/1). A small sample was taken and piperidine was added to the small sample to remove Fmoc group. The sample was checked by LCMS, which showed that the desired mass was detected. To the reaction solution was added ACN (80V) and the resulting suspension was filtered and washed with MeOH (30V × 2) to give an off-white solid. The obtained solid was triturated with ACN (20 V) and the solid was collected by filtration. After filtration, the obtained solid was dried under reduced pressure to give the title compound N-Fmoc-Tag3-nAA as an off-white solid. General Procedure E for Fmoc Deprotection to Generate Tag3-nAA: [000583] A solution of N-Fmoc-Tag3-nAA (1 eq.) in 20% piperidine in THF (10V) was stirred at 20°C for 1 hr. Most of the reactant was consumed and new spots formed on TLC (PE/EtOAc = 9/1). LCMS showed the desired mass was detected. To the reaction solution was added ACN (100 V) and the resulting suspension was filtered and washed with MeOH (30V × 2) to give the product. The obtained solid was triturated with ACN (20V) and the solid was collected by filtration. The title compound Tag3-nAA was obtained as an off-white solid. Step f: Synthesis of 9H-Fluoren-9-ylmethyl N-[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[[2,4-di(docosoxy)phenyl] methylamino]- 2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamoyl]-4-(3,5- dimethylphenyl)butyl]carbamate (N-Fmoc-Tag3-1AA)
sing Tag3 (1 g, 947.29 μmol, 1 eq) and AA1 (630.23 mg, 1.42 mmol, 1.5 eq) in DCM (20 mL). N-Fmoc- Tag3-1AA (1.1 g, 742.66 μmol, 78.40% yield) was obtained as an off-white solid. LCMS (ESI): RT= 2.252 min, mass calcd. for C81H131N3O7H 1259.9, m/z found 1260.0 [M-Fmoc+H]+; LCMS condition: Method 12. [000585] 1H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 7.83 – 7.50 (m, 4H), 7.45 – 7.26 (m, 5H), 7.12 – 6.61 (m, 9H), 6.55 – 6.17 (m, 4H), 5.55 – 5.27 (m, 1H), 4.54 – 4.09 (m, 6H), 4.06 – 3.70 (m, 8H), 3.69 – 3.55 (m, 3H), 3.49 (br s, 6H), 3.17 (br s, 2H), 2.50 (br s, 2H), 2.27 (br s, 6H), 2.01 (s, 2H), 1.27 (br s, 76H), 0.91 – 0.87 (m, 6H) ppm. Step g: Synthesis of (2S)-2-Amino-N-[[4-[2-[[2,4-di(docosoxy)phenyl]methylamino]-2-oxo- th x ] h n l](24dim th x h n l)m th l] 5(35dim th l h n l) nt n mid (T 3-1AA) ing N-Fmoc-Tag3-1AA (1 g, 675.15 μmol, 1 eq) in THF (10 mL). Tag3-1AA (0.81 g, 643.41 μmol, 95.30% yield) was obtained as an off-white solid. LCMS (ESI): RT= 6.848 min, mass calcd. for C81H131N3O7H 1258.9 [M+H]+, m/z found 1259.0 [M+H]+; LCMS condition: Method 12. Step h: Synthesis of 9H-Fluoren-9-ylmethyl N-[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl] phenyl]methyl]-2-[[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[[2,4-di(docosoxy)phenyl]methylamino]-2-oxo-ethoxy] phenyl]-(2,4- dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]carbamate (N- Fmoc-Tag3-2AA) [00058 ] e reacton was perormed usng t e genera procedure or amde coup ng using Tag3-1AA (0.6 g, 476.60 μmol, 1 eq) and AA2 (432.30 mg, 714.90 μmol, 1.5 eq). N-Fmoc-Tag3- 2AA 5 (0.56 g, 303.43 μmol, 63.66% yield) was obtained as an off-white solid. LCMS (ESI): RT= 6.048 min, mass calcd. for C49H54N6O5Na 829.4, m/z found 829.4 [M-Rink amide-Anchor+2H]+; Rink amide = C17H18O4, anchor = C51H97NO2; LC-MS Conditions: Method 7. [000588] 1H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 7.75 (br d, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 7.57 – 7.28 (m, 5H), 7.24 – 6.89 (m, 10H), 6.86 – 6.62 (m, 5H), 6.54 – 6.31 (m, 5H), 6.20 (br s, 1H), 5.27 (br s, 1H), 4.53 – 4.07 (m, 7H), 4.06 – 3.53 (m, 12H), 3.40 (br t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.17 (br d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.64 – 2.45 (m, 4H), 2.22 (br d, J=3.3 Hz, 6H), 1.95 – 1.71 (m, 8H), 1.27 (s, 82H), 1.06 (br t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 0.90 – 0.87 (m, 6H) ppm. Step i: Synthesis of (2S)-2-((S)-2-Amino-3-(4’-(4-azidobutoxy)-2’-ethyl-[1,1’-biphenyl]-4- yl)propanamido)-N-((4-(2-((2,4-bis(docosyloxy)benzyl)amino)-2-oxoethoxy)phenyl)(2,4- dimethoxyphenyl)methyl)-5-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)pentanamide (Tag3-2AA) [000589] The reaction was performed using general procedure E for Fmoc deprotection using N-Fmoc-Tag3-2AA (400 mg, 216.73 μmol, 1 eq), Tag3-2AA (380 mg, 210.67 μmol, 97.20% yield, 90% purity) as a light-yellow solid was obtained. LC-MS Conditions: Method 7. Step j: Synthesis of (3S)-tert-Butyl 3-((((9H-Fluoren-9-yl)methoxy)carbonyl)amino)-4-(((2S)-3-(4’-(4- azidobutoxy)-2’-ethyl-[1,1’-biphenyl]-4-yl)-1-(((2S)-1-(((4-(2-((2,4-bis(docosyloxy)benzyl)amino)-2- oxoethoxy)phenyl)(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl)amino)-5-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)-1-oxopentan-2-yl) amino)-1-oxopropan-2-yl)amino)-4-oxobutanoate (N-Fmoc-Tag3-3AA) ing Tag3-2AA (380 mg, 210.67 μmol, 90% purity, 1 eq) and AA3 (130.02 mg, 316.01 μmol, 1.5 eq). N- Fmoc-Tag3-3AA (350 mg, 156.19 μmol, 74.14% yield, 90% purity) was obtained as a light-yellow solid. LCMS (ESI): RT = 5.542 min, m/z calcd. For C53H60N7O8, 922.44, [M-Rink amide-Anchor- tBu+3H]+; Rink amide=C17H18O4, anchor=C51H97NO2; m/z found 922.3; LC-MS Conditions: Method 7. Step k: Synthesis of (3S)-tert-Butyl 3-Amino-4-(((2S)-3-(4’-(4-azidobutoxy)-2’-ethyl-[1,1’-biphenyl]-4- yl)-1-(((2S)-1-(((4-(2-((2,4-bis(docosyloxy)benzyl)amino)-2-oxoethoxy)phenyl)(2,4- dimethoxyphenyl) methyl)amino)-5-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)-1-oxopentan-2-yl)amino)-1-oxopropan-2- yl)amino)-4-oxobutanoate (Tag3-3AA) ing N-Fmoc-Tag3-3AA (350 mg, 156.19 μmol, 90% purity, 1 eq). Tag3-3AA (280 mg, 140.43 μmol, 89.91% yield, 90% purity) was obtained as a light-yellow solid. LCMS (ESI): RT = 3.810 min, m/z calcd. For C38H50N7O6, 700.37, [M-Rink amide-Anchor-tBu+3H]+; Rink amide=C17H18O4, anchor=C51H97NO2; m/z found 700.3; LC-MS Conditions: Method 7. Step l: Synthesis of (3S)-tert-Butyl 3-((S)-2-((((9H-Fluoren-9-yl)methoxy)carbonyl)amino)-3-(tert- butoxy)propanamido)-4-(((2S)-3-(4’-(4-azidobutoxy)-2’-ethyl-[1,1’-biphenyl]-4-yl)-1-(((2S)-1-(((4-(2- ((2,4-bis(docosyloxy)benzyl)amino)-2-oxoethoxy)phenyl)(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl) methyl)amino)-5- (3,5-dimethylphenyl)-1-oxopentan-2-yl)amino)-1-oxopropan-2-yl)amino)-4-oxobutanoate (N-Fmoc- Tag3-4AA) ng Tag3-3AA (280 mg, 140.35 μmol, 90% purity, 1 eq) and AA4 (80.72 mg, 210.52 μmol, 1.5 eq). N- Fmoc-Tag3-4AA (300 mg, 124.94 μmol, 89.02% yield, 90% purity) was obtained as a light-yellow solid. LCMS (ESI): RT = 5.337 min, m/z calcd. for C56H65N8O10, 1009.47, [M-Rink amide-Anchor- 2tBu+4H]+; Rink amide=C17H18O4, anchor=C51H97NO2; m/z found 1009.4; LC-MS Conditions: Method 7. Step m: Synthesis of (3S)-tert-Butyl 3-((S)-2-Amino-3-(tert-butoxy)propanamido)-4-(((2S)-3-(4’-(4- azidobutoxy)-2’-ethyl-[1,1’-biphenyl]-4-yl)-1-(((2S)-1-(((4-(2-((2,4-bis(docosyloxy)benzyl)amino)-2- oxoethoxy)phenyl)(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl)amino)-5-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)-1-oxopentan-2-yl) amino)-1-oxopropan-2-yl)amino)-4-oxobutanoate (Tag3-4AA) sing N-Fmoc-Tag3-4AA (280 mg, 116.67 μmol, 90% purity, 1 eq). NTag3-4AA (230 mg, 106.83 μmol, 91.56% yield, 90% purity) was obtained as a light-yellow solid. LC-MS Conditions: Method 7. Step n: Synthesis of (5S,8S,11S)-tert-Butyl 11-(((2S)-3-(4’-(4-azidobutoxy)-2’-ethyl-[1,1’-biphenyl]- 4-yl)-1-(((2S)-1-(((4-(2-((2,4-bis(docosyloxy)benzyl)amino)-2-oxoethoxy)phenyl)(2,4- dimethoxyphenyl) methyl)amino)-5-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)-1-oxopentan-2-yl)amino)-1-oxopropan-2- yl)carbamoyl)-5-(CAN-1-(tert-butoxy)ethyl)-8-(tert-butoxymethyl)-1-(9H-fluoren-9-yl)-3,6,9-trioxo-2- oxa-4,7,10-triazatridecan-13-oate (N-Fmoc-Tag3-5AA) o a sou o o ag - g, . μ o, pu y, eq, . mg, 160.24 μmol, 1.5 eq) and HOAt (21.81 mg, 160.24 μmol, 22.42 μL, 1.5 eq) in DCM (4 mL) was added DIC (20.22 mg, 160.24 μmol, 24.81 μL, 1.5 eq) in one portion at 20°C under N2. The mixture was stirred at 20°C for 2 hr. To monitor the reaction, a small amount of residue was subjected to acidic cleavage by using TFA cocktail (0.1 mL, TFA:TIPS:H2O:anisole= 95:2.5:2.5:4.5) for 1 h. LCMS showed the reaction converted completely. The mixture was triturated with ACN (20 mL*3) to give the crude product N-Fmoc-Tag3-4AA (250 mg, 97.10 μmol, 90.90% yield, 90% purity) as a light- yellow solid. [000595] LCMS (ESI): RT = 5.170 min, m/z calcd. for C60H72N9O12, 1110.52, [M-Rink amide- Anchor-3tBu+5H]+; Rink amide=C17H18O4, anchor=C51H97NO2; m/z found 1110.4; LC-MS Conditions: Method 7. Example 7. Synthesis (LPPS) of M2 on Tag4 7.1 Synthesis of Tag 4 [000596] The synthetic route for the preparation of Tag4 is shown in Scheme 5 below. Scheme 5 Reagents and conditions: a) C22H45Br (3.3 eq.), K2CO3 (8 eq.), DMF/THF, 90 oC, 12 h, 99.8%; b) LiAlH4 (3 eq.), THF, 70 oC, 3 h, 92.3%; c) PBr3 (3 eq.), DCM, 20 oC, 3h, 63%; d) 55A (1 eq.), K2CO3 (6 eq.), NMP, 90 oC, 16h, 90.5%; e) NaBH4 (5 eq.), EtOH (1 V), THF (10 V), 70 oC, 12 h, 89.9%; f) I2 (1.8 eq.), Li2CO3 (0.02 eq.), TMSN3 (4.5 eq.), DCM, 12 h, 37oC℃, 80.9%; g) Pme3 (3 eq.), H2O, THF/DCM, 20 oC, 12 h, 66.8%. Total yield: 25.5% [000597] Tris-alkylation of 3,4,5-trihydroxy benzoyl ester with C22-alkyl bromide, followed by LAH reduction of ester Tag4-1 produced alcohol Tag4-2 (Matsuda et al., “Solution-Phase Synthesis of Oligodeoxyribonucleotides Using the H-Phosphonate Method with N-Unprotected 5'-Phosphite Monomers,” RSC Adv. 11:38094-38107 (2021), which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety). Conversion of alcohol Tag4-2 to bromo analog Tag4-3 with triphenylphosphine and carbon tetra bromide, followed by alkylation on Tag4-3a, generated hex-alkylated derivative Tag4-4. Conversion of ketone Tag4-4 to alcohol Tag4-5 with sodium borohydride and then conversion of alcohol Tag4-5 to azide Tag4-6 with trimethylsilylazide as nucleophile in the presence of lithium carbonate as base, with final reduction of azide Tag4-6 with trimethylphosphine produced Tag4. Step a: Synthesis of Methyl 3,4,5-tri(Docosoxy)benzoate (Tag4-1) [000598] To a mixture of methyl 3,4,5-trihydroxybenzoate (5 g, 27.15 mmol, 1 eq.) and 1- bromodocosane (34.90 g, 89.60 mmol, 3.3 eq.) in DMF (100 mL) and THF (20 mL) was added K2CO3 (30.02 g, 217.22 mmol, 8 eq.) and the reaction mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 12 hr. Most of the reactant was consumed and a new spot with smaller polarity formed on TLC (PE/EtOAc = 3/1). After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was poured into purified water (1000 mL), the mixture was stirred for 1 hr, and the precipitated solid was collected by filtration. The obtained solid was triturated with acetone (300 mL) and the solid was collected by filtration and slurry-washed in methanol. After filtration, the obtained solid was dried under reduced pressure to give the title compound as an off-white solid. Compound Tag4-1 (30.1 g, 27.12 mmol, 99.88% yield) was obtained as a gray solid. 1H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 7.29 (s, 2H), 4.03 (dt, J=2.5, 6.4 Hz, 6H), 3.91 (s, 2H), 3.93 – 3.87 (m, 1H), 1.85 – 1.71 (m, 6H), 1.54 – 1.45 (m, 6H), 1.28 (s, 108H), 0.90 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 9H) ppm. Step b: Synthesis of [3,4,5-tri(Docosoxy)phenyl]methanol (Tag4-2) C O 22H45 C O 22H45 O LiAlH4 (3 eq.), THF, 70 oC, 3 h, 92.3% O H45 [000599] To a solution of compound Tag4-1 (1 g, 900.99 umol, 1 eq.) in THF (10 mL) was added LiAlH4 (102.59 mg, 2.70 mmol, 2.70 mL, 3.0 eq.) at 0°C. Then the mixture was heated to 70°C for 3 hr. TLC (PE/EA=20/1) showed that most of the reactant was consumed completely and one main new spot was detected. The reaction mixture was quenched with 1N HCl and the mixture was stirred at 20°C for 1h. Then filtered and the filter cake was concentrated to give the product. Compound Tag4-2 (0.9 g, 831.88 umol, 92.33% yield) was obtained as a gray solid.1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ ppm 6.58 (s, 2 H) 4.62 (s, 2 H) 3.93 - 4.04 (m, 6 H) 1.72 - 1.87 (m, 6 H) 1.43 - 1.55 (m, 6 H) 1.28 (s, 108 H) 0.90 (t, J=6.79 Hz, 9 H). Step c: Synthesis of 5-(Bromomethyl)-1,2,3-tri(docosoxy)benzene (Tag4-3) C22H45 C2 H O O 2 45 H45 ag - ag - [000600] To a solution of compound Tag4-2 (0.9 g, 831.88 µmol, 1 eq.) in DCM (10 mL) was added a solution of PBr3 (675.54 mg, 2.50 mmol, 3.0 eq.) in DCM (10 mL). Then the solution was stirred at 20°C for 3 h. TLC (PE/EA=10/1) showed that the reactant was consumed completely, and one small polarity spot was detected. The reaction mixture was quenched with H2O (50 mL) and ACN (50 mL) and the mixture was stirred at 20°C for 1h. Then filtered and the filter cake was dried by evaporation of the solvent to give the product. Compound Tag4-3 (0.6 g, 524.12 µmol, 63.00% yield) was obtained as a white solid.1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ ppm 6.58 (s, 2 H) 4.44 (s, 2 H) 3.92 – 4.00 (m, 6 H) 1.86 (dt, J=6.53, 3.26 Hz, 7 H) 1.42 – 1.52 (m, 8 H) 1.26 (s, 125 H) 0.86 – 0.93 (m, 12 H). Step d: Synthesis of Bis[4-[[3,4,5-tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methoxy]phenyl]methanone (Tag4-4) O3 (1.94 g, 14.00 mmol, 6.0 eq.) in NMP (150 mL) was degassed and purged with N2 for 10 times about 10 min. Then the mixture was heated to 90°C, then a solution of Tag4-3 (5.37 g, 4.69 mmol, 2.01 eq.) in NMP (350 mL) was added under N2. Then the mixture was degassed and purged with N2 for 10 times about 10 min, stirred at 90°C for 16 hr. TLC (PE/EA=20/1) showed that starting material was consumed completely and the desired spot was detected. The reaction solution was added slowly to the stirring ACN (1000 ml), then the reaction mixture was filtered; and the filter cake was washed with MeOH (250 mL*3) and ACN (250 mL*3). The filter cake was dried by evaporation of the residual solvent to give the product. Compound Tag4-4 (5.5 g, 2.11 mmol, 90.55% yield, 90% purity) was obtained as a white solid.1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ ppm 7.80 (d, J=8.75 Hz, 4 H) 6.99 – 7.09 (m, 4 H) 6.63 (s, 4 H) 5.03 (s, 4 H) 3.95 – 4.01 (m, 12 H) 1.80 (br dd, J=14.07, 6.44 Hz, 12 H) 1.43 – 1.54 (m, 12 H) 1.26 (s, 226 H) 0.89 (t, J=6.69 Hz, 18 H). Step e: Synthesis of Bis[4-[[3,4,5-tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methoxy]phenyl]methanol (Tag4-5) . , . , . tOH (25 mL) was added NaBH4 (444.21 mg, 11.74 mmol, 5.0 eq.) slowly, and the mixture was heated to 70°C and stirred at the 77 °C for 5 hr. TLC (PE/EA=10/1) showed that starting material was consumed completely and the new spot was detected. The reaction mixture slowly was added to sat. NH4Cl/ACN (550 mL/750 mL). The slurry was filtered, and the obtained crystals were washed with ACN (250 mL*3) and methanol (250 mL*3) to give the product. Compound Tag4-5 (5.5 g, 2.11 mmol, 89.92% yield, 90% purity) was obtained as a white solid.1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ ppm 7.30 (d, J=8.63 Hz, 4 H) 6.96 (d, J=8.63 Hz, 4 H) 6.62 (s, 4 H) 5.81 (br s, 1 H) 4.94 (s, 4 H) 3.95 – 4.01 (m, 12 H) 1.74 – 1.84 (m, 12 H) 1.48 (br s, 12 H) 1.28 (s, 226 H) 0.90 (t, J=6.75 Hz, 18 H). Step f: Synthesis of 5-[[4-[Azido-[4-[[3,4,5-tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methoxy]phenyl]methyl]phenoxy] methyl]-1,2,3-tri(docosoxy)benzene (Tag4-6) 7 g, 4.22 mmol, 850.79 uL, 1.8 eq.) in DCM (105 mL) were added Li2CO3 (3.47 mg, 46.93 umol, 31.67 uL, 0.02 eq.) and TMSN3 (1.22 g, 10.56 mmol, 1.39 mL, 4.5 eq.), then the reaction mixture was stirred at 37 °C for 12 hr. The reactant was consumed, and the desired spot formed on TLC (PE/EtOAc = 20/1). The reaction solution was added slowly to the stirring ACN (750 ml) and sat. Na2SO3 (250 ml), then the reaction mixture was filtered; and the filter cake was washed with methanol (250 mL*3) and ACN (250 mL*3). The filter cake was dried by evaporation of the residual solvent to give the product. Tag4-6 (5.0 g, 1.90 mmol, 80.95% yield, 90% purity) was obtained as a white solid.1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ ppm 7.23 (br d, J=8.63 Hz, 4H) 6.96 (br d, J=8.63 Hz, 4H) 6.61 (s, 4 H) 5.62 (s, 1H) 5.65 (s, 1H) 4.93 (s, 4H) 3.94 – 3.99 (m, 12H) 1.76 – 1.84 (m, 12H) 1.43 – 1.50 (m, 12H) 1.27 (s, 226H) 0.87 – 0.90 (m, 18H). Step g: Synthesis of Bis[4-[[3,4,5-tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methoxy]phenyl]methanamine (Tag4) . , . , . , (50 mL), and H2O (2.5 mL) was added PMe3 (1 M, 5.70 mL, 3.0 eq.). Then the reaction mixture was stirred at 20°C for 12 hr. TLC (PE/EA=20/1) showed that the reactant was consumed completely, and TLC (PE/EA=1/1) showed that the desired spot was detected. The reaction solution was added slowly to the stirring ACN (800 ml) and H2O (200 mL), then the reaction mixture was filtered; the filter cake was triturated with ACN (800 mL) again and then the filter cake was washed with MeOH (250 mL*3) and ACN (250 mL*3). The filter cake was dried by evaporation of the residual solvent to give the product Tag4 (3.5 g, 1.27 mmol, 66.84% yield, 85% purity) was obtained as a white solid.1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ ppm 7.28 – 7.33 (m, 4H) 6.90 – 6.99 (m, 4H) 6.60 – 6.66 (m, 4H) 5.16 (s, 1H) 4.93 (s, 4H) 3.95 – 4.01 (m, 12H) 1.76 – 1.82 (m, 12H) 1.48 (br s, 12H) 1.28 (s, 226H) 0.88 – 0.92 (m, 18H). 7.2 Synthesis of Tag4-M2 [000605] Figure 5 and Table 7 below outline the synthesis of M2 using Tag4. Table 7. Step# coupling de-Fmoc Product 20% # min id DIC HOAt i ld # i ridin i ld # MS M+H + rt- General Procedure F for Amide Coupling to Prepare N-Fmoc-Tag4-nAA [000606] To a solution of Tag4 or Tag4-(n-1)AA (1 eq.) and AAn (1.5 eq.) and HOAt (1.5 eq) in DCM (20V) were added DIC (1.5 eq.) and HOAt (1.5 eq). The solution was stirred at 20°C for 12 h. A small sample was taken and subjected to acidic cleavage by using a TFA cocktail (TFA: TIPS: H2O = 95:2.5:2.5). The sample was filtered and analyzed by LCMS which showed that the reactant was consumed, and the desired mass was detected. To the reaction solution was added ACN (80V) and the resulting suspension was filtered and washed with ACN (20V × 2) to give an off-white solid. The solvent was removed by filtration and the filter cake was dried by evaporation of the residual solvent to give the product N-Fmoc-Tag4-nAA as an off-white solid, which was used directly in the next step. General Procedure G for Fmoc Deprotection to Give Tag4-nAA [000607] A solution of compound N-Fmoc-Tag4-nAA (1 eq.) in 20% piperidine in THF and DCM (20V) was stirred at 20°C for 2 hr. TLC (PE/EA=1/1) showed that the reactant was consumed completely, and the desired spot was detected. To the reaction solution was added ACN (200V) and the resulting suspension was filtered and washed with ACN (40V × 2) to give Tag4-nAA as an off- white solid. The crude product was dried under reduced pressure and used in the next step directly without further purification. Step 1: Synthesis of (2S)-2-Amino-N-[bis[4-[[3,4,5-tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methoxy]phenyl]methyl]-5- (3,5-dimethylphenyl)pentanamide (Tag4-1AA) [00 pling using Tag4 (2.5 g, 1.07 mmol, 1 eq.) and AA1 (709.88 mg, 1.60 mmol, 1.5 eq.). N-Fmoc-Tag4-1AA (2.6 g, 751.31 µmol, 70.41% yield, 80% purity) was obtained as an off-white solid. LC-MS: RT= 4.061 min, mass calcd. for C28H31N2O3 + 443.23, m/z found 443.20 [M – anchor + H]+; (anchor=C159H286O8, MS=2325.21). LCMS condition: Method 12. anchor = Tag4. [000609] The reaction was carried out following the general procedure G for Fmoc deprotection using N-Fmoc-Tag4-1AA (2.0 g, 722.41 umol, 1 eq.). Tag4-1AA (1.6 g, crude) was obtained as a white solid which was used directly in the next step. LC-MS: 443.2 (M+H)+. Step 2: Synthesis of (2R)-2-[[(2S)-2-Amino-3-[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl- phenyl]phenyl]propanoyl] amino]-N-[bis[4-[[3,4,5-tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methoxy]phenyl]methyl]-5- (3,5-dimethylphenyl) pentanamide (Tag4-2AA) ing using Tag4-1AA (1.6 g, 628.37 µmol, 1 eq.), N-Fmoc-Tag4-2AA (1.9 g, 424.52 µmol, 67.56% yield, 70% purity) was obtained as a white solid which was used directly in the next step. LC-MS: RT= 5.525 min, mass calcd. for C49H55N6O5+ 807.42, m/z found 807.40 [M-anchor +H]+; (anchor=C159H286O8, MS=2325.21). LCMS condition: Method 12. (anchor = Tag4). [000611] The reaction was carried out following the general procedure G for Fmoc deprotection using N-Fmoc-Tag4-2AA (1.9 g, 606.46 µmol, 1 eq.). Tag4-2AA (1.7 g, 584.05 µmol, 96.31% yield) was obtained as an off-white solid. LC-MS: RT= 3.534 min, mass calcd. for C47H55N6O5+ 783.42, m/z found 783.40 [M-anchor+ C13H11O2+H]+; (anchor=C159H286O8, MS=2325.21); mass calcd. for C34H45N6O3+ 585.35, m/z found 585.40 [M-anchor+H]+; (anchor=C159H286O8, MS=2325.21); LCMS condition: Method 12. (anchor = Tag4) Step 3: Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-3-Amino-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl] phenyl]methyl]-2-[[(1S)-1-[bis[4-[[3,4,5-tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methoxy]phenyl]methylcarbamoyl]-4- (3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-4-oxo-butanoate (Tag4-3AA) [ pling using Tag4-2AA (1.7, 584.05 µmol, 1 eq.). N-Fmoc-Tag4-3AA (1.9 g, 345.02 µmol, 59.07% yield, 60% purity) was obtained as an off-white solid. LC-MS: RT= 5.159 min, mass calcd. for C53H60N7O8 + 922.41, m/z found 922.40 [M-anchor +H]+; (anchor=C159H286O8, MS=2325.21). LCMS condition: Method 12. (anchor = Tag4) [000613] The reaction was carried out following the general procedure G for Fmoc deprotection using N-Fmc-Tag4-3AA (1.9 g, 575.04 µmol, 1 eq.), Tag4-3AA (1.50 g, 486.71 µmol, 84.64% yield) was obtained as an off-white solid. LC-MS: RT= 3.633 min, mass calcd. for C51H60N7O8 + 898.44, m/z found 898.50 [M-tBu-anchor+ C13H11O2+H]+; (anchor=C159H286O8, MS=2325.21); mass calcd. for C38H50N7O6 + 700.37, m/z found 700.50 [M-tBu-anchor+H]+; (anchor=C159H286O8, MS=2325.21); LCMS condition :Method 12. (anchor = Tag4) Step 4: Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-3-[[(2S)-2-Amino-3-tert-butoxy-propanoyl]amino]-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4- [4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[[(1S)-1-[bis[4-[[3,4,5- tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methoxy] phenyl]methylcarbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo- ethyl]amino]-4-oxo-butanoate (Tag4-4AA) ling using Tag4-3AA (1.5 g, 486.71 µmol, 1 eq.) in DCM (50 mL). N-Fmoc-Tag4-4AA (1.45 g, 420.62 µmol, 86.42% yield) was obtained as an off-white solid. LC-MS: RT= 5.019 min, mass calcd. for C56H65N8O10+ 1009.40, m/z found 1009.40 [M-anchor+H]+; (anchor=C159H286O8, MS=2325.21). LCMS condition: Method 12. (anchor = Tag4). [000615] The reaction was carried out following the general procedure G for Fmoc deprotection using N-Fmoc-Tag4-4AA (1.4 g, 406.11 µmol, 1 eq.). Tag4-4AA (1.30 g, 403.09 µmol, 99.26% yield) was obtained as an off-white solid. LC-MS: RT= 3.527 min, mass calcd. For: C54H65N8O10+ 985.47, m/z found 985.50 [M-tBu-anchor +H]+; (anchor=C159H286O8, MS=2325.21); mass calcd. for C41H55N8O8+ 787.41, m/z found 787.50 [M-tBu-anchor+H]+; (anchor=C159H286O8, MS=2325.21); LCMS condition: Method 12. (anchor = Tag4) Step 5: Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-3-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S,3R)-2-Amino-3-tert-butoxy-butanoyl]amino]-3- tert-butoxy-propanoyl]amino]-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2- [[(1S)-1-[bis[4-[[3,4,5-tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methoxy]phenyl]methylcarbamoyl]-4-(3,5- dimethylphenyl)butyl] amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-4-oxo-butanoate (Tag4-5AA) ing using Tag4-4AA (1.45 g, 420.62 µmol). N-Fmoc-Tag4-5AA (1.3 g, 360.66 µmol, 85.74% yield) was obtained as an off-white solid. LC-MS: RT=4.894 min, mass calcd. for C60H72N9O12+ 1110.52, m/z found 1110.60 [M-tBu-anchor +H]+; (anchor=C159H286O8, MS=2325.21); mass calcd. For C73H82N9O14+ 1308.57, m/z found 1308.60 [M-tBu-anchor+H]+; (anchor=C159H286O8, MS=2325.21); LCMS condition: Method 12. (anchor = Tag4) [000617] The reaction was carried out following the general procedure G for Fmoc deprotection using N-Fmoc-Tag4-5AA (1.30 g, 360.66 µmol, 1 eq.). Tag4-5AA (1.0 g, 295.66 µmol, 81.98% yield) was obtained as an off-white solid which was used directly in the next step. LC-MS: RT= 3.557 min, mass calcd. for:C58H72N9O12+ 1086.52, m/z found 1086.30 [M-3tBu-anchor+ C13H11O2+4H]+; (anchor=C159H286O8, MS=2325.21); mass calcd. for C45H62N9O10+ 888.45, m/z found 888.50 [M-3tBu- anchor+4H]+; (anchor=C159H286O8, MS=2325.21); LCMS condition: Method 12. (anchor = Tag4) Step 6: Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-3-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S,3R)-2-[[2-Amino-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl- propanoyl]amino]-3-tert-butoxy-butanoyl]amino]-3-tert-butoxy-propanoyl]amino]-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4- azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[[(1S)-1-[bis[4-[[3,4,5-tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methoxy] phenyl]methylcarbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-4-oxo-butanoate (Tag4-6AA) g g p pling using Tag4-5AA (1.0 g, 295.66 µmol, 1 eq.). N-Fmoc-Tag4-6AA (0.8 g, 211.43 µmol, 71.51% yield) was obtained as an off-white solid. LC-MS: RT=5.208 min, mass calcd. for C70H82FN10O13+ 1289.60, m/z found 1289.60 [M-3tBu-anchor+4H]+; (anchor=C159H286O8, MS=2325.21); LCMS condition: Method 12. (anchor = Tag4) [000619] The reaction was carried out following the general procedure G for Fmoc deprotection using N-Fmoc-Tag4-6AA (0.8 g, 211.43 µmol, 1 eq.). Tag4-6AA (0.7 g, 196.55 µmol, 92.96% yield) was obtained as an off-white solid. LC-MS: RT= 3.697 min, mass calcd. for C68H82FN10O13 + 1265.60, m/z found 1265.70 [M-3tBu-anchor+ C13H11O2+4H]+, (anchor=C159H286O8, MS=2325.21); RT= 3.630 min, mass calcd. for C55H72FN10O11+ 1067.53, m/z found 1067.60 [M-3tBu-anchor+4H]+; (anchor=C159H286O8, MS=2325.21); LCMS condition: Method 12. (anchor = Tag4) Step 7: Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-3-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S,3R)-2-[[2-[[(2S,3R)-2-Amino-3-tert-butoxy- butanoyl]amino]-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-propanoyl]amino]-3-tert-butoxy-butanoyl]amino]-3- tert-butoxy-propanoyl]amino]-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2- [[(1S)-1-[bis[4-[[3,4,5-tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methoxy]phenyl]methylcarbamoyl]-4-(3,5- dimethylphenyl) butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-4-oxo-butanoate (Tag4-7AA) [000620] The reaction was carried out following the general procedure F for amide coupling using Tag4-6AA (0.7 g, 196.55 µmol, 1 eq.). N-Fmoc-Tag4-7AA (0.7 g, 177.62 µmol, 90.37% yield) was obtained as an off-white solid. LC-MS: RT=5.224 min, mass calcd. for C74H89FN11O15+ 1390.64, m/z found 1390.60 [M-3tBu-anchor+4H]+; (anchor=C159H286O8, MS=2325.21); LCMS condition: Method 12. (anchor = Tag4) [000621] The reaction was carried out following the general procedure G for Fmoc deprotection using N-Fmoc-Tag4-7AA (0.7 g, 177.62 µmol, 1 eq.). Tag4-7AA (0.58 g, 155.97 µmol, 87.81% yield) was obtained as an off-white solid which was used directly in the next step. LC-MS: RT= 3.869 min, mass calcd. for C72H89FN11O15 + 1366.65, m/z found 1366.70 [M-3tBu-anchor+ C13H11O2+4H]+, (anchor=C159H286O8, MS=2325.21); mass calcd. for C59H79FN11O13 + 1168.58, m/z found 1168.60 [M- 3tBu-anchor+4H]+; (anchor=C159H286O8, MS=2325.21); LCMS condition: Method 12. (anchor = Tag4) Step 8: Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-3-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S,3R)-2-[[2-[[(2S,3R)-2-[(2-Aminoacetyl)amino]-3- tert-butoxy-butanoyl]amino]-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-propanoyl]amino]-3-tert-butoxy-butanoyl] amino]-3-tert-butoxy-propanoyl]amino]-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl] methyl]-2-[[(1S)-1-[bis[4-[[3,4,5-tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methoxy]phenyl]methylcarbamoyl]-4-(3,5- dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-4-oxo-butanoate (Tag4-8AA) pling using Tag4-7AA (0.6 g, 161.35 µmol, 1 eq.). N-Fmoc-Tag4-8AA (0.56 g, 140.07 µmol, 86.81% yield) was obtained as an off-white solid. LC-MS: RT= 5.092 min, mass calcd. For C76H92FN12O16+ 1447.67, [M-3tBu-anchor+4H]+; (anchor=C159H286O8, MS=2325.21); LCMS condition: Method 12. (anchor = Tag4) [000623] The reaction was carried out following the general procedure G for Fmoc deprotection using N-Fmoc-Tag4-8AA (0.56 g, 140.07 µmol, 1 eq.). Tag4-8AA (0.5 g, 132.42 µmol) was obtained as an off-white solid which was used directly in the next step. LC-MS: RT= 3.848 min, mass calcd. for C61H82FN12O14+ 1225.60, m/z found 1225.70[M-3tBu-anchor+4H]+, (anchor=C159H286O8, MS=2325.21); mass calcd. for C74H92FN12O16+ 1423.67, m/z found 1423.70 [M-3tBu-anchor+ C13H11O2+4H]+; (anchor=C159H286O8, MS=2325.21); LCMS condition: Method 12. (anchor = Tag4) Step 9: Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-3-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S,3R)-2-[[2-[[(2S,3R)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-Amino-3-[1- [(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]tetrazol-5-yl]propanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]-3-tert-butoxy- butanoyl]amino] -3-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-propanoyl]amino]-3-tert-butoxy-butanoyl]amino]-3- tert-butoxy-propanoyl]amino]-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2- [[(1S)-1-[bis[4-[[3,4,5-tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methoxy]phenyl]methylcarbamoyl]-4-(3,5- dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-4-oxo-butanoate (Tag4-9AA) [ g g p pling using Tag4-8AA (105.19 mg, 198.64 µmol, 1.5 eq.), DMB-AA9 (105.19 mg, 198.64 µmol, 1.5 eq), DIC (25.07 mg, 198.64 µmol, 30.76 µL, 1.5 eq.) and HOAt (27.04 mg, 198.64 µmol, 27.79 µL, 1.5 eq.). N-Fmoc-Tag4-9AA (0.5 g, 116.62 µmol, 88.07% yield) was obtained as an off-white solid. LC- MS: RT=4.817 min, mass calcd. for C80H98FN17O17 + 793.86., found 794.30 [M-3tBu-PMB- anchor+7H]2+; (anchor=C159H286O8, MS=2325.21); mass calcd. for C95H106FN17O19892.89, found 893.50 [M-3tBu-PMB-anchor+7H]+ ; (anchor=C159H286O8, MS=2325.21); LCMS condition: Method 12. (anchor = Tag4) [000625] The reaction was carried out following the general procedure G for Fmoc deprotection using N-Fmoc-Tag4-9AA (0.5 g, 116.62 µmol, 1 eq). Tag4-9AA (0.5 g, crude) was obtained as an off-white solid. LC-MS: RT= 3.838 min, mass calcd. for C64H86FN17O16+ 683.80, m/z found 683.20 [M-4tBu-DMB-anchor+7H]2+, (anchor=C159H286O8, MS=2325.21); mass calcd. for C77H96FN17O182+ 782.85, m/z found 782.30 [M-4tBu-DMB-anchor+7H]+; (anchor=C159H286O8, MS=2325.21); LCMS condition: Method 12. (anchor = Tag4) Step 10: Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-Azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]- 2-[[(1S)-1-[bis[4-[[3,4,5-tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methoxy]phenyl]methylcarbamoyl]-4-(3,5- dimethylphenyl) butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-3-[[(2S)-3-tert-butoxy-2-[[(2S,3R)-3-tert-butoxy-2- [[2-[[(2S,3R)-3-tert-butoxy-2-[[2-[[(2S)-3-[1-[(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]tetrazol-5-yl]-2-[[2,2- dimethyl-3-oxo-3-[2-(3-tritylimidazol-4- yl)ethylamino]propanoyl]amino]propanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]butanoyl]amino]-3-(2-fluorophenyl)- 2-methyl-propanoyl]amino]butanoyl]amino]propanoyl]amino]-4-oxo-butanoate (Tag4-10AA) [0 ling using Tag4-9AA (0.5 g, 123.00 µmol, 1 eq.) in DCM (15 mL) and THF (15 mL), AA10 (86.26 mg, 184.50 µmol, 1.5 eq.), DIC (23.28 mg, 184.50 µmol, 28.57 µL, 1.5 eq.), and HOAt (25.11 mg, 184.50 µmol, 25.81 µL, 1.5 eq.). Tag4-10AA (0.5 g, 110.75 µmol, 90.04% yield) was obtained as an off- white solid which was used directly in the next step. LC-MS: RT= 3.874 min, mass calcd. for C75H101FN20O172+ 786.37, found 787.00 [M-4tBu-DMB-Trt-anchor+8H]2+; (anchor=C159H286O8, MS=2325.21); mass calcd. for C88H111FN20O19885.41, found 886.00 [M-4tBu-DMB-Trt-anchor+8H]+; (anchor=C159H286O8, MS=2325.21); LCMS condition: Method 12. Note: (anchor = Tag4) Step 11: Synthesis of Bis[4-[[3,4,5-tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methoxy]phenyl]methanamine (M2) O N N N N N OH OH COOH O N NH O O H O H O H O H O T N N N N N N H2 mL) and H2O (0.25 mL) was added triisopropylsilane (143.92 mg, 908.82 µmol, 186.67 µL, 9.48 eq.) in one portion at 20°C under N2. The mixture was stirred at 20°C for 1.5 hr. LCMS showed that the desired mass was detected. LC-MS: RT = 3.822 min, m/z calcd. for C75H100FN20O17, 1570.75 [M-Boc-4tBu+2H]2+, m/z found 786.20, LCMS condition: Method 12. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was diluted with t-BuOMe (1000 mL) to give precipitate, which was centrifuged for 10 min (5000 R) to give the crude product. The residue was purified by Prep-HPLC (column: Welch Xtimate C18 100*40mm*3um; mobile phase: [water (TFA)-ACN]; B%: 30%-60%, 15min). Compound M2 (1 mg, 5.98e-1 umol, 94% purity) was obtained as a white solid. LCMS (ESI): RT = 3.748 min, m/z calcd. for C75H100FN20O171570.75 [M-Boc-4tBu+2H]2+, m/z found 786.20, LCMS condition: Method 12. HPLC RT=9.411 min, 94% purity. Example 8. Synthesis (LPPS) of M1 and M3 on Tag5 8.1 Synthesis of Tag 5 [000628] Tag5 was prepared via 10 steps as shown in Scheme 6 below. Scheme 6
[0 g p p y , , y y ed in Horenstein et al., “Synthesis of Unprotected (±)-Tunichrome An-1, a Tunicate Blood Pigment,” J. Am. Chem. Soc. 111(16):6242–6246 (1989), which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Reductive amination of Tag5-3a with 2 eq. of Tag5-3 gave Tag5-4 in 70% yield. Removing N-allyl group of Tag5-4 with 1,3-dimethylbarbituric acid in the presence of Pd(PPh3)4 catalyst provided Tag5-5, which was coupled with Tag5-5a to form Tag5-6. Fmoc deprotection of Tag5-6 in piperidine, provided Tag5-7. N-Alloc protection of Tag5-7 and subsequent removal of TBS in Tag5- 8 and alkylation with C22-alkyl bromide in one pot generated Tag5-9. Removal of N-alloc group from Tag5-9 provided final product, Tag5. Replacing N-Fmoc of Tag5-5a with N-alloc was attempted for further improvement; however, Tag5-5a without N-Fmoc was poorly soluble in organic solvents. The amounts and yields for each step are summarized in Table 8 below.
Table 8. The Amounts and Yields for the Intermediates and Tag5 Step a: Synthesis of Methyl 3,4,5-Tris((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)benzoate (Tag5-1) mol, 1 eq) in DMF (24 L) was added imidazole (4.99 kg, 73.31 mol, 4.5 eq) in one portion to give a clear solution. TBDMSCl (8.59 kg, 57.02 mol, 6.99 L, 3.5 eq) was added in four portions (2.148 kg x 4) over a period of 2 hours at a rate sufficient to maintain internal temperature between 25 oC and 30 oC under N2. After the addition, a yellow solution was obtained. The reaction was stirred at 25 oC for 16 h under N2 until the thick suspension was formed. TLC results indicated that the starting material was completely consumed and one major new spot (petroleum ether:EtOAc = 9:1, Rf=0.58) was detected. The reaction mixture was pumped into transit barrels (2* 20 L). sat. NaHCO3 (15 L) solution was charged to 50 L of jacket flask.20 L (1/2 volume) of the reaction suspension was added to the above sat. NaHCO3 (15 L) solution with intensive stirring and extracted with PE (6 L x 2). The other (1/2 volume) of the reaction mixture was treated as above. All of the organic layers were combined, washed with brine (10 L), and dried over Na2SO4. The organic layer was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure (~ 45oC, -0.8 atm) to give ~10 kg of pale-green oil. The pale-green oil was dissolved in MeOH (28 L) and stirred at 0~4 oC (internal temperature) for 12 h. The white solid has precipitated out. The product Tag5-1 (7.8 kg, 14.80 mol, 90.86% yield) was obtained as a white solid via filtration and dried under reduced pressure.1HNMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ = 7.23 (s, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 1.00 (s, 9H), 0.99 – 0.86 (m, 18H), 0.24 (s, 12H), 0.15 (s, 6H); LC-MS: (analyzed by Method 1) Rt= 3.183 min, m/z=527.3 [M+H]+. Step b: Synthesis of [3,4,5-Tris[[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy]phenyl]methanol (Tag5-2) OTBDMS OTBDMS TBDMSO OH [000631] , . , to a suspension of LAH (216.09 g, 5.69 mol, 0.75 eq) in THF (16 L) at a rate sufficient to maintain a gentle reflux (internal temperature: 66 oC). The reaction mixture was stirred at internal temperature: 66oC (oil bath temperature: 77 oC) for 3 hr. TLC indicated that Tag5-1 was completely consumed and one new spot (petroleum ether:ethyl acetate= 10:1, Rf= 0.41) was formed. The reaction mixture was cooled to (internal temperature: 0 oC) and diluted with 12 L of methyl t-butyl ether (MTBE). The reaction mixture was stirred rapidly, and 216 mL of water was added dropwise until the color turned from grey to white, then 216 mL of NaOH solution (wt%, 15%) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred for 10 mins. Water (620 mL) and silica gel (500 g) were sequentially added to the reaction mixture. The heterogeneous mixture was filtered through Celite and the resulting filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give a colorless oil. It was further vacuumed by oil pump to remove the solvent residue and give Tag5-2 (3.48 kg, 6.84 mol, 90.1% yield, 98% purity) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ = 6.50 (s, 2H), 4.49 (s, 2H), 1.49 (br s, 1H), 1.00 (s, 9H), 0.95 (s, 18H), 0.21 (s, 12H), 0.13 (s, 6H); LC-MS: (analyzed by method 1) Rt= 3.25 min, m/z=481.3 [M+H-H2O]+. Step c: Synthesis of 3,4,5-Tris[[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy]benzaldehyde (Tag5-3) OTBDMS OTBDMS TBDMSO PCC (1.1 eq) TBDMSO O [000632] To a suspension of PCC (1.58 kg, 7.32 mol, 1.05 eq) in DCM (12 L) was added a solution of Tag5-2 (3.48 kg, 6.98 mol, 1 eq) in DCM (16 L) at 0 oC. The reaction mixture was stirred at 20 oC for 20 h. TLC indicated that reactant Tag5-2 was consumed completely, and one major new spot was detected (petroleum ether:ethyl acetate= 10:1, PMA, Rf= 0.61). MTBE (12 L) and silica gel (800 g) were added sequentially to the reaction mixture, which was then stirred for 10 min and filtered through Celite. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo; the resulting dark brown oil was diluted with petroleum ether (15 L) and passed through a short pad of silica/celite (800 g/400 g) and concentrated to afford Tag5-3 (3.13 kg, 6.30 mol, 90.34% yield) as a pale-yellow solid.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ = 9.74 (s, 1H), 7.04 (s, 2H), 1.00 (s, 9H), 0.96 (s,18H), 0.26 (s, 12H), 0.16 (s, 6H). LC-MS: (analyzed by method 1) Rt= 3.550 min, m/z = 497.4 [M+H]+ . Tag5-3 was directly used for next step without purification. Step d: Synthesis of N,N-Bis[[3,4,5-tris[[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy]phenyl]methyl]prop-2-en-1- amine (Tag5-4) [000633] To a solution of Tag5-3a (240 g, 2.51 mol, 98% purity, 1 eq) was added NaOAc (721.82 g, 8.80 mol, 3.5 eq) in THF (8 L) and MeOH (12.5 L), and the mixture was stirred for 30 min under N2, then a solution of Tag5-3 (1.40 kg, 2.77 mol, 98% purity, 1.1 eq) in THF (1.5 L) and HOAc (3.02 kg, 50.28 mol, 2.88 L, 20 eq) were added at 20 oC sequentially. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min. A solution of NaBH3CN (157.98 g, 2.51 mol, 1 eq) in THF (1.5 L) was added to the reaction mixture dropwise over a period for 30 min, then the reaction was stirred at 25 oC for 30 min. Additional solution of Tag5-3 (1.66 kg, 3.27 mol, 98% purity, 1.3 eq) in THF (1.5 L) was added, and the reaction was stirred for 30 min. Additional solution of NaBH3CN (236.98 g, 3.77 mol, 1.5 eq) in THF (1.5 L) was dropwise added to the reaction mixture over a period for 1 h, then the reaction was stirred at 25 °C for 12 hr. TLC indicated that the reactant Tag5-3 was consumed, and one major spot has appeared (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate=20/1, staining reagent: PMA, Rf=0.66). Two impurities Tag5-2 and Tag5-4’ were detected as well. The reaction was quenched by addition of sat. aq. NaHCO3 (18 L, 3.6 kg of NaHCO3 was suspended in 16 L of H2O) and the separated aq. solution was then extracted with MTBE (12 L * 2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (8 L), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give crude product (~3.8 kg) as colorless oil, which was identified by HNMR (ratio of 4:2:4’ = 1.0:0.57:0.28). The crude material was mixed with silica gel (4.5 kg) and was purified by column chromatography using petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 1/0 to 100/10) to give Tag5-4 (1.88 kg, 1.73 mol, 71.2% yield based on 3a).1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ = 6.50 (s, 4H), 6.02 – 5.71 (m, 1H), 5.21 (d, J = 17.6 Hz, 1H), 5.12 (d, J = 10.0 Hz, 1H), 3.37 (br s, 4H), 2.98 (br d, J = 4.8 Hz, 2H), 0.99 (s, 18H), 0.93 (s, 36H), 0.20 (s, 24H), 0.11 (s, 12H). LC-MS: (analyzed by Method 1) Rt= 4.313 min, m/z=1018.6 [M+H]+ . Step e: Synthesis of 1-[3,4,5-Tris[[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy]phenyl]-N-[[3,4,5-tris[[tert- butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy]phenyl]methyl]methanamine (Tag5-5) , . , . , . mol, 3.2 eq) in DCM (12.5 L) was added a solution of Tag5-4 (1.9 kg, 1.77 mol, 95% purity, 1 eq) in DCM (4 L). The reaction was degassed and purged 3 times with N2 and then Pd(PPh3)4 (61.41 g, 53.15 mmol, 0.03 eq) was added. The reaction mixture was degassed and purged 3 times with N2 and stirred at inner temperature 39 oC (oil batch temperature: 45 oC) for 4 hr under N2 atmosphere. TLC indicated that reactant Tag5-4 was consumed completely and one new spot (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate= 10:1, NH3.H2O(0.5%,v/v), Ninhydrin, Rf= 0.62 ) was formed. The reaction mixture was cooled to 10°C and quenched by addition NH3.H2O (400 mL, wt%: 25%). A white solid has precipitated out. Sulfhydryl silica gel (350 g), silica gel (700 g), and Na2SO4 (1000 g) were added to the reaction, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min. The reaction mixture was filtered through a Celite (500 g) plug to give Tag5-5 (1.69 kg, 1.64 mol, 92.6% yield, 95% purity) as yellow oil, which was dissolved in DCM (10 L) and used directly without purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm) = 6.46 (s, 4H), 3.59 (br s, 4H), 0.99 (s, 18H), 0.96 – 0.87 (m, 36H), 0.20 (s, 24H), 0.12 (s, 12H). LC-MS: (analyzed by method 1) Rt = 4.21 min, m/z=978.5 [M+H]+. Step f: Synthesis of 9H-Fluoren-9-ylmethyl N-[[4-[2-[Bis[[3,4,5-tris[[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy] phenyl]methyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamate (Tag5-6) OAt (245.71 g, 1.81 mol, 252.53 mL, 1.2 eq) and DIC (227.82 g, 1.81 mol, 279.53 mL, 1.2 eq), and the reaction mixture was stirred at 25°C for 30 min. Then a solution of Tag5-5 (1.55 kg, 1.50 mol, 95% purity, 1 eq) in DCM (10 L) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 25°C for 8 hr. TLC indicated that reactant Tag5-5 was consumed, and one new major spot was detected (petroleum ether:ethyl acetate= 5:1, 4% DCM to improve the solubility, Rf= 0.39). The reaction mixture was quenched by addition sat. NaHCO3 (5 L*3) and then extracted with DCM (3 L * 2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (2.5 L), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, petroleum ether/ethyl acetate=20/1 to 1/1) to provide Tag5-6 as a white solid (2.2 kg, 1.25 mol, 82.85% yield, 85% purity).1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm) = 7.77 (br d, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.59 (br d, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (br d, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 7.31 (br d, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 7.24 – 7.14 (m, 1H), 7.11 – 7.08 (m, 2H), 6.79 (br d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 6.50 – 6.47 (m, 2H), 6.38 (m, 2H), 6.31 (s, 2H), 6.06 – 5.99 (m, 1H), 5.86 – 5.72 (m, 1H), 4.66 (s, 2H), 4.46 – 4.38 (m, 4H), 4.29 – 4.19 (m, 3H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 1.00 (s, 18H), 0.92 (s, 36H), 0.19 (s, 24H), 0.13 (s, 12H). LC-MS: (analyzed by Method 1) Rt= 5.39 min, m/z=251.0 [M+6H]6+. Step g: Synthesis of 2-[4-[Amino-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]phenoxy]-N,N-bis[[3,4,5-tris[[tert- butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy]phenyl]methyl]acetamide (Tag5-7) [00 dded piperidine (530.63 g, 6.23 mol, 615.44 mL, 5 eq). The reaction mixture was degassed and purged with N2 for 3 times, and then the mixture was stirred at 60 oC for 2 hr under N2 atmosphere. TLC showed formation of a one new major spot (petroleum ether:ethyl acetate = 1:1, Rf= 0.16). The reaction mixture was concentrated to afford a crude (1.8 kg, 1.18 mol, 94.91% yield, 84% purity) as yellow oil, which was dissolved in DCM (12 L), washed with saturated ammonium chloride (10 L *2), water (10 L), and brine (10 L). It was then dried over Na2SO4 and filtered to give a solution, which was concentrated to give Tag5-7 (1.8 kg, 94.9% yield in 84% purity). Tag5-7 was used directly in the next step without purification.1NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm) 7.27 (br d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.12 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.44 (s, 2H), 6.39 (s, 2H), 6.31 (s, 2H), 5.38 (s, 1H), 4.66 (s, 2H), 4.43 (s, 2H), 4.29 (s, 2H), 3.79 – 3.76 (m, 6H), 1.00 (s,18H), 0.92 (s, 36H), 0.25 – 0.16 (m, 24H), 0.13 (s, 12H). LC-MS: (analyzed by Method 1) Rt= 4.30 min, m/z=1260.7 [M+H-NH3]+. Step h: Synthesis of Allyl N-[[4-[2-[Bis[[3,4,5-tris[[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy]phenyl]methyl]amino]- 2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamate (Tag5-8)
[000637] To a solution of Tag5-7 (1.8 kg, 1.18 mol, 84% purity, 1 eq) in DCM (20 L) was added DIEA (305.78 g, 2.37 mol, 412.10 mL, 2 eq) and allyl carbonochloride (285.17 g, 2.37 mol, 250.15 mL, 2 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 oC for 12 hr. TLC showed that the starting material was consumed completely, and one major new spot (petroleum ether:ethyl acetate = 5:1, Rf= 0.45) was detected. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition of sat. NH4Cl (5 L) and then extracted with DCM(5 L * 2). The combined organic layers were washed with sat. NH4Cl (5 L* 2), brine(2 L), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give crude product as a yellow oil, which was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 20:1~ 3:1, 2% of DCM was added into the eluent solvent to promote the solubility) to provide Tag5- 8 in two fractions in total 1.59 kg (97% yield in >98% purity). Fraction 1 (1.35 kg, 991.02 mmol, 99% purity) 83.78% yield as yellow oil. Fraction 2 (380 g, ~80% purity) was further purified to afford 236 g, 160.02 mmol, 98.1% purity as a pale-yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm) = 7.10 (br d, J = 8.8 Hz, 3H,26,28,37), 6.77 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.52 - 6.42 (m, 2H), 6.37 (s, 2H), 6.30 (s, 2H), 6.01 - 5.78 (m, 3H), 5.30 (br dd, J = 1.6, 17.2 Hz, 1H), 5.21 (br dd, J = 1.3, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 4.64 (s, 2H), 4.61 - 4.58 (m, 2H), 4.42 (s, 2H), 4.26 (s, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 0.99 (s, 18H), 0.95 - 0.88 (m, 36H), 0.18 (s, 24H), 0.12 (s, 12H). LC-MS: (Method 2) Rt = 2.22 min, m/z=1379.74 [M+H3O]+; m/z=2741.2 [2M+H3O]+ Step i: Synthesis of Allyl N-[[4-[2-[Bis[[3,4,5-tris(docosa-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19,21-undecaynoxy) phenyl]methyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamate (Tag5-9)
of Tag5-8 (50.0 g, 33.80 mmol, 1 eq) and 1-bromodocosane (86.2 g, 206.19 mmol, 6.1 eq) was added K2CO3 (42.1 g, 304.2 mmol, 9 eq), 18-crown-6 (5.4 g, 20.3 mmol, 0.6 eq), and KF (17.67 g, 304.21 mmol, 9 eq). The reaction mixture was degassed and purged 3 times with N2, and then the mixture was stirred at 85 oC for 24 hr under N2 atmosphere. LCMS indicated that Tag5-8 was consumed. TLC showed one new major spot (THF/petroleum ether =1:5, Rf= 0.35). The reaction mixture was suspended in THF (400 mL), filtered through a silica gel plug to remove the inorganic salt, and the filtrate was concentrated to afford a residue. The residue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (ISCO®; 330 g SepaFlash® Silica Flash Column, Eluent of 0~50% THF/petroleum ether gradient: 120 mL/min) to give Tag5-9 (76 g, 30.06 mmol, 88.94% yield). [000639] Additional four reactions were conducted and purified as above. Then the 5 batches of purified Tag5-9 were combined and triturated with MeOH (200 mL,70 oC, 2 hr), then cooled to 20 oC, and filtered to give 386 g of Tag5-9 (purity: ~97.7%) totally.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm) = 7.12 (br d, J = 8.5 Hz, 3H), 6.81 (br d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.50 – 6.43 (m, 2H), 6.40 (s, 2H), 6.30 (s, 2H), 6.00 (br d, J = 8.8 Hz,1H), 5.97 – 5.87 (m, 1H), 5.86 – 5.72 (br d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 5.38 – 5.26 (m, 1H), 5.25 -5.08 (m, 1H), 4.71 (s, 2H), 4.59 (br d, J = 5.4 Hz, 2H), 4.50 (s, 2H), 4.40 (s, 2H), 3.93 (br t, J = 5.7 Hz, 4H), 3.90 – 3.81 (m, 8H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 1.82 – 1.68 (m, 12H), 1.53 – 1.20 (m, 228H), 0.89 (t, J = 6.8 Hz). LC-MS (Method 3): Rt= 11.33 min, m/z=2544.7/2545.99 [M+H3O]+. The NMR data was matched to the targeted structure using HSQC. The chemical Shift of C55 was 69.30ppm and HMBC: H55 was correlated with C13. Step j: Synthesis of 2-[4-[Amino-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]phenoxy]-N,N-bis[[3,4,5- tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methyl]acetamide (Tag5)
3.2 eq) in DCM (560 mL) was added Tag5-9 (80 g, 30.54 mmol, 1 eq), the reaction was degassed and purged 3 times with N2, and then Pd(PPh3)4 (1.41 g, 1.22 mmol, 0.04 eq) was added. The mixture was degassed and purged 3 times with N2 and stirred at 45 °C for 6 hr under N2 atmosphere. TLC indicated Tag5-9 was consumed, and one major new spot (petroleum ether:THF = 1:1, Rf= 0.14, PMA) was detected. The reaction was concentrated, and the residue was triturated in MeOH (1L) at 70 oC for 1 hr, and then cooled to 20 oC. The mixture was filtrated to provide a crude product, which was further triturated in ACN (1L, 70 oC, 1 hr), cooled to 20oC, filtrated, and washed with ACN (400 mL), MeOH (400mL), EtOAc (400 mL), and petroleum ether (400 mL) sequentially, then dried under vacuum to give Tag5 (74.8 g, 29.32 mmol, 95.99% yield, 95.79% purity) as an off-white solid. Additional four repeating reactions were conducted as described above to generate total Tag5 (303.9 g in 95.5% purity).1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm) 7.14 - 7.25 (m, 2 H), 7.03 (br d, J=7.75 Hz, 1 H), 6.76 (br d, J=8.25 Hz, 2 H), 6.34 (br d, J=12.38 Hz, 4 H), 6.22 (br s, 2 H), 5.30 (br s, 1 H), 4.65 (s, 2 H), 4.23 - 4.50 (m, 4 H), 3.63 - 3.96 (m, 18 H), 1.67 (br d, J=5.50 Hz, 12 H), 1.37 (br s, 12 H), 1.18 (s, 216 H), 0.81 (br t, J=6.44 Hz, 18 H) ppm.13C NMR (101 MHz, CDCl3) δ = 168.42, 159.83, 157.67, 156.74, 153.62, 153.27, 137.65 – 137.58, 137.58 – 137.50, 131.79, 131.09, 128.17, 128.07, 114.29, 107.04, 105.04, 104.00, 98.74, 77.25, 73.48, 73.43, 69.18, 69.14, 67.75, 55.37, 55.34, 52.88, 49.67, 48.50, 31.97, 30.42, 29.77, 29.71, 29.57, 29.51, 29.42, 26.23, 22.74, 14.16. LC-MS (Method 3): Rt = 11.20 min, m/z=2444.02 [M+H]+. 8.2 Characterization of Tag5 [000641] Characterization of Tag5 is shown in Table 9.
TAG-5
Table 9. Characterization of Tag5
IR Data
[000642] The powder sample of Tag5 was placed directly onto the surface of ATR, while the crystal (Znse) surface of ATR was fully covered by the sample. Sample compression bar was used to compress the sample to evenly distribute the sample and fully contact it with the crystal surface of ATR. IR conditions used to collect IR data are shown in Table 10.
Table 10. IR Conditions Detector: DTGS KBr Resolution: 4 Beamsplitter: KBr Sample gain: 1 bond; λ = 1647.99 cm-1 indicated C=O (C=ONR2) bond; λ = 1505.99 cm-1 indicated C-N bond; λ = 1466.52 cm-1 indicated C=C (Ph) bond; λ = 1379.34 cm-1 indicated C-H (CH3) bond; and λ = 1174.13 cm-1 indicated C-O-C bond. Determination of Moisture Content [000644] The sample was weighted into a dry and clean vial. The vial was sealed. After the or the instrument reached the preset temperature (150℃), the vial was placed in the furnace. After the Karl Fischer reaction ended, the water content of the sample was obtained (Table 11). The moisture content was determined to be 0.26%. Table 11. Conditions Used to Determine Moisture Content in the Sample Parameter Value Ion Chromatography [000645] Chromatography conditions that were used are shown in Tables 12-13. The following content of ions were determined: Cl-: 0.01%; Br-: 0.01%; F-: <0.01; CO3 2-: 0.02%. Table 12. F- Ion Chromatography Conditions Instrument name Thermo ICS-6000 Mobile phase KOH Table 13. Cl-,Br-,CO3 2- Ion Chromatography Conditions Instrument name Thermo ICS-6000 Injection volume 25μL Analysis time 10 in [000646] Sample (1-8 mg) was placed into a high-pressure crucible and sealed with the matching tool. The prepared sample was placed into the corresponding position of instrument, the parameters in the software were selected and the sequence run started (Table 14). [000647] The first peak (melting point, endothermic) was observed at 76.3oC. Second peak (C22 should be volatile, endothermic) was at ~371oC. Table 14. Differential Scanning Calorimeter (DSC) Conditions Parameter Value [000648] Residual Solvent (GC and HS conditions) are shown in Table 15. Instrument: SHIMADZU-GC2030 & HS-20. The column used for chromatography was DB-624 (25 m × 0.2 mm, ID 1.12 μm). P/N: 128-1324. Split Ratio: 30. Control Mode: linear Velocity. Flow:1.2 mL/min. Carrier Gas : N2. Detector: Flame Ionization Detector (FID). All solvents residues were found to be less than the limit of quantitation (LOQ). Table 15. Residue Solvent Conditions Parameter Value 45 ℃ 0.2 min 2 ℃ /min 50 ℃ 0.0 min [000649] Tag5 (10 mg) was added into solvent (100 μL) and shaken at different temperatures (Table 16). It was found that Tag5 is soluble in DCM and THF, PE/DCM, and PE/THF in any ratio, not in DMF and DMF/DCM, not in DMSO and DMSO/DCM (See Table 16). Table 16. Solubility of Tag5 in Organic Solvents solubility NO. solvent Ratio (%) 17 DMF 100% unclear unclear 18 DMSO/DCM 10% unclear unclear [000650] Stability Testing for Tag5 was performed at pH = 2 for 2 hrs using the following procedure. Tag5 (1 g, 98.01% purity) was added to a 50 mL flask with a magnetic stir bar in THF (20 mL) and the mixture was stirred for 5 min to dissolve the material. A solution of TFA in DCM (v/v= 1: 5, 2 mL) was added dropwise to the solution containing Tag5 to reach pH2 and the resulting solution was continuously stirred for 2 hr. The reaction was monitored by LCMS, which showed more than five peaks. It was concluded that Tag5 is not very stable in acidic solution (pH = 2). 8.3 Synthesis (LPPS) of an GLP1 Peptidomimetic on Tag5 [000651] The synthesis of an GLP1 peptidomimetic (M1) on Tag5 is shown in Figures 6 and 10A-B and Table 17. The amino-acids used to prepare this peptidomimetic are shown in Table 18. Table 17 Product er
Table 18 a GB2551945 to Andrews et al., which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety b WO2022/056494 to Han et al., which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety c Sureshbabu et al., “Synthesis of Tetrazole Analogues of Amino Acids Using Fmoc
Chemistry: Isolation of Amino Free Tetrazoles and Their Incorporation into Peptides,”
Tetrahedron Lett. 48(39):7038-7041 (2007), which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety d Murelli et al., “Chemical Control Over Immune Recognition: A Class of Antibody-Recruiting Small Molecules That Target Prostate Cancer,” J. Am. Chem. Soc. 131 (47): 17090-17092
(2009), which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety
General Procedure H for Amide Coupling to Give N-Fmoc-Tag5-nAA
[000652] To a mixture of Tag5 or Tag5-(n-1)AA (1 eq.) in DCM (50 V) were added AAn (1.5 eq.), HOAt (1.5 eq.), and DIC (1.5 eq.). The resulting suspension was stirred at 20 °C for 2 h. A small sample of the reaction mixture was taken, suspended with ACN, and centrifuged 2 times (3 min at 6000 rpm). The formed precipitate was dissolved in 1 drop of DCM, cleaved using TFA/TIPS/H2O (95/2.5/2.5), diluted with MeOH/H2O (2/1), and filtered. The filtrate was checked by LCMS to confirm the desired mass. The reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was added into ACN/MeOH (2/1, 60V) and stirred for 1 h. The suspension was filtered and washed 2 times with ACN (10 V). The precipitate was collected and used directly in the next step without any further purification. The desired compound N-Fmoc-Tag5-nAA was obtained as a white solid. General Procedure I for Fmoc Deprotection to Prepare Tag5-nAA [000653] A clear solution of N-Fmoc-Tag5-nAA (1 eq.) in 20% piperidine/THF (20V) was stirred at 50 °C for 0.5 hr. A small amount of the sample was suspended with CAN and centrifuged 2 times (3 min at 6000 rpm). The precipitate was collected, redissolved in 1 drop of DCM, cleaved using TFA/TIPS/H2O (95/2.5/2.5), diluted with MeOH/H2O (2/1), and filtered. The filtrate was checked by LCMS to confirm the completion of the reaction. The reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was added into ACN/MeOH (2/1, 60V), and stirred for 1 h. The suspension was filtered and washed 2 times with ACN (10 V). The precipitate was collected and was used directly in the next step without any further purification. The desired compound Tag5- nAA was obtained as a white solid. Step a: Synthesis of 9H-Fluoren-9-ylmethyl N-[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[Bis[[3,4,5-tris(docosa- 1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15, 17,19,21-undecaynoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4- dimethoxyphenyl)methyl] carbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]carbamate (N-Fmoc-Tag5-1AA) [00 ] e reac on was carre ou usng e genera proce ure or am e coup ng using Tag5 (1 g, 409.15 μmol, 1 eq), AA1 (272 mg, 0.62 mmol, 1.5 eq), HOAt (84 mg, 0.62 mmol, 1.5 eq), and DIC (77 mg, 0.62 mmol, 95.1 μL, 1.5 eq). The reaction was monitored by LC-MS. N-Fmoc- Tag5-1AA (1.18 g, 344.59 μmol, 84.22% yield) was obtained as a white solid. LC-MS: RT = 5.17 min, mass calcd. for C28H30N2O3H 443.24, m/z found 443.2 [M-TAG+2H]+. Step b: Synthesis of (2S)-2-Amino-N-[[4-[2-[bis[[3,4,5-tris(docosa-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19,21- undecaynoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]-5-(3,5- dimethylphenyl) Pentanamide (Tag5-1AA) [0 ion. A clear solution of compound N-Fmoc-Tag5-1AA (1.16 g, 404.24 μmol, 1 eq) in 20% piperidine/THF (20 mL) was stirred at 50 °C for 0.5 hr. The reaction was monitored by LC-MS. Tag5-1AA (1.06 g, 400.40 μmol, 99.05% yield) was obtained as a white solid. LC-MS: RT = 2.10 min, mass calcd. for C13H20N2OH 221.17, m/z found 221.1 [M-TAG+2H]+. Step c: Synthesis of 9H-Fluoren-9-ylmethyl N-[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl] methyl]-2-[[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[bis[[3,4,5-tris(docosa-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19,21-undecaynoxy)phenyl] methyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamoyl]-4-(3,5- dimethylphenyl) butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]carbamate (N-Fmoc-Tag5-2AA) e eac o as ca e ou us g e ge ea poce ue o a e coup g. To a mixture of compound Tag5-1AA (1.06 g, 400.40 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (40 mL) were added AA2 (363 mg, 600.6 μmol, 1.5 eq), HOAt (81.7 mg, 0.6 mmol, 84 μL, 1.5 eq), and DIC (76 mg, 0.6 mmol, 93 μL, 1.5 eq). The resulting suspension was stirred at 20 °C for 2 h. N-Fmoc-Tag5-2AA (1.25 g, 386.51 μmol, 96.53% yield) was obtained as a white solid. LC-(ESI):MS RT = 6.72 min, mass calcd. for C49H54N6O5H 807.43, m/z found 807.4 [M-TAG+2H]+. Step d: Synthesis of (2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-Amino-3-[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]propanoyl] amino]-N-[[4-[2-[bis[[3,4,5-tris(docosa-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19,21-undecaynoxy)phenyl]methyl] amino]-2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]-5-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)pentanamide (Tag5-2AA) n. A clear solution of compound N-Fmoc-Tag5-2AA (1.25 g, 386.51 μmol, 1 eq) in 20% piperidine/THF (25 mL) was stirred at 50 °C for 0.5 hr. Tag5-2AA (1.15 g, crude) was obtained as a white solid. LC- MS: RT = 4.46 min, mass calcd. for C34H44N6O3H 585.36, m/z found 585.4 [M-TAG+2H]+. Step e: Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]- 2-[[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[bis[[3,4,5-tris(docosa-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19,21- undecaynoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino] -2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4- dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-3-(9H- fluoren-9-ylmethoxycarbonylamino)-4-oxo-butanoate (N-Fmoc-Tag5-3AA) [ g. To a mixture of compound Tag5-2AA (1.15 g, 381.83 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (60 mL) were added AA3 (235.5 mg, 0.57 mmol, 1.5 eq), HOAt (78 mg, 0.57 mmol, 80.1 μL, 1.5 eq), and DIC (72.3 mg, 0.57 mmol, 88.7 μL, 1.5 eq). The resulting suspension was stirred at 20 °C for 2 h. N-Fmoc-Tag5-3AA (1.3 g, 381.76 μmol, 99.98% yield) was obtained as a white solid. [000659] LCMS condition (CR): Reverse phase LCMS was carried out using a NanoChrom ChromCore 120 C183um,3.0*30mm column, with a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min, eluting with a gradient of 10% to 80% ACN containing 0.02% TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A). [000660] LC-MS: RT = 6.25 min, mass calcd. for C53H59N7O8H 922.45, m/z found 922.4 [M- TAG-tBu+3H]+. [000661] LCMS condition (BF): Reverse phase LCMS was carried out using a Xtimate C18 2.1*30mm 3um column, with a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min, eluting with a gradient of 10% to 80% ACN containing 0.02% TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A). Step f: Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-3-amino-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl] methyl]-2-[[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[bis[[3,4,5-tris(docosa-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19,21-undecaynoxy)phenyl] methyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamoyl]-4-(3,5- dimethylphenyl) butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-4-oxo-butanoate (Tag5-3AA) [000 ction. A clear solution of compound N-Fmoc-Tag5-3AA (1.30 g, 381.76 μmol, 1 eq) in 20% piperidine/THF (26 mL) was stirred at 50 °C for 0.5 hr. Compound Tag5-3AA (1.2 g, 377.00 μmol, 98.75% yield) was obtained as a white solid. [000663] LC-MS: RT = 4.646 min, mass calcd. for C38H49N7O6H 700.38, m/z found 700.5 [M- TAG-tBu+3H]+; RT = 5.065 min, mass calcd. for C42H57N7O6Na 778.43, m/z found 778.5 [M- TAG+2H+Na]+. Step g: Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]- 2-[[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[bis[[3,4,5-tris(docosa-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19,21- undecaynoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino] -2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4- dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-3- [[(2S)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxycarbonylamino) propanoyl]amino]-4- oxo-butanoate (N-Fmoc-Tag5-4AA) [0 To a mixture of compound Tag5-3AA (1.1 g, 345.59 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (50 mL) were added TBS- AA4 (229 mg, 0.52 mmol, 1.5 eq), HOAt (70.5 mg, 0.52 mmol, 1.5 eq), and DIC (65.4 mg, 0.52 mmol, 80.3 μL, 1.5 eq). The resulting suspension was stirred at 20 °C for 2 h. The reaction was monitored by LC-MS. Compound N-Fmoc-Tag5-4AA (1.06 g, 293.91 μmol, 85.05% yield) was obtained as a white solid. [000665] LC-MS: RT = 6.01 min, mass calcd. for C56H64N8O10H 1009.48, m/z found 1009.4 [M- TAG-tBu-TBS+4H]+. LCMS condition (BF): Reverse phase LCMS was carried out using a Xtimate C182.1*30mm 3um column, with a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min, eluting with a gradient of 10% to 80% ACN containing 0.02% TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A). Step h: Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-3-[[(2S)-2-amino-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy- propanoyl]amino]-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2- [bis[[3,4,5-tris(docosa-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19,21-undecaynoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-2-oxo- ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo- ethyl]amino]-4-oxo-butanoate (Tag5-4AA) [0 00666] A clear solution of compound N-Fmoc-Tag5-4AA (1.05 g, 291.13 μmol, 1 eq) in 20% piperidine/THF (20 mL) was stirred at 50 °C for 0.5 hr. Following generic precipitation procedures the desired compound Tag5-4AA (985 mg, 291.05 μmol, 99.97% yield) was obtained as a white solid. [000667] LC-MS: RT = 4.24 min, mass calcd. for C41H54N8O8H 787.42, m/z found 787.4 [M- TAG-tBu-TBS+4H]+; RT = 5.10 min, mass calcd. for C47H68N8O8SiH 901.50, m/z found 901.5 [M- TAG-tBu+3H]+. LCMS condition (BF): Reverse phase LCMS was carried out using a Xtimate C18 2.1*30mm 3um column, with a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min, eluting with a gradient of 10% to 80% ACN containing 0.02% TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A). Step i: Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2- [[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[bis[[3,4,5-tris(docosa-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19,21- undecaynoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino] -2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4- dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-3- [[(2S)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[(2S,3R)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]ox-2-(9H-fluoren-9- ylmethoxycarbonylamino)butanoyl]amino]propanoyl]amino]-4-oxo-butanoate (N-Fmoc-Tag5-5AA) [ mL) were added TBS-AA5 (2S,3R)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-(9H-fluoren-9- ylmethoxycarbonylamino)butanoic acid (199 mg, 0.44 mmol, 1.5 eq), HOAt (59.4 mg, 0.44 mmol, 1.5 eq), and DIC (55 mg, 0.44 mmol, 67.6 μL, 1.5 eq). The resulting suspension was stirred at 20 °C for 2 h. Following generic precipitation procedures the compound N-Fmoc-Tag5-5AA (1.05 g, 274.73 μmol, 94.39% yield) was obtained as a white solid. [000669] LC-MS: RT = 5.91 min, mass calcd. for C60H71N9O12H 1110.53, m/z found 1110.6 [M- TAG-tBu-2TBS+5H]+ . LCMS condition (BF): Reverse phase LCMS was carried out using a Xtimate C182.1*30mm 3um column, with a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min, eluting with a gradient of 10% to 80% ACN containing 0.02% TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A). Step j: Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-3-[[(2S)-2-amino-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-propanoyl] amino] -4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[bis[[3,4,5-tris (docosa-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19,21-undecaynoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]- (2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-4- oxo-butanoate (Tag5-5AA) 20% piperidine/THF (20 mL) was stirred at 50 °C for 0.5 hr. Following generic precipitation procedures to get desired compound Tag5-5AA (0.83 g, 245.25 μmol, 84.24% yield) as a white solid. LC-MS: RT = 5.107 min, mass calcd. for C51H75N9O10SiH 1002.55, m/z found 1002.7 [M-TAG-tBu-TBS+4H]+. LCMS condition (CR): Reverse phase LCMS was carried out using a NanoChrom ChromCore 120 C18 3um,3.0*30mm column, with a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min, eluting with a gradient of 10% to 80% ACN containing 0.02% TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A). Step k: Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]- 2-[[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[bis[[3,4,5-tris(docosa-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19,21-undecaynoxy)phenyl]methyl] amino] -2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamoyl]-4-(3,5- dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-3-[[(2S)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[(2S,3R)- 3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl] oxy-2-[[(2S)-2-(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxycarbonylamino)-3-(2- fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-propanoyl] amino]butanoyl]amino]propanoyl]amino]-4-oxo-butanoate (N- Fmoc-Tag5-6AA) mL) were added AA6 (2S)-2-(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxycarbonylamino)-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl- propanoic acid (154.3 mg, 367.9 μmol, 1.5 eq), HOAt (84 mg, 0.62 mmol, 1.5 eq), and DIC (78 mg, 0.62 mmol, 96 μL, 1.5 eq). The resulting suspension was stirred at 20 °C for 2 h. Following generic precipitation procedures the desired compound N-Fmoc-Tag5-6AA (0.95 g, crude) was obtained as a white solid. [000672] LC-MS: RT = 6.46 min, mass calcd. for C70H81FN10O13H 1289.61, m/z found 1290.8 [M-TAG-tBu-2TBS+5H]+. LCMS condition (BV): Reverse phase LCMS was carried out using a NanoChrom ChromCore 120 C183um, 3.0*30mm column, with a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min, eluting with a gradient of 10%to 80% ACN containing 0.02% TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A). [000673] LC-MS: RT = 6.25 min, mass calcd. for C70H81FN10O13H 1289.61, m/z found 1289.5 [M-TAG-tBu-2TBS+5H]+. LCMS condition (BF): Reverse phase LCMS was carried out using aXtimate C182.1*30mm 3um column, with a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min, eluting with a gradient of10% to 80%ACN containing 0.02% TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A). Step l: Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-3-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S,3R)-2-[[(2S)-2-amino-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-2- methyl-propanoyl]amino]-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-butanoyl]amino]-3-[tert- butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-propanoyl]amino]-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl- phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[bis[[3,4,5-tris(docosa-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19,21- undecaynoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethoxy] phenyl]-(2,4- dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-4-oxo- butanoate (Tag5-6AA) 0% piperidine/THF (20 mL) was stirred at 50 °C for 0.5 hr. Following generic precipitation procedures the compound Tag5-6AA (0.85 g, 224.93 μmol, 94.74% yield) was obtained as a white solid. [000675] LC-MS: RT = 4.64 min, mass calcd. for C55H71FN10O11H 1067.54, m/z found 1067.7 [M-TAG-tBu-2TBS+5H]+. LCMS condition (CR): reverse phase LCMS was carried out using a NanoChrom ChromCore 120 C183um,3.0*30mm column, with a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min, eluting with a gradient of 10%to 80% ACN containing 0.02% TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A). Step m: Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]- 2-[[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[bis[[3,4,5-tris(docosa-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19,21- undecaynoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino] -2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4- dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-3- [[(2S)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[(2S,3R)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl] oxy-2-(9H-fluoren-9- ylmethoxycarbonylamino)butanoyl]amino]propanoyl]amino]-4-oxo-butanoate (N-Fmoc-Tag5-7AA) mL) were added TBS-AA7 (2S,3R)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-(9H-fluoren-9- ylmethoxycarbonylamino)butanoic acid (1.02 g, 2.25 mmol, 10 eq), HOAt (306.16 mg, 2.25 mmol, 314.65 μL, 10 eq), and DIC (283.87 mg, 2.25 mmol, 348.30 μL, 10 eq). The resulting suspension was stirred at 40 °C for 12 hrs. Following generic precipitation procedures the compound N-Fmoc- Tag5-7AA (0.91 g, crude) was obtained as a white solid. [000677] LC-MS: RT = 6.24 min, mass calcd. for C74H88FN11O15H 1390.65, m/z found 1390.5 [M-TAG-tBu-3TBS+6H]+. LCMS condition (BF): reverse phase LCMS was carried out using aXtimate C182.1*30mm 3um column, with a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min, eluting with a gradient of10% to 80%ACN containing 0.02% TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A). Step n: Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-3-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S,3R)-2-amino-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy- butanoyl]amino]-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-propanoyl]amino]-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)- 2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[bis[[3,4,5-tris(docosa-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19,21- undecaynoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4- dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-4-oxo- butanoate;molecular hydrogen (Tag5-7AA) [000678] A clear solution of compound N-Fmoc-Tag5-7AA (0.91 g, 238.10 μmol, 1 eq) in 20% piperidine/THF (3 mL) was stirred at 50 °C for 0.5 hr. Following generic precipitation procedures the compound Tag5-7AA (0.85 g, 236.13 μmol, 99.17% yield) was prepared as a white solid. [000679] LC-MS: RT = 5.72 min, mass calcd. for C65H92FN11O13SiH 1282.67, m/z found 1282.7 [M-TAG-tBu-2TBS+5H]+. LCMS condition (CR): Reverse phase LCMS was carried out using a NanoChrom ChromCore 120 C183um,3.0*30mm column, with a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min, eluting with a gradient of 10% to 80% ACN containing 0.02% TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A). Step o: Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]- 2-[[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[bis[[3,4,5-tris(docosa-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19,21- undecaynoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino] -2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4- dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-3- [[(2S)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[(2S,3R)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy -2-[[2-[[(2S,3R)-3- [tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[2-(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxycarbonylamino) acetyl] amino]butanoyl]amino]-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-propanoyl]amino]butanoyl]amino]propanoyl] amino]-4-oxo-butanoate (N-Fmoc-Tag5-8AA) [000680] To a mixture of compound Tag5-7AA (0.85 g, 236.13 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (50 mL) were added AA82-(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxycarbonylamino)acetic acid (105.3 mg, 354 μmol, 1.5 eq), HOAt (48.2 mg, 354 μmol, 1.5 eq), and DIC (44.7 mg, 354 μmol, 54.8 μL, 1.5 eq). The resulting suspension was stirred at 20 °C for 2 h. Following generic precipitation procedures the desired compound N-Fmoc-Tag5-8AA (0.79 g, 184.86 μmol, 78.29% yield) was obtained as a white solid. [000681] LC-MS: RT = 6.32 min, mass calcd. for C76H91FN12O16H 1447.68, m/z found 1448.6 [M-TAG-tBu-3TBS+6H]+. LCMS condition (BV): reverse phase LCMS was carried out using a NanoChrom ChromCore 120 C183um, 3.0*30mm column, with a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min, eluting with a gradient of 10%to 80% ACN containing 0.02% TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A). [000682] LC-MS: RT = 6.11 min, mass calcd. for C76H91FN12O16H 1447.68, m/z found 1447.6 [M-TAG-tBu-3TBS+6H]+. LCMS condition (BF): reverse phase LCMS was carried out using a Xtimate C18 2.1*30mm 3um column, with a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min, eluting with a gradient of 10% to 80% ACN containing 0.02% TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A).
Step p: Synthesis oftert-Butyl (3S)-3-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S,3R)-2-[[2-[[(2S,3R)-2-[(2-aminoacetyl)amino]-3- [tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-butanoyl]amino]-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-propanoyl]amino]-3-[tert- butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-butanoyl]amino]-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-propanoyl]amino]-4-[[(1S)-1- [[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[bis[[3,4,5-tris(docosa- 1,3,5, 7,9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19,21-undecaynoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4- dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-4-oxo- butanoate (Tag5-8AA)
[000683] A clear solution of compound /V-Fmoc-Tag5-8AA (0.79 g, 184.86 pmol, 1 eq.) in 20% piperidine/THF (20 mL) was stirred at 50 °C for 0.5 hr. Following generic precipitation procedures the compound Tag5-8AA (0.74 g, 182.66 pmol, 98.81% yield) was obtained as a white solid. LC- MS: RT = 4.47 min, mass calcd. for C61H81FN12O14H 1225.61 , m/z found 1225.6 [M-TAG-tBu- 3TBS+6H]+.
Step q: Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]- 2-[[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[bis[[3,4,5-tris(docosa-1,3,5, 7,9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19,21- undecaynoxy) phenyl]methyl]amino] -2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2, 4- dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-3- [[(2S)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[(2S,3R)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy -2-[[2-[[(2S,3R)-3- [tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxycarbonylamino)-3-(1H-triazol-5- yl)propanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]butanoyl]amino]-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl- propanoyl]amino]butanoyl]amino]propanoyl]amino]-4-oxo-butanoate (N-Fmoc-Tag5-9AA) [000684] Using protected AA9. To a mixture of compound Tag5-8AA (50 mg, 12.34 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) were added AA9 (7 mg, 18.51 μmol, 1.5 eq), HOAt (2.52 mg, 18.51 μmol, 1.5 eq), and DIC (2.34 mg, 18.51 μmol, 2.87 μL, 1.5 eq). The resulting suspension was stirred at 20 °C for 2 h. No desired mass was detected (Table 19). Table 19. Reaction Between Tag5-8AA and AA9 Tag5-8AA AA DIC HOAt Condition Crude by LC-MS t hrom ChromCore 120 C183um,3.0*30mm column, with a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min, eluting with a gradient of 10% to 80% ACN containing 0.02% TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A). [000686] LCMS condition (BF): Reverse phase LCMS was carried out using a Xtimate C18 2.1*30mm 3um column, with a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min, eluting with a gradient of 10% to 80% ACN containing 0.02% TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A). [000687] Using protected DMB-AA9. To a mixture of compound Tag5-8AA (0.5 g, 123.42 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) were added DMB- AA9 (98 mg, 185 μmol, 1.5 eq), HOAt (25.2 mg, 185 μmol, 1.5 eq), and DIC (23.36 mg, 185 μmol, 28.6 μL, 1.5 eq). The resulting suspension was stirred at 20 °C for 2 h. Following generic precipitation procedures the desired compound N-Fmoc-Tag5- 9AA (510 mg, 111.77 μmol, 90.57% yield) was obtained as a white solid (Table 19). [000688] LC-MS: RT = 5.91 min, mass calcd. for C80H96FN17O17H, 1586.74 [M-TAG-tBu-3TBS- DMB+7H]+, C80H96FN17O17H2, 793.87 [M-TAG-tBu-3TBS-DMB+8H]2+, m/z found 794.3 [M-TAG-tBu- 3TBS-DMB+8H]2+. LCMS condition (BV): Reverse phase LCMS was carried out using a NanoChrom ChromCore 120 C183um, 3.0*30mm column, with a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min, eluting with a gradient of 10% to 80% ACN containing 0.02% TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A). [000689] LC-MS: RT = 5.68 min, mass calcd. for C80H96FN17O17H, 1586.74 [M-TAG-tBu-3TBS- DMB+7H]+, C80H96FN17O17H2, 793.87 [M-TAG-tBu-3TBS-DMB+8H]2+, m/z found 794.2 [M-TAG-tBu- 3TBS-DMB+8H]2+. LCMS condition (BF): Reverse phase LCMS was carried out using a Xtimate C18 2.1*30mm 3um column, with a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min, eluting with a gradient of 10% to 80% ACN containing 0.02% TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A). Step r: Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-3-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S,3R)-2-[[2-[[(2S,3R)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-amino-3-[1- [(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]tetrazol-5-yl]propanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]-3-[tert- butyl(dimethyl)silyl] oxy-butanoyl]amino]-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-propanoyl]amino]-3-[tert- butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-butanoyl]amino]-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-propanoyl]amino]-4-[[(1S)-1- [[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[bis[[3,4,5-tris(docosa- 1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19,21-undecaynoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4- dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-4-oxo- butanoate (Tag5-9AA) .) in 20% piperidine/THF (20 mL) was stirred at 50 °C for 0.5 hr. Following generic precipitation procedures the desired compound Tag5-9AA (0.47 g, 108.28 μmol, 98.81% yield) was obtained as a white solid. [000691] LC-MS: RT = 4.78 min, mass calcd. For C65H86FN17O15H 1364.66, m/z found 1364.7 [M-TAG-tBu-3TBS-DMB+7H]+. LCMS condition (CR): Reverse phase LCMS was carried out using a NanoChrom ChromCore 120 C183um,3.0*30mm column, with a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min, eluting with a gradient of 10% to 80% ACN containing 0.02% TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A). [000692] LC-MS: RT = 4.47 min, mass calcd. For C65H86FN17O15H 1364.66, m/z found 1364.7 [M-TAG-tBu-3TBS-DMB+7H]+. LCMS condition (BF): Reverse phase LCMS was carried out using a Xtimate C182.1*30mm 3um column, with a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min, eluting with a gradient of 10% to 80% ACN containing 0.02% TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A). Step s: Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-Azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]- 2-[[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[bis[[3,4,5-tris(docosa-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19,21- undecaynoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino] -2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4- dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-3- [[(2S)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[(2S,3R)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy -2-[[2-[[(2S,3R)-3- [tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[2-[[(2S)-3-[1-[(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl] tetrazol-5-yl]-2-[[2,2- dimethyl-3-oxo-3-[2-(3-tritylimidazol-4-yl)ethylamino]propanoyl]amino] propanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]butanoyl]amino]-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-propanoyl]amino] butanoyl]amino]propanoyl]amino]-4-oxo-butanoate (Tag5-10AA) mL) were added AA10 (72.73 mg, 155.5 μmol, 1.5 eq), HOAt (21.2 mg, 155.5 μmol, 1.5 eq), and DIC (19.6 mg, 155.5 μmol, 24.1 μL, 1.5 eq). The resulting suspension was stirred at 20 °C for 2 h. Following generic precipitation procedures the desired compound Tag5-10AA (480 mg, 100.21 μmol, 96.66% yield) was obtained as a white solid. LC-MS (Method 4): RT = 4.456 min, mass calcd. for C75H99FN20O17H 1571.76 [M-TAG-tBu-3TBS-DMB-Trt+8H]+, C75H99FN20O17H2, 786.38 [M-TAG- tBu-3TBS-DMB-Trt+9H]2+, m/z found 786.7 [M-TAG-tBu-3TBS-DMB-Trt+9H]2+; LC-MS (Method 4): RT = 4.85 min, mass calcd. for C75H99FN20O17H 1571.76 [M-TAG-tBu-3TBS-DMB-Trt+8H]+, C75H99FN20O17H2, 786.38 [M-TAG-tBu-3TBS-DMB-Trt+9H]2+, m/z found 786.8 [M-TAG-tBu-3TBS- DMB-Trt+9H]2+. Step t: Synthesis of tert-Butyl (3S)-4-[[(1S)-2-[[(1S)-1-[[[4-[2-[Bis[[3,4,5-tris(docosa- 1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19,21-undecaynoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4- dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamoyl]-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-1-[[4-[4-[4-[4-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2- [2-[2-[2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy] ethoxymethyl]triazol-1-yl]butoxy]-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-3-[[(2S)-3-[tert- butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[(2S,3R)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[2-[[(2S,3R)-3-[tert-butyl (dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[2-[[(2S)-3-[1-[(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]tetrazol-5-yl]-2-[[2,2-dimethyl-3- oxo-3-[2-(3-tritylimidazol-4-yl)ethylamino]propanoyl]amino]propanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]butanoyl] amino]-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-propanoyl]amino]butanoyl]amino]propanoyl]amino]-4-oxo- butanoate (Tag5-M1) [000694] The compound Tag5-10AA (0.3 g, 62.63 μmol, 1 eq) was dissolved in H2O (1 mL) and THF (4 mL), then a solution of CuSO4.5H2O (23.46 mg, 93.94 μmol, 1.5 eq) and sodium ascorbate (18.61 mg, 93.94 μmol, 1.5 eq) in H2O (1 mL), a solution of TBTA (16.62 mg, 31.31 μmol, 0.5 eq) in DMSO (0.5 mL), and a solution of tert-butyl PEG8-Linker (95.37 mg, 187.89 μmol, 3 eq) in THF (4 mL) were added. The mixture was stirred at 40 °C for 12 hr. Following generic precipitation procedures the desired compound Tag5-M1 (330 mg, 62.29 μmol, 99.46% yield) was obtained as a white solid. [000695] LC-MS: RT = 3.72 min, mass calcd. for C94H136FN21O25H2, 990.01 [M-TAG-tBu-3TBS- DMB-Trt-Boc+10H]2+, m/z found 990.6 [M-TAG-tBu-3TBS-DMB-Trt-Boc+10H]2+. LCMS condition (CR): Reverse phase LCMS was carried out using a NanoChrom ChromCore 120 C18 3um, 3.0*30mm column, with a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min, eluting with a gradient of 10% to 80% ACN containing 0.02% TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A). [000696] LC-MS: RT = 3.39 min, mass calcd. for C94H136FN21O25H2, 990.01, m/z found 990.4 [M-TAG-tBu-3TBS-DMB-Trt-Boc+10H]2+; RT = 3.99 min, mass calcd. For C113H150FN21O25H2, 1111.06, m/z found 1111.5 [M-TAG-tBu-3TBS-DMB-Boc+9H]2+. LCMS condition (BF): Reverse phase LCMS was carried out using a Xtimate C182.1*30mm 3um column, with a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min, eluting with a gradient of 10% to 80% ACN containing 0.02% TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A). Step u: Synthesis of (3S)-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-Azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[[(1S)-1- carbamoyl-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)butyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-3-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S,3R)-2-[[3-(2- fluorophenyl)-2-[[(2S,3R)-3-hydroxy-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[3-[2-(1H-imidazol-5-yl)ethylamino]-2,2- dimethyl-3-oxo-propanoyl]amino]-3-(1H-tetrazol-5- yl)propanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]butanoyl]amino]-2-methyl-propanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxy- butanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxy-propanoyl]amino]-4-oxo-butanoic Acid (M1) , mol, 1 eq) in DCM (10 mL) was added a TFA cocktail (TFA/TIPS/H2O = 95/2.5/2.5) (30 mL). The resulting suspension was stirred at 20 °C for 2 hr. A sample was taken, suspended with PE/MTBE (3/1, 1 mL), and centrifuged to give a solid. The solid was diluted with MeOH and H2O, filtered, and the filtrate was checked by LCMS, which showed the desired mass for M1. The reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was added into PE/TBME (3/1, 20V) and stirred for 1 h. The suspension was filtered to give a white solid. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (basic condition): column: Boston Prime C18150*30mm*5um; mobile phase: [water (ammonia hydroxide v/v)-ACN]; gradient: 25%-45% B over 11 min. The desired compound M1 (5.1 mg, 2.45 μmol, 3.02% yield, 95% purity) was obtained as a white solid. LC-MS: RT = 3.399 min, mass calcd. for C94H136N21O25FH 1979.01 [M+H]+, C94H136N21O25FH2990.01 [M+2H]2+, m/z found 990.5 [M+2H]2+; LCMS condition: Method 7. [000698] M1 was characterized using 1HNMR, 19FNMR (non-TFA salt) and M1(TFA Salt), FNMR, 13CNMR, and UPLC. UPLC of M1 showed the impurity at RT=6.5min, which was the system impurity. LCMS of M1 showed that the main peak at retention time of 1.564 min corresponds to the desired product M1 with the observed mass of [M+H]+=1980.3, [M/2+H]+=990.3, [M/3+H]+ =660.7, [M/4+H]+=495.8. [000699] M1-HCl salt identification by IC showed that the HCl quality content was 2.08% and a molar content was 1.15 mol eq. 8.4 Synthesis (LPPS) of M3 on Tag5 [000700] The synthesis of M3 on Tag5 is shown herein. Figure 7 shows the synthesis of Tag5- M3 and Figure 12 shows the elongation conditions and results to make M3 using Tag5. Step a: Synthesis of 9H-fluoren-9-ylmethyl N-[rac-(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl- phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[[[4-[2-[bis[4-[[3,4,5-tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methoxy]phenyl]methylamino]-2- oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]carbamate (N-Fmoc-Tag5- 2AA) , , . 2 (687 mg, 1.14 mmol, 1.5 eq) in THF (40 mL) and were added HOAt (155 mg, 1.14 mmol, 1.5 eq.) and DIC (143.28 mg, 1.14 mmol, 175.81 μL, 1.5 eq.). Then the solution was stirred at 50 °C for 12 hrs. monitored by LC-MS trace. This reaction was carried out using the general procedure H for amide coupling to give N-Fmoc-Tag5-2AA (2.3 g, 712.30 μmol, 94.11% yield) as a white solid. LC-MS: RT = 5.506 min, mass calcd. for C36H37N5O4Na 626.03, m/z found 626.70 [M-TAG+H+Na]+. [000702] Step b: Synthesis of rac-(2S)-2-amino-3-[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl- phenyl]phenyl]-N,N-bis[[3,4,5-tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methyl]propanamide (Tag5-2AA) n 20% piperidine/THF (20 mL) was stirred at 50 °C for 2 hr without monitoring. Generic precipitation procedures were followed to get Tag5-2AA (0.9 g, 358.68 μmol, 97.97% yield) as a white solid. [000704] Step c: Synthesis of tert-butyl rac-(3S)-3-(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxycarbonylamino)-4- oxo-4-[[rac-(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[[[4-[2-[bis[[3,4,5- tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]amino]-2- oxo-eth l]amino]butanoate (N-Fmoc-Ta 5-3AA) [000705] To a mixture of compound Tag5-2AA (0.9 g, 320.45 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (40 mL) were added AA3 (395.55 mg, 961.36 μmol, 3.0 eq), HOAt (130.85 mg, 961.36 μmol, 134.48 μL, 3.0 eq) and DIC (121.32 mg, 961.36 μmol, 148.86 μL, 3.0 eq). The resulting suspension was stirred at 20 °C for 2 h. Generic precipitation procedures were followed to get desired compound N-Fmoc- Tag5-3AA (1.2 g, crude) as a white solid. LC-MS: RT = 5.038 min, mass calcd. for C40H43N6O7 719.31, m/z found 719.30 [M-TAG-tBu+2H]+. [000706] Step d: Synthesis of tert-butyl rac-(3S)-3-amino-4-oxo-4-[[rac-(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4- azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[bis[[3,4,5-tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-2-oxo- ethyl]amino]butanoate (Tag5-3AA) [000707] A clear solution of compound N-Fmoc-Tag5-3AA (1.2 g, crude) in 20% piperidine/THF (25 mL) was stirred at 50 °C for 2 hrs without monitoring. Generic precipitation procedures were followed to get desired compound Tag5-3AA (1.11 g, 414.12 μmol, 100.00% yield) as a white solid. [000708] Step e: Synthesis of tert-butyl rac-(3S)-4-oxo-4-[[rac-(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2- ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[bis[[3,4,5-tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-3- [[rac-(2S)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-(9H-fluoren-9- ylmethoxycarbonylamino)propanoyl]amino]butanoate (N-Fmoc-Tag5-4AA) 0 mL) were added TBS-AA4 (548.61 mg, 1.24 mmol, 3.0 eq.), DIC (156.78 mg, 1.24 mmol, 192.37 μL, 3.0 eq.) and HOAt (169.10 mg, 1.24 mmol, 173.79 μL, 3.0 eq.). Generic precipitation procedures were followed to get desired compound N-Fmoc-Tag5-4AA (1.2 g, 386.60 μmol, 93.36% yield) as a white solid. LC-MS: RT = 4.791 min, mass calcd. for C43H47N7O9Na2851.34, m/z found 851.70 [M-TAG- tBu-OTBS+4H]+. [000710] Step f: Synthesis of tert-butyl rac-(3S)-4-oxo-3-[[rac-(2S)-2-amino-3-[tert- butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-propanoyl]amino]-4-[[rac-(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl- phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[bis[[3,4,5-tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]butanoate (Tag5-4AA)
20% piperidine/THF (25 mL) was stirred at 50 °C for 2 hr without monitoring. Generic precipitation procedures were followed to get desired compound Tag5-4AA (1.1 g, 381.71 μmol, 98.74% yield) as a white solid. [000712] Step g: Synthesis of tert-butyl rac-(3S)-4-oxo-4-[[rac-(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2- ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[bis[[3,4,5-tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-3- [[rac-(2S)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[rac-(2S,3R)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-(9H- fluoren-9-ylmethoxycarbonylamino)butanoyl]amino]propanoyl]amino]butanoate (N-Fmoc-Tag5- 5AA) [000713] To a mixture of compound Tag5-4AA (1.1 g, 381.71 μmol, 1 eq.) in THF (40 mL) were added TBS- AA5 (521.75 mg, 1.15 mmol, 3.0 eq.), DIC (144.52 mg, 1.15 mmol, 177.32 μL, 3.0 eq.) and HOAt (155.87 mg, 1.15 mmol, 160.19 μL, 3.0 eq.). The resulting suspension was stirred at 20 °C for 2 h, monitored by LC-MS. Generic precipitation procedures were followed to get desired compound N-Fmoc-Tag5-5AA (1.25 g, 376.58 μmol, 98.66% yield) was obtained as a white solid. LC-MS: RT = 4.670 min, mass calcd. for C47H55N8O11 907.39, m/z found 907.50 [M-TAG-tBu- 2OTBS+5H]+. [000714] Step h: Synthesis of tert-butyl rac-(3S)-4-oxo-4-[[rac-(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2- ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[bis[[3,4,5-tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-3- [[rac-(2S)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[rac-(2S,3R)-2-amino-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy- butanoyl]amino]propanoyl]amino]butanoate (Tag5-5AA) [000715] A clear solution of compound N-Fmoc-Tag5-5AA (1.25 g, 376.58 μmol, 1 eq.) in 20% Piperidine/THF (20 mL) was stirred at 50 °C for 2 hr. Generic precipitation procedures were followed to get desired compound Tag5-5AA (1.1 g, crude) as a white solid. [000716] Step i: Synthesis of tert-butyl rac-(3S)-4-oxo-4-[[rac-(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2- ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[bis[[3,4,5-tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-3- [[rac-(2S)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[rac-(2S,3R)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[2-(9H- fluoren-9-ylmethoxycarbonylamino)-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl- propanoyl]amino]butanoyl]amino]propanoyl]amino]butanoate (N-Fmoc-Tag5-6AA) [000717] To a mixture of compound Tag5-5AA (1.1 g, 355.17 μmol, 1 eq.) in THF (50 mL) were added AA6 (rac-(2S)-2-(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxycarbonylamino)-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl- propanoic acid (297.95 mg, 710.34 μmol, 2.0 eq), HOAt (96.68 mg, 710.34 μmol, 99.37 μL, 2.0 eq) and DIC (89.65 mg, 710.34 μmol, 109.99 μL, 2.0 eq). The resulting suspension was stirred at 20 °C for 2 h. Generic precipitation procedures were followed to give the desired compound N-Fmoc-Tag5- 6AA (1.2 g, 343.00 μmol, 96.57% yield) as a white solid. LC-MS: RT = 5.821 min, mass calcd. for C57H65FN9O121086.47, m/z found 1086.20 [M-TAG-tBu-2OTBS+5H]+. [000718] Step j: Synthesis of tert-butyl rac-(3S)-4-oxo-4-[[rac-(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2- ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[bis[[3,4,5-tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-3- [[rac-(2S)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[rac-(2S,3R)-2-[[2-amino-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl- propanoyl]amino]-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-butanoyl]amino]propanoyl]amino]butanoate (Tag5- 6AA) [000719] A clear solution of compound N-Fmoc-Tag5-6AA (1.2 g, 343.00 μmol, 1 eq.) in 20% piperidine/THF (20 mL) was stirred at 50 °C for 2 hr. Generic precipitation procedures were followed to get desired compound Tag5-6AA (1.1 g, 335.75 μmol, 97.88% yield) as a white solid. [000720] Step k: Synthesis of tert-butyl rac-(3S)-4-oxo-4-[[rac-(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2- ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[bis[[3,4,5-tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-3- [[rac-(2S)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[rac-(2S,3R)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[3-(2- fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-2-[[rac-(2S,3R)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-(9H-fluoren-9- ylmethoxycarbonylamino)butanoyl]amino]propanoyl]amino]butanoyl]amino]propanoyl]amino]butan oate (N-Fmoc-Tag5-7AA) ) were added TBS-AA7 (rac-(2S,3R)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-(9H-fluoren-9- ylmethoxycarbonylamino)butanoic acid (1.53 g, 3.36 mmol, 10.0 eq), HOAt (456.98 mg, 3.36 mmol, 469.66 μL, 10.0 eq) and DIC (423.71 mg, 3.36 mmol, 519.89 μL, 10.0 eq). The resulting suspension was stirred at 20 °C for 2 h. Generic precipitation procedures were followed to get desired compound N-Fmoc-Tag5-7AA (1.2 g, 323.11 μmol, 96.24% yield) as a white solid. LC-MS: RT = 5.487min, mass calcd. for C61H71FN10O14H 1187.51, m/z found 1087.40 [M-TAG-tBu-3OTBS+6H]+. [000722] Step l: Synthesis of tert-butyl rac-(3S)-4-oxo-4-[[rac-(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2- ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[bis[[3,4,5-tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-3- [[rac-(2S)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[rac-(2S,3R)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[3-(2- fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-2-[[rac-(2S,3R)-2-amino-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy- butanoyl]amino]propanoyl]amino]butanoyl]amino]propanoyl]amino]butanoate (Tag5-7AA) n 20% piperidine/THF (20 mL) was stirred at 50 °C for 2 hr. Generic precipitation procedures were followed to get desired compound Tag5-7AA (1.0 g, 286.40 μmol, 96.70% yield) as a white solid. [000724] Step m: Synthesis of tert-butyl rac-(3S)-4-oxo-4-[[rac-(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2- ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[bis[[3,4,5-tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-3- [[rac-(2S)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[rac-(2S,3R)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[3-(2- fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-2-[[rac-(2S,3R)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[2-(9H-fluoren-9- ylmethoxycarbonylamino)acetyl]amino]butanoyl]amino]propanoyl]amino]butanoyl]amino]propanoyl] amino]butanoate (N-Fmoc-Tag5-8AA) ) were added AA8 (2-(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxycarbonylamino)acetic acid (851.47 mg, 2.86 mmol, 10.0 eq), DIC (361.43 mg, 2.86 mmol, 443.48 μL, 10.0 eq) and HOAt (389.81 mg, 2.86 mmol, 400.63 μL, 10.0 eq). The resulting suspension was stirred at 50 °C for 12 hr. Generic precipitation procedures were followed to get desired compound N-Fmoc-Tag5-8AA (0.91 g, crude) as a white solid. LC-MS: RT = 5.597 min, mass calcd. for C63H74FN11O15H 1244.53, m/z found 1244.57 [M-TAG-tBu- 3OTBS+7H]+. [000726] Step n: Synthesis of tert-butyl rac-(3S)-4-oxo-4-[[rac-(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2- ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[bis[[3,4,5-tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-3- [[rac-(2S)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[rac-(2S,3R)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[3-(2- fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-2-[[rac-(2S,3R)-2-[(2-aminoacetyl)amino]-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy- butanoyl]amino]propanoyl]amino]butanoyl]amino]propanoyl]amino]butanoate (Tag5-8AA) n 20% piperidine/THF (30 mL) was stirred at 50 °C for 2 hr. Generic precipitation procedures were followed to get desired compound Tag5-8AA (0.9 g, 253.61 μmol, 95.64% yield) as a white solid. [000728] Step o: Synthesis of tert-butyl rac-(3S)-4-oxo-4-[[rac-(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2- ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[bis[[3,4,5-tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-3- [[rac-(2S)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[rac-(2S,3R)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[3-(2- fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-2-[[rac-(2S,3R)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[2-[[rac-(2S)-3-[1-[(2,4- dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]tetrazol-5-yl]-2-(9H-fluoren-9- ylmethoxycarbonylamino)propanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]butanoyl]amino]propanoyl]amino]butanoyl] amino]propanoyl]amino]butanoate (N-Fmoc-Tag5-9AA) . , . , . ) were added DMB-AA9 (rac-(2S)-3-[1-[(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]tetrazol-5-yl]-2-(9H-fluoren-9- ylmethoxycarbonyl amino)propanoic acid (402.90 mg, 760.84 μmol, 3.0 eq.), HOAt (103.56 mg, 760.84 μmol, 106.43 μL, 3.0 eq) and DIC (96.02 mg, 760.84 μmol, 117.81 μL, 3.0 eq.). The resulting suspension was stirred at 20 °C for 2 h. Generic precipitation procedures were followed to get desired compound N-Fmoc-Tag5-9AA (0.95 g, 233.98 μmol, 92.26% yield) as a white solid. LC- MS: RT = 6.248 min, mass calcd. for C71H87FN16O16H 1439.65, m/z found 1439.30 [M-TAG-PMB- 3OTBS+7H]+. [000730] Step p: Synthesis of tert-butyl (3S)-3-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S,3R)-2-[[2-[[(2S,3R)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2- amino-3-[1-[(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]tetrazol-5-yl]propanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]-3-[tert- butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-butanoyl]amino]-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-propanoyl]amino]-3-[tert- butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-butanoyl]amino]-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-propanoyl]amino]-4-[[(1S)-1- [[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[bis[[3,4,5- tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-4-oxo-butanoate (Tag5-9AA) n 20% Piperidine/THF (20 mL) was stirred at 50 °C for 2 hr. It was a clear solution. Generic precipitation procedures were followed to get desired compound Tag5-9AA (850 mg, 221.47 μmol, 94.65% yield) as a white solid. [000732] Step q: Synthesis of tert-butyl (3S)-4-[[(1S)-1-[[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl- phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-[bis[[3,4,5-tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-3-[[(2S)- 3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[(2S,3R)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[2-[[(2S,3R)-3-[tert- butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[2-[[(2S)-3-[1-[(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]tetrazol-5-yl]-2-[[2,2- dimethyl-3-oxo-3-[2-(3-tritylimidazol-4- yl)ethylamino]propanoyl]amino]propanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]butanoyl]amino]-3-(2-fluorophenyl)- 2-methyl-propanoyl]amino]butanoyl]amino]propanoyl]amino]-4-oxo-butanoate (Tag5-10AA) [000733] To a mixture of compound Tag5-9AA (550 mg, 143.30 μmol, 1 eq.) in THF (20 mL) were added AA10 (2,2-dimethyl-3-oxo-3-[2-(3-tritylimidazol-4-yl)ethylamino]propanoic acid (201.01 mg, 429.91 μmol, 3.0 eq.), HOAt (58.52 mg, 429.91 μmol, 60.14 μL, 3.0 eq.) and DIC (54.25 mg, 429.91 μmol, 66.57 μL, 3.0 eq.). The resulting suspension was stirred at 20 °C for 12 h. Generic precipitation procedures were followed to get desired compound Tag5-10AA (590 mg, 137.61 μmol, 96.03% yield) as a white solid. LC-MS: RT = 3.887 min, mass calcd. for C62H82FN19O16H 1368.62, m/z found 1368.20 [M-TAG-PMB-3OTBS+7H]+. [000734] Step r: Synthesis of tert-butyl (3S)-4-[[(1S)-2-[bis[[3,4,5- tri(docosoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-1-[[4-[4-[4-[4-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-(tert- butoxycarbonylamino)ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxymethyl]triazol-1- yl]butoxy]-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-3-[[(2S)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy- 2-[[(2S,3R)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[2-[[(2S,3R)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-2-[[2-[[(2S)- 3-[1-[(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]tetrazol-5-yl]-2-[[2,2-dimethyl-3-oxo-3-[2-(3-tritylimidazol-4- yl)ethylamino]propanoyl]amino]propanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]butanoyl]amino]-3-(2-fluorophenyl)- 2-methyl-propanoyl]amino]butanoyl]amino]propanoyl]amino]-4-oxo-butanoate (Tag5-21) [000735] The compound Tag5-10AA (0.55 g, 128.28 μmol, 1 eq) in THF (18 mL) H2O (2 mL) t-BuOH (2 mL) were added Boc-PEG8-Linker (tert-butyl N-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-(2-prop-2- ynoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethyl]carbamate (130.23 mg, 256.56 μmol, 2.0 eq), HOVc (40.67 mg, 230.90 μmol, 42.81 μL, 1.8 eq) and CuSO4.5H2O (41.00 mg, 164.20 μmol, 1.28 eq). The mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 60 min in microwave. Generic precipitation procedures were followed to give the desired compound Tag5-21 (0.56 g, crude) as a white solid. LC-MS: RT = 3.004 min, mass calcd. for C81H119FN20O24H2888.44, m/z found 888.60 [M-TAG-Trt- PMB-3TBS-Boc-tBu+10H]+. [000736] Step s: Synthesis of (3S)-4-[[(1S)-2-amino-1-[[4-[4-[4-[4-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-(2- aminoethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxymethyl]triazol-1-yl]butoxy]-2-ethyl- phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-2-oxo-ethyl]amino]-3-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S,3R)-2-[[3-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-[[(2S,3R)-3- hydroxy-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[3-[2-(1H-imidazol-5-yl)ethylamino]-2,2-dimethyl-3-oxo-propanoyl]amino]-3- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl)propanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]butanoyl]amino]-2-methyl-propanoyl]amino]-3- hydroxy-butanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxy-propanoyl]amino]-4-oxo-butanoic acid (M3) , , 1 eq.) in DCM (5 mL) was added TFA cocktail (TFA/TIPS/H2O = 95/2.5/2.5) (40 mL). The resulting suspension was stirred at 20 °C for 2 hr. A sample was taken and suspended with PE/MTBE (3/1, 1 mL), centrifuged to give a solid, which was diluted with MeOH and H2O, filtered, and the filtration was checked by LCMS, which showed the desired mass for M3. The reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was added into PE/TBME (3/1, 20V) and stirred for 1 h. The suspension was filtered to give a white solid, which was purified by prep-HPLC (TFA condition): column: C18 100×40mm; mobile phase: [water (TFA)-ACN]; gradient: 10%-40% B over 8 min. The product M3 (33 mg, 18.29 μmol, 15.66% yield, 98.41% purity) was obtained as a white solid which was checked by LCMS ES10784-2734-P1A6 and HPLC ES10784-2734-P1C6. LCMS (ESI): RT = 2.995 min, mass calcd. for C81H119FN20O24H2888.44, m/z found 888.60 [M+2H]2+. LCMS condition: Mobile Phase: 1.5mL/4L TFA in water (solvent A) and acetonitrile (solvent B), using the elution gradient 10%-80% (solvent B) over 6 minutes and holding at 80% for 2 minutes at a flow rate of 1.2mL/min; Column: Ultimate XB-C18 3*50mm 3um; Wave length: UV 220nm, 215nm, 254nm; Column temperature: 50℃. HPLC AC RT=7.757 min, 98.41% purity. HPLC method A: Column: YMC-Pack ODS-A 150*4.6mm, 5um; 2.75mL/4L TFA in water (solvent A) and 2.5mL/4L TFA in acetonitrile (solvent B), using the elution gradient 10%-80% (solvent B) over 10 minutes and holding at 80% for 5 minutes at a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min. Example 9. Results and Discussion of Examples 1-8 9.1 Known Liquid-Phase Peptide Support Tag [000738] To overcome the challenges in SPPS of certain peptides using large excess of building blocks, especially difficult to be synthesized, LPPS were investigated to facilitate solution chemistry on a soluble Tag to reduce reactants and agents and workup after each step to grow peptide chain. Numerous soluble SPPS tags instead of insoluble resins have evolved (Liu et al., “Total Synthesis of Semaglutide Based on a Soluble Hydrophobic-Support-Assisted Liquid-Phase Synthetic Method,” ACS Comb Sci. 22(12):821-825 (2020), which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety), including, shown in Figure 8, chloromethylated polystyrene polymer (CPS) 1 (Shemyakin et al., “Synthesis of Peptides in Solution on a Polymeric Support I. Synthesis of Glycylglycyl-l-Leucylglycine,” Tetrahedron Lett.6:2323−2327 (1965), which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety), poly(ethylene glycol) (PEG) 2 (Mutter et al., “Rapid Procedure for Liquid- Phase Peptide Synthesis: The Crystallization Method,” Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl. 13:88−89 (1974), which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety), hydrophobic benzyl alcohols (HBAs) 3-8 (Okada et al., “Improved Tag-Assisted Liquid-Phase Peptide Synthesis: Application to the Synthesis of the Bradykinin Receptor Antagonist Icatibant Acetate,” Org. Process Res. Dev. 23:2576-2581 (2019); Aihara et al., “Liquid-Phase Synthesis of Bridged Peptides Using Olefin Metathesis of a Protected Peptide with a Long Aliphatic Chain Anchor,” Org. Lett. 17:696−699 (2015); Sanguliya et al., “Syntheses of Melanotan II and YSL Amide by Ajiphase Methodology,” Pharm. Chem. J.53:462–466 (2019), which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety), silylated tag (STag) 9 (Yano et al., “Silylated Tag-Assisted Peptide Synthesis: Continuous One-Pot Elongation for the Production of Difficult Peptides under Environmentally Friendly Conditions,” Molecules 26:3497 (2021), which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety). Recently, a soluble and hydrophobic-tags-assisted liquid phase peptide synthetic method was reported (Okada et al., “Tag-Assisted Liquid-Phase Peptide Synthesis Using Hydrophobic Benzyl Alcohols as Supports,” J. Org. Chem.78(2):320−327 (2013); Tana et al., “A Practical Solution-Phase Synthesis of an Antagonistic Peptide of TNF-α Based on Hydrophobic Tag Strategy,” Chem. Commun. 46(43):8219−8221 (2009), which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety). Since all coupling and de-protecting reactions were carried out in homogeneous solutions, the required amounts of amino acids (1.05−1.5 eq), coupling agents (1.05−1.5 eq), and solvents may be minimized. Additionally, the reaction process and the characterization of the TCPs may be monitored through common analytical techniques, such as by NMR and MS analysis (Fujita et al., “Soluble Tag-Assisted Peptide Head-to-Tail Cyclization: Total Synthesis of Mahafacyclin B,” Org. Lett. 15(6):1155−1157 (2013); Kitada et al., “Soluble-Support-Assisted Electrochemical Reactions: Application to Anodic Disulfide Bond Formation,” Org. Lett.14(23):5960−5963 (2012); Kitada et al., “Hydrophobic Tag-Assisted Liquid-Phase Synthesis of a Growth Hormone-Inhibiting Peptide Somatostatin,” Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett.21(15):4476−4479 (2011), which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety). However, known LPPS Tags are not always robust when applied to a wide range of peptides synthesis, especially synthesis of longer and/or more aqueous soluble peptides. It seems challenging to predict the TCPs using those chemical tags to be contradictory to enhance solubility in one solvent while simultaneously diminishing solubility in another solvent (Sharma et al., “Liquid-Phase Peptide Synthesis (LPPS): A Third Wave for the Preparation of Peptides,” Chem. Rev.122:13516−13546 (2022), which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety). 9.2 Novel Liquid-Phase Peptide Synthesis Tag [000739] The basic criterion for the LPPS Tags is soluble in peptide elongations but insoluble in quenched solutions to facilitate their precipitation and filtration. The precipitated product may be collected and the undesirable impurities such as excess amino acids, catalysts, and coupling agents may be rinsed away. Additionally, the properties of LPPS Tags must be stable under the de-Fmoc condition and differ from the properties of the peptides to be purified. Therefore, ideal LPPS should combine the advantages of CSPS and SPPS for peptide elongations, including (1) carry out in solution on a soluble tag using few molar equivalents of building blocks to grow peptide chain, (2) introduce natural / unnatural amino-acid building blocks under various reaction conditions, (3) allow small to large-scale production of various peptides, and (4) optionally may be automated. [000740] M1 has a primary amine-PEG 8 moiety, significantly increasing the hydrophilicity (aq. solubility ~ 60mM), and new LPPS Tags were required to increase M1-production yields and reduce time of separation in LPPS synthesis. Considering the C terminal of amide in M1 structure, four different hydrophobic tags were designed (Tag2-Tag5 in Figure 1 and Table 20). Tag2 and Tag3 have similar hydrophobicity as Tag1 with two C22-alkyl chains, and the peptide elongations on all three Tags were found only up to 7-mers with limited amount precipitates in polar solvents, although Tag3 is relatively easier to be cleaved from its TCPs, compared to other two Tags. Tag4-TCPs were relatively not easy to be cleaved to release the peptides due to lack of 2,4-dimeoxyphenyl)- methylene amine-amide structure, which is commonly used in solid phase synthesis for preparation of C- terminal primary amide. Tag5 was designed to have six hydrophobic C22-alkyl chains for increasing its TCP hydrophobicity to be participated in polar solvents. Tag5 was also designed to incorporate (2,4-dimeoxyphenyl)-methyl amine-amide to release C-term amide peptides for easily monitoring the elongation process. Among five tags, Tag5 was used to complete 10 circles of mono- peptide elongation to generate Tag5-10AA and then clicked with a PEG8 linker via [3+2] cycloaddition to generate Tag5-M1. Tag5 achieved sustainable peptide chain elongation of bioactive peptides bearing varieties of unnatural amino acids, including M1, since its hydrophobically tagged peptides may be separated as precipitates at each step by addition of polar organic solvents (ACN/MeOH). This approach may be applied chain elongation efficiently for not only peptides but also other bioactive entities. Table 20. New Tags TAG Name Structure C Advantages and # leavage disadvantages on e on e on e. O O C 22 H 45 O er [000741] Tag5 was prepared via 10 steps shown in Figure 6. Preparation of Tag5-3 from methyl 3,4,5-trihydroxybenzoate was reported (Horenstein et al., “Synthesis of Unprotected (±)- Tunichrome An-1, a Tunicate Blood Pigment,” J. Am. Chem. Soc.111(16):6242–6246 (1989), which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety). Reductive amination of Tag5-3a with 2 eq. of Tag5-3 gave Tag5-4 in 70% yield. Removing N-allyl group on Tag5-4 with 1,3-dimethylbarbituric acid in the presence of Pd(PPh3)4 catalyst provided Tag5-5, which was carried in a coupling reaction with Tag5-5a, followed by de-Fmoc protection of Tag5-6 in piperidine to provide Tag5-7. N-Alloc protection of Tag5-7 for removing TBS in Tag5-8 and subsequent alkylation with C22-alkyl bromide in one pot generated Tag5-9. Removing N-alloc in Tag5-9 provided final Tag5. Replacing N-Fmoc of Tag5-5a with N-alloc was tried but Tag5-5a without N-Fmoc was poorly soluble in organic solvents. [000742] The LPPS process per monopeptide elongation includes 4 steps shown in Figure 9. First, condensation reaction on Tag from Tag–(n-1)AA-NH2 with N-Fmoc-amino acid (AA-NHFmoc) in the presence of amide coupling reagent generates crude Tag–nAA-NHFmoc. Second, precipitate newly formed Tag–nAA-NHFmoc by adding ACN or mixed ACN/MeOH and wash away soluble unreacted reactants and reagents; alternatively quench unreacted residual activated carboxylic acid (AA-NHFmoc or byproduct) with propan-1-amine (2 eq) at 20°C for 0.5 hr. Third, de-protect of Tag– nAA-NHFmoc with piperidine. Forth, repeat step 2 to precipitate Tag–nAA-NH2 for next step of condensation. Finally cleave the TCP from the Tag and simultaneously de-protection of N-, O-, and/or S-protective groups under acidic condition to generate the desired peptides (n-AA-NH2). [000743] The comparison of TCP elongations on five tags to make M1, respectively, is summarized in Table 21, including molar equivalents of the reagents and total yields per Tag-route. The generic procedures for making M1 are as follows. Stepwise peptide elongation with 1.5 eq of AA1, AA2, AA3, AA4, AA5, AA6, AA8, AA9, and AA10, in 50V solvent (V stands volume (mL) of solvent per gram of AA#) at room temperature for 2 hrs., but 5-10 eq of AA7 for 12 hrs, following either with or without quenching with propan-1-amine (2 eq) at 20°C for 0.5 hr. After removal of most solvent via concentration, the newly formed N-Fmoc protected Tag5-peptides were precipitated from the reaction mixture by addition of 60V of ACN/MeOH (1 to 1) and purified by washing away soluble reactants and reagents. Redissolving the precipitate with 20% piperidine in DCM/THF (any ratio) for deprotection of N-Fmoc generated Tag5-peptides for further peptide elongation. Continue sequential steps of coupling and quenching/removal of residual reactant / de-Fmoc until the peptide had been synthesized. Reaction mixture or crude product was subjected to acidic cleavage by using a TFA cocktail (TFA:TIPS:H2O = 95:2.5:2.5) for 2 hrs and filtrated. All reactions were monitored by LCMS operated following. A small portion of crude was dissolved in DMF and cleaved by same TFA cocktail, and the filtration was checked by LCMS to confirm if the reactant was consumed, and the desired product was detected. Table 21. Comparison of Using Tag1-Tag5 to Prepare M1 Step # Tag1-TCP Tag2-TCP Tag3-TCP Tag4-TCP Tag5-TCP 9 8- y) ot [000744] Figure 6 illustrates the LPPS of M1 on Tag5 via 10 amide coupling reactions, followed by deprotection of N-Fmoc after each condensation, one [3+2] cycloaddition with a PEG8-alkyne catalyzed by CuSO4 and sodium ascorbate, and final cleavage of Tag5 and protective groups to produce M1. The conditions and results were summarized in Figures 11A-B. [000745] The approach I for the TCP elongation on Tag5 to make M1 included: (1) coupling reaction with amino acid (1.5eq), DIC (1.5 eq), HOAt (1.5 eq), in DCM (40-50 V) at 20 oC for 2 h; (2) removing DCM and then addition of ACN or ACN/MeOH (2/1, 60V) to precipitate newly formed Tag5- TCP-N-Fmoc; (3) deprotecting N-Fmoc with 20% piperidine in THF, at 50 oC for 0.5 h.; (4) removing all solvents and participating newly formed Tag5-TCP with addition of ACN or ACN/MeOH to collect dry Tag5-TCP for next step of peptide elongation; (5) repeating steps 1 to 4 to get final Tag5-10AA, followed by clicking with PEG8-Linker (3 eq.) in THF catalyzed by CuSO4·H2O (1.5 eq) and sodium ascorbate (1.5 eq.), TBTA (0.5 eq.) in H2O +/- DMSO at 40°C for 12hr; (6) repeating step 2 to collect newly formed Tag5-M1; (7) removing Tag5 and protective groups using TFA cocktail (TFA/TIPS/H2O = 95/2.5/2.5) in DCM (3/1, 100 V), 20oC, 2hrs.; and (8) purifying crude M1 by RF-HPLC. [000746] The approach II for the TCP elongation on Tag5 to make M1 included: 1) coupling reaction with amino acid (1.5 eq), DIC (1.5 eq), HOAt (1.5 eq), in DCM (40-50 V) at 20 oC for 2 h; (2) quenching unreacted N-Fmoc AAs with propan-1-amine (2 eq) at 20°C for 0.5 hr.; (3) deprotecting N-Fmoc with 20% piperidine in THF, at 50 oC for 0.5 h.; (4) removing all solvents and then addition of ACN or ACN/MeOH (2/1, 60V) to precipitate newly formed Tag5-TCP; and following above steps 5 to 8 to get pure M1. [000747] Both approaches were carried out in solution, thereby avoiding the use of excesses of reagents (except AA7) for completion of each reaction step, reduction of isomerization (99%ee for M1) and other byproducts. The process confers the chain special properties that facilitate solution chemistry and workup and produced high purity (>98% HPLC purity for M1) products without the use of chromatography. 9.3 Conclusion [000748] By combining the advantages of solid-phase and liquid-phase techniques, Tag5 was found to be efficient in the LPPS strategy as the purification by precipitation and filtration to achieve sustainable peptide chain elongation of bioactive peptides bearing varieties of unnatural amino acids was achieved. Tag5 was designed with six C22-alkyl chains and used to synthesize a GLP1R agonist (M1) using 1.5 molar equivalents of most reactants and reagents, which significantly reduced the amounts of the unnatural amino-acid building blocks compared to SPPS synthesize and reduced overall cost for synthesis of M1. Tag5 was also designed with (2,4-dimeoxyphenyl)-methyl amine- amide structure that may be cleaved in pH2-3 TFA cocktail to release elongated peptides. The synthesis of Tag5 was scalable and Tag5 was produced in total 25% yields for 400 grams in 10- steps. This approach may be applied chain elongation efficiently for not only peptides but also other bioactive entities. [000749] An optimized process for the synthesis of the GLP1R agonist (M1) is shown in Scheme 6A below. Sequential peptide elongation used 1.5 eq. of AA1, AA2, AA3, AA4, AA5, AA6, AA8, AA9, AA10 in 50 V solvent at room temperature for 2 hr, but 10 eq. of AA7 for 12 hr to drive the reaction to completion. Repetition of similar procedure provided final Tag5-10AA, which was converted to M1 in two routes. In Route A, Tag5 and protective groups were removed using TFA cocktail ((TFA:TIPS:H2O = 95:2.5:2.5), 2 hr) to produce peptide 10AA, which was clicked with the PEG8-alkyne catalyzed by CuSO4 and sodium ascorbate to furnish the desired compound M1. In Route B, the [2+3] click reaction was carried on Tag5 followed by the acidic cleavage of compound M1 from the TCP under the same conditions. All steps were carried out in solution phase, thereby avoiding the use of excesses of reagents (except AA7) for completion of each reaction step, and the reduction of isomerization and other byproducts to produce M1 in high purity (99%ee on chiral HPLC and >98% purity on uHPLC). The total yield achieved was >45% for M1 using one-pot pathway, comparable to the SPPS method. The desired compound M1 was obtained as a white solid. LC- MS: RT = 3.748 min, mass calcd. for C94H136FN21O25H2, 990.01 [M+2H]2+, m/z found 990.7 [M+2H]2+. HRMS: (ESI): m/z calcd. for C94H136FN21O25H 1979.01 [M+H]+, C94H136FN21O25H2990.01 [M+2H]2+, m/z found 1978.9949 [M+H]+, 990.0101 [M+2H]2+. 1H NMR (400MHz, Methanol-d4) δ = 8.80 (s, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.35 (s, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.20 (br t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.05 - 7.00 (m, 4H), 6.97 - 6.92 (m, 1H), 6.90 - 6.84 (m, 2H), 6.82 - 6.76 (m, 4H), 4.67 (s, 2H), 4.58 - 4.49 (m, 4H), 4.46 - 4.35 (m, 3H), 4.27 - 4.22 (m, 1H), 4.17 - 3.99 (m, 7H), 3.88 - 3.74 (m, 3H), 3.72 - 3.61 (m, 29H), 3.60 - 3.43 (m, 4H), 3.32 - 3.24 (m, 3H), 3.17 (br t, J=4.8 Hz, 2H), 3.03 - 2.91 (m, 3H), 2.84 - 2.36 (m, 7H), 2.26 (s, 6H), 2.16 (quin, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 1.90 - 1.77 (m, 4H), 1.67 - 1.31 (m, 10H), 1.30 - 1.21 (m, 6H), 1.04 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H) ppm. Scheme 6A. An optimized process for the synthesis of GLP1R agonist M1.
Example 10. Synthesis of (S)-2-((((9H-Fluoren-9-yl)methoxy)carbonyl)amino)-3-(4'-(4- azidobutoxy)-2'-ethyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-4-yl)propanoic Acid (AA2) and (S)-2-((((9H-Fluoren-9- yl)methoxy)carbonyl)amino)-3-(4'-(4-(4-(29,29-dimethyl-27-oxo-2,5,8,11,14,17,20,23,28- nonaoxa-26-azatriacontyl)-1 H-1 ,2,3-triazol-1 -yl)butoxy)-2'-ethyl-[1 , 1 '-bi phenyl] -4- yl)propanoic Acid (AA2+Linker)
10.1 Instruments and Conditions
Table 22. Instruments and Conditions
Table 23. Abbreviations for Example 10
10.2 Synthesis of AA2 and AA2+Linker
Table 24. Properties of AA2 and AA2+Linker AA2 AA2+Linker MF C 36 H 36 N 4 O 5 C 60 H 81 N 5 O 15 Step a: Synthesis of 2-Bromo-5-((4-methoxybenzyl)oxy)benzaldehyde (AA2-2) [000751] To a mixture of AA2-1 (10 g, 49.75 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and K2CO3 (10.31 g, 74.62 mmol, 1.5 eq.) in DMF (100 mL) was added PMB-Cl (11.69 g, 74.62 mmol, 10.16 mL, 1.5 eq.). The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 12 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with H2O (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (100 mL × 2). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Compound AA2-2 (21 g, crude) was obtained as a white solid which was used directly in the next step without any further purification. [000752] 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ = 10.16 (s, 1H), 7.69 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.43 - 7.34 (m, 3H), 7.28 (dd, J=3.3, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.99 - 6.90 (m, 2H), 5.10 (s, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H). Step b: Synthesis of 1-Bromo-4-((4-methoxybenzyl)oxy)-2-vinylbenzene (AA2-3) [000753] To a solution of Ph3PCH3Br (4.56 g, 12.77 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in THF (25 mL) was added t-BuOK (7.16 g, 63.83 mmol, 5.0 eq.) under nitrogen. The mixture was stirred for 1 hr at 0 °C. Then AA2-2 (4.1 g, 12.77 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in THF (25 mL) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred for 3 hr at 25 °C. The reaction mixture was diluted with H2O (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (100 mL × 2). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (ISCO®; 40 g SepaFlash® Silica Flash Column, Eluent of 0 ~ 5% ethyl acetate/petroleum ether gradient @ 30 mL/min) for 24 min with total volume 0.9 L. Compound AA2-3 (2.93 g, 9.18 mmol, 71.91% yield) was obtained as a white solid. [000754] 1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 7.46 - 7.29 (m, 3H), 7.18 - 7.09 (m, 1H), 7.06 - 6.96 (m, 1H), 6.95 - 6.86 (m, 2H), 6.81 - 6.70 (m, 1H), 5.72 - 5.59 (m, 1H), 5.40 - 5.29 (m, 1H), 5.03 - 4.90 (m, 2H), 3.86 - 3.74 (m, 3H). Step c: Synthesis of 2-(4-((4-Methoxybenzyl)oxy)-2-vinylphenyl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2- dioxaborolane (AA2-4) [000755] A solution of AA2-3 (200 mg, 626.58 μmol, 1 eq.) in 1,4-dioxane (3 mL) was treated with Pd(PPh3)4 (72.41 mg, 62.66 μmol, 0.1 eq.) and KOAc (122.99 mg, 1.25 mmol, 2 eq.), and then 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-2-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (477.34 mg, 1.88 mmol, 3 eq.) was added. The mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 12 hr under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was diluted with brine (30 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (30 mL × 2). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (ISCO®; 4 g SepaFlash® Silica Flash Column, Eluent of 0 ~ 10% ethyl acetate/petroleum ether gradient @ 18 mL/min). Compound AA2- 4 (190 mg, 518.76 μmol, 82.79% yield) was obtained as a white solid. [000756] 1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 7.75 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (dd, J=10.9, 17.5 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.22 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.97 - 6.89 (m, 2H), 6.87 (dd, J=2.4, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.67 (d, J=17.4 Hz, 1H), 5.26 (d, J=11.0 Hz, 1H), 5.03 (s, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 1.34 (s, 12H). Step d & e: Synthesis of (S)-Methyl 2-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-3-(4'-((4-methoxybenzyl)oxy)-2'- vinyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-4-yl)propanoate (AA2-6) [000757] A solution of AA2-4 (100 mg, 273.03 μmol, 1 eq.) in 1,4-dioxane (3 mL) and H2O (1 mL) was treated with K2CO3 (56.60 mg, 409.55 μmol, 1.5 eq.) and Pd(PPh3)4 (31.55 mg, 27.30 μmol, 0.1 eq.), and then AA2-5 (116.69 mg, 273.03 μmol, 1 eq.) was added. The mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 2.5 hr under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was diluted with brine (30 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (30 mL × 2). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (ISCO®; 4 g SepaFlash® Silica Flash Column, Eluent of 0 ~ 10% Ethyl acetate/Petroleum ether gradient @ 18 mL/min) for 14 min with total volume 0.3 L. Compound AA2-6 (100 mg, 193.20 μmol, 70.76% yield) was obtained as a yellow oil. [000758] LCMS (ESI): RT = 0.950 min, mass calcd. for C31H35NO6Na 540.24, [M+Na]+, m/z found 540.1 [M+Na]+. Reverse phase LC-MS was carried out using method A. [000759] 1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 7.39 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.27 - 7.25 (m, 2H), 7.23 (s, 2H), 7.17 (dd, J = 8.3, 16.2 Hz, 3H), 6.97 - 6.91 (m, 3H), 6.67 (dd, J = 11.0, 17.4 Hz, 1H), 5.67 (dd, J = 1.1, 17.4 Hz, 1H), 5.22 - 5.15 (m, 1H), 5.05 (s, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 1.47 - 1.35 (m, 1H), 1.43 (s, 8H). Step f: Synthesis of (S)-Methyl 2-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-3-(2'-ethyl-4'-hydroxy-[1,1'-biphenyl]- 4-yl)propanoate (AA2-7) [000760] To a solution of AA2-6 (2.8 g, 5.41 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in MeOH (25 mL) was added Pd/C (300 mg, 10% palladium on activated carbon). The reaction mixture was stirred for 48 hr at 25 °C under hydrogen (15 psi), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (ISCO®; 40 g SepaFlash® Silica Flash Column, Eluent of 0 ~ 30% ethyl acetate/petroleum ether, gradient @ 35 mL/min) for 22 min with total volume 0.9 L. Compound AA2-7 (1.85 g, 4.60 mmol, 85.01% yield, 99.3% purity) was obtained as a colorless oil. [000761] LCMS (ESI): RT = 0.935 min, mass calcd. for C23H29NO5Na 422.20 [M+Na]+, m/z found 422.1 [M+Na]+. Reverse phase LC-MS was carried out using method A. [000762] 1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 7.22 - 7.11 (m, 4H), 7.04 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 6.69 (dd, J = 2.6, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 5.24 (s, 1H), 5.05 (br d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.70 - 4.58 (m, 1H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.20 - 3.11 (m, 1H), 3.11 - 3.02 (m, 1H), 2.53 (q, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.08 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3H). Step g: Synthesis of (S)-Methyl 2-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-3-(4'-(4-chlorobutoxy)-2'-ethyl-[1,1'- biphenyl]-4-yl)propanoate (AA2-8) [000763] To a solution of AA2-7 (350 mg, 876.14 μmol, 1 eq.) and K2CO3 (242.18 mg, 1.75 mmol, 2.0 eq.) in DMF (5 mL) was added 1-chloro-4-iodo-butane (287.11 mg, 1.31 mmol, 1.5 eq.) at 25 °C. The mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 12 hr. The residue was diluted with brine (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL × 2). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (ISCO®; 12 g SepaFlash® Silica Flash Column, Eluent of 0 ~ 30% ethyl acetate/petroleum ether gradient @ 35 mL/min) for 14 min with total volume 0.4 L. Compound AA2- 8 (340 mg, 79.5% yield) was obtained as a yellow oil. [000764] LCMS (ESI): RT = 1.145 min, mass calcd. for C27H36ClNO5Na 512.22 [M+Na]+, m/z found 512.2 [M+Na]+. Reverse phase LC-MS was carried out using method A. Step h: Synthesis of (S)-Methyl 3-(4'-(4-azidobutoxy)-2'-ethyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-4-yl)-2-((tert- butoxycarbonyl)amino)propanoate (AA2-9) [000765] To a solution of AA2-8 (1.6 g, 3.27 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in DMF (15 mL) was added K2CO3 (902.51 mg, 6.53 mmol, 2.0 eq.), KI (54.20 mg, 326.51 μmol, 0.1 eq.), and NaN3 (460 mg, 7.08 mmol, 2.1 eq.). The mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 7 hr. The reaction mixture was diluted with brine 50 mL and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL × 2). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The water layers were quenched by addition of aqueous NaClO (1.0 M, 100 mL). Compound AA2-9 (1.7 g, crude) was obtained as a yellow oil. [000766] LCMS (ESI): RT = 1.140 min, mass calcd. for C27H36N4O5Na 519.27, m/z found 519.3 [M+Na]+. Reverse phase LC-MS was carried out using method A. Step i: Synthesis of (S)-3-(4'-(4-Azidobutoxy)-2'-ethyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-4-yl)-2-((tert-butoxycarbonyl) amino)propanoic Acid (AA2-10) [000767] To a solution of AA2-9 (1.7 g, 3.42 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in THF (12 mL) was added LiOH·H2O (287.31 mg, 6.85 mmol, 2.0 eq.) in H2O (6 mL) at 0 °C, and then the mixture was allowed to gradually warm to 25 °C and was stirred for 2 hr. The mixture was treated with EtOAc (30 mL) and extracted with water (25 mL × 2). The combined aqueous layers were acidified (1 M aqueous HCl) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL × 3). The combined organic layer was dried by anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Compound AA2-10 (2.01 g, crude) was obtained as a yellow oil which was used directly in the next step without any further purification. Step j: Synthesis of (S)-2-Amino-3-(4'-(4-azidobutoxy)-2'-ethyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-4-yl)propanoic Acid Hydrochloride (AA2-11) [000768] Compound AA2-10 (2.01 g, 4.17 mmol, 1.0 eq.) was dissolved in 4.0 M HCl/EtOAc (20 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 1 hr. The reaction mixture was filtered. The filter cake was washed with EtOAc (30 ml) and dried under vacuum. Compound AA2-11 (1 g, crude) was obtained as a white solid which was used directly in the next step without any further purification. [000769] LCMS (ESI): RT = 1.121 min, mass calcd. for C21H27N4O3383.21 [M+H]+, m/z found 383.2 [M+H]+. Reverse phase LC-MS was carried out using method A. Step k: Synthesis of (S)-2-((((9H-Fluoren-9-yl)methoxy)carbonyl)amino)-3-(4'-(4-azidobutoxy)-2'- ethyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-4-yl)propanoic Acid (AA2) [000770] To a solution of AA2-11 (1 g, 2.39 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in THF (15 mL) was added NaHCO3 (401.07 mg, 4.77 mmol, 2.0 eq.) in H2O (8 mL), and then (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 9H-fluoren-9- ylmethyl carbonate (805.23 mg, 2.39 mmol, 1.0 eq.) was added at 0 °C. The mixture was stirred for 12 hr at 25 °C. The reaction mixture was diluted with brine (100 mL) and acidified (1 M aqueous HCl) to pH = 2~3. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (30 mL × 2). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (ISCO®; 40 g SepaFlash® Silica Flash Column, Eluent of 0 ~ 10% Methanol/Dichloromethane @ 30 mL/min) for 16 min with total volume 0.6 L. Product AA2 (1.3 g, 2.14 mmol, 89.52% yield, 99.4% purity) was obtained as a white foam. [000771] LCMS (ESI): RT = 1.113 min, mass calcd. for C36H36N4O5Na 627.26 [M+Na]+, m/z found 627.3 [M+Na]+. Reverse phase LC-MS was carried out using method A. [000772] 1H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ = 7.88 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.81 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (dt, J = 2.3, 7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.34 - 7.25 (m, 4H), 7.14 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 6.97 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.83 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (dd, J = 2.5, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.27 - 4.17 (m, 3H), 4.17 - 4.13 (m, 1H), 4.03 - 3.98 (m, 2H), 3.42 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 2H), 3.13 (br dd, J = 3.9, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.96 - 2.87 (m, 1H), 2.52 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 2H), 2.43 (q, J = 7.4 Hz, 2H), 1.82 - 1.74 (m, 2H), 1.73 - 1.66 (m, 2H), 0.98 - 0.90 (m, 3H) ppm. Step l: Synthesis of Methyl (S)-2-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-3-(4- (((trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl)oxy)phenyl)propanoate (AA2-5) [000773] To a solution of AA2-5a (10 g, 33.86 mmol, 1 eq.) and pyridine (16.07 g, 203.16 mmol, 16.40 mL, 6 eq.) in DCM (100 mL) was added Tf2O (14.33 g, 50.79 mmol, 8.38 mL, 1.5 eq.) at 0 °C. The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 2 hr. TLC indicated that the starting material was consumed completely, and one new spot formed. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove solvent. The residue was diluted with EA 300mL and extracted with 1 M HCl (aq) 100mL. The organic layers were washed with brine 100 mL, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. [000774] AA2-5 (16 g, 31.71 mmol, 93.65% yield, 84.7% purity) was obtained as a yellow oil which was confirmed by LCMS: LCMS (ESI): RT = 0.980 min, m/z calcd. for C11H13F3NO5S, 328.04, [M-Boc+H]+, m/z found 327.9 [M-Boc+H]+. LCMS conditions: 1.5ML/4LTFA in water (solvent A) and 0.75ML/4LTFA in acetonitrile (solvent B), using the elution gradient 5%-95% (solvent B) over 0.7 minutes and holding at 95% for 0.4 minutes at a flow rate of 1.5 ml/min; Column: MERCK, RP- 18e 25-2mm; Wavelength: UV 220nm, 254nm; Column temperature: 50 °C; MS ionization: ESI. [000775] The synthesis of AA2 using route 2 is shown in Scheme 7 below.
Scheme 7 Reagents and Conditions: (a) AA2-2 (5.0 eq.), K2CO3 (2.0 eq.), DMF, 60℃, 12 h (b) Ph3PMeI (1.2 eq.), DBU (2.0 eq.), THF, 0~20℃, 48 h (c) AA2-5 (1.0 eq.), Pd(dppf)Cl2 (0.05 eq.), KOAc (3.0 eq.), dioxane, 80℃, 12 h, 40.52%; (d) Tf2O (1.5 eq.), Py (6.0 eq.), CH2Cl2, 0~25℃, 2 h (e) AA2-6 (0.95 eq.), Pd(dppf)Cl2 (0.1 eq.), K2CO3 (1.5 eq.), dioxane/H2O, 80℃, 12 h (f) H2, Pd/C(10%), MeOH, 25℃, 12 h, 72.23%; (g) TMSN3, (1.5 eq.) TBAF (3.0 eq.), THF, 0~50℃, 12 h (h) HCl/EtOAc (10 V), 0 ~25℃, 1 h, 86.02%; (i) Fmoc-Osu (1.0 eq.), NaHCO3 (2.0 eq.), THF/H2O (2:1), 25℃, 12 h; 60.77%. Total yield was 10.4%. Step a: Synthesis of 2-Bromo-5-(4-chlorobutoxy)benzaldehyde (AA2-3) Cl Cl HO AA2-2 Br O [000776] To a solution of AA2-1 (157.96 g, 1.24 mol, 138.56 mL, 5 eq) in DMF (100 mL) was added K2CO3 (68.76 g, 497.47 mmol, 2 eq), and the reaction was heated 60 °C. Then AA2-2 (50 g, 248.73 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (200 mL) was added dropwise at 60 °C. The mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 12 h. The residue was diluted with brine (250 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (250mL × 2). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The colorless oil was stirred in PE (600 mL) for 10 minute and filtered. The filter cake was washed three times with PE. The organic layers were concentrated under vacuum to give the colorless oil. Compound AA2-3 (130 g, crude) (130 g, crude) was obtained as a colorless oil which were confirmed by 1H NMR. [000777] 1H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 10.26 - 10.20 (m, 1H), 7.46 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (d, J=3.3 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (dd, J=3.3, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 3.98 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.58 (br t, J=6.1 Hz, 2H), 1.97 - 1.90 (m, 4H). Step d: Synthesis of 1-Bromo-4-((4-methoxybenzyl)oxy)-2-vinylbenzene (AA2-4) [000778] To a solution of Ph3PCH3I (66.55 g, 164.63 mmol, 1.2 eq) in THF (280 mL) was added DBU (41.77 g, 274.38 mmol, 41.36 mL, 2 eq) under nitrogen. The mixture was stirred for 30 minute at 0 °C. Then AA2-3 (4.1 g, 12.77 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in THF (160 mL) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred for 48 h at 25 °C. The reaction mixture was diluted with H2O (400 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (400 mL × 2). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The colorless oil was stirred in PE (600 mL) for 10 minute and filtered. The filter cake was washed with PE for three times. The organic layers were concentrated under vacuum to give the colorless oil. Compound AA2-4 (32 g, crude) was obtained as colorless oil which were confirmed by 1H NMR. [000779] 1H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 7.34 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (dd, J=10.9, 17.4 Hz, 1H), 6.64 - 6.57 (m, 1H), 5.63 (dd, J=0.8, 17.4 Hz, 1H), 5.29 (dd, J=0.8, 10.9 Hz, 1H), 3.95 - 3.86 (m, 2H), 3.54 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 1.93 - 1.84 (m, 4H). Step c: Synthesis of 2-(4-((4-Methoxybenzyl)oxy)-2-vinylphenyl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2- dioxaborolane (AA2-6) treated with AA2-5 (6.70 g, 9.15 mmol, 0.1 eq) and KOAc (26.94 g, 274.52 mmol, 3 eq), then Pd(dppf)Cl2 (23.24 g, 91.51 mmol, 1 eq) was added. The mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 12 h under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was diluted with brine (300 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (300 mL × 2). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (ISCO®; 330g SepaFlash® Silica Flash Column, Eluent of 0~20 % ethyl acetate/petroleum ether gradient @ 100 mL/min, 40 min with total volume 4000 mL). Compound AA2-6 (15.8 g, 37.08 mmol, 40.52% yield, 79% purity) was obtained as a colorless oil which was checked by LCMS and 1H NMR. [000781] LCMS (ESI): RT = 3.185 min, m/z calcd. for C18H27BClO3 [M+H]+ 337.17, m/z found 337.2 [M+H]+; Mobile Phase: 1.5ML/4LTFA in water (solvent A) and 0.75ML/4L TFA in acetonitrile (solvent B), using the gradient 30%-90% (solvent B) over 6 minutes and holding at 80% for 0.5 minutes at a flow rate of 0.8ml/min. ESI source, Positive ion mode. [000782] 1H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 7.77 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (dd, J=10.9, 17.5 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.79 (dd, J=2.4, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 5.70 (dd, J=1.3, 17.4 Hz, 1H), 5.31 - 5.25 (m, 1H), 4.03 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.61 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 1.99 - 1.93 (m, 4H), 1.36 - 1.32 (m, 12H). Step d: Synthesis of tert-Butyl (2S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-[4- (trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)phenyl]propanoate (AA2-8) [000783] To a solution of AA2-7 (44 g, 130.41 mmol, 1 eq) and pyridine (61.89 g, 782.43 mmol, 63.15 mL, 6 eq) in DCM (400 mL) was added Tf2O (55.19 g, 195.61 mmol, 32.27 mL, 1.5 eq) at 0 °C. The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with EtOAc (400mL) and extracted with citric acid (aq.) (400 mL). The organic layers were washed with NaHCO3 (400ml) and brine (400 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (ISCO®; 330 g SepaFlash® Silica Flash Column, Eluent of 0 ~30% ethyl acetate/petroleum ether, gradient @ 100 mL/min) for 30 min with total volume 3 L. Compound AA2- 8 (115 g, crude) was obtained as a colorless oil which was checked by LCMS and 1H NMR. [000784] LCMS (ESI): RT = 4.307 min, mass calcd. for C19H26F3NO7S 469.14 [M+H]+, m/z found 939.4 [2M+H]+. Reverse phase LC-MS was carried out using a XBridge C183.5 um 21*20 mm, with a flow rate of 0.8 mL/min, eluting with a gradient of 10% to 80% acetonitrile containing 0.02%TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A). [000785] 1H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 7.31 - 7.22 (m, 2H), 7.21 - 7.13 (m, 2H), 5.16 (br d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 4.51 - 4.19 (m, 1H), 3.16 - 2.92 (m, 2H), 1.37 (d, J=14.1 Hz, 18H). [000786] Step e: Synthesis of (S)-methyl 2-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-3-(2'-ethyl-4'- hydroxy-[1,1'-biphenyl]-4-yl)propanoate (AA2-9) . g, . , . q d H2O (50mL) was treated with AA2-6 (3.43 g, 4.69 mmol, 0.1 eq) and K2CO3 (9.73 g, 70.40 mmol, 1.5 eq), and then Pd(dppf)Cl2 (15.8 g, 46.93 mmol, 1 eq) was added. The mixture was stirred at 80°C for 12 h under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was diluted with brine (250 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (250 mL × 2). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (ISCO®; 330g SepaFlash® Silica Flash Column, Eluent of 0~25 % Ethyl acetate/Petroleum ether gradient @ 100 mL/min, 30 min with total volume 3000 mL). Compound AA2-9 (17 g, crude) was obtained as a colorless oil which was checked by LCMS and 1H NMR. [000788] LCMS (ESI): RT = 4.003min, m/z calcd. for C30H40NaClNO5 [M+Na]+ 552.26, m/z found 552.3 [M+Na]+; Mobile Phase: 1.5ML/4LTFA in water (solvent A) and 0.75ML/4L TFA in acetonitrile (solvent B), using the gradient 30%-90% (solvent B) over 6 minutes and holding at 80% for 0.5 minutes at a flow rate of 0.8ml/min. ESI source, Positive ion mode. [000789] 1H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 7.32 - 7.18 (m, 8H), 7.16 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (dd, J=2.6, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.69 (dd, J=10.9, 17.5 Hz, 1H), 5.70 (dd, J=1.0, 17.4 Hz, 1H), 5.23 - 5.17 (m, 1H), 5.09 (br d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.55 - 4.44 (m, 1H), 4.09 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.66 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.11 (br d, J=6.1 Hz, 3H), 2.04 - 1.95 (m, 4H), 1.47 - 1.42 (m, 25H), 1.40 (s, 5H). Step f: Synthesis of tert-Butyl (2S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-[4-[4-(4-chlorobutoxy)-2-ethyl- phenyl]phenyl]propanoate (AA2-10) [000790] To a solution of AA2-9 (17 g, 32.07 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (150 mL) was added Pd/C (2.5 g, 3.21 mmol, 10% purity, 0.1 eq). The mixture was stirred at 25 °C under H2 (376.47 mg, 186.76 mmol) (15 psi) for 12 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was used in the next step directly without purification. Compound AA2-10 (14.5 g, 23.16 mmol, 72.23% yield, 85% purity) was obtained as a colorless oil which was checked by LCMS and 1H NMR. [000791] LCMS: (ESI): Rt = 5.343 min, mass calcd. for C30H43ClNO5 [M+H]+ 532.28, m/z found 1087.5 [2M+Na]+; Reverse phase LCMS was carried out using Chromolith Flash RP-C1825-3mm, with a flow rate of 0.8ml/min, eluting with a gradient of 10% to 80% acetonitrile containing 0.02% TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A). [000792] 1H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 7.28 - 7.20 (m, 5H), 7.14 - 7.06 (m, 1H), 6.86 (br s, 1H), 6.78 (br dd, J=2.3, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 5.14 - 4.99 (m, 1H), 4.55 - 4.41 (m, 1H), 4.09 - 4.02 (m, 2H), 3.66 (br t, J=5.9 Hz, 2H), 3.14 - 3.06 (m, 2H), 2.58 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.01 (br d, J=4.1 Hz, 4H), 1.46 - 1.41 (m, 18H), 1.15 - 1.06 (m, 3H). Step g: Synthesis of tert-Butyl (2S)-3-[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]-2-(tert- butoxycarbonylamino)propanoate (AA2-11) added TMSN3 (9.42 g, 81.75 mmol, 10.75 mL, 3 eq), followed by portion wise addition of TBAF (1 M, 81.75 mL, 3 eq) (the temperature was kept below 0°C (ice-brine bath)). The reaction mixture was stirred at 50°C for 12hr. The reaction mixture was diluted with H2O (120mL) and extracted with EtOAc (120mL × 2). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was used in the next step directly without purification. Compound AA2-11 (14 g, crude) was obtained as a colorless oil which was checked by LCMS and HPLC. [000794] LCMS: (ESI): Rt =5.304 min, mass calcd. for C30H42NaN4O5 [M+Na]+ 561.32, m/z found 561.3 [M+Na]+. Reverse phase LCMS was carried out using Chromolith Flash RP-C1825- 3mm, with a flow rate of 0.8ml/min, eluting with a gradient of 30% to 90% acetonitrile containing 0.02% TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A). [000795] HPLC: purity 80% (Retention time = 9.96min). Mobile Phase: 2.75ML/4L TFA in water (solvent A) and 2.5ML/4LTFA in acetonitrile (solvent B), using the elution gradient 50%-100% (solvent B) over 10 minutes and holding at 100% for 5 minutes at a flow rate of 1.5 ml/min; Column: YMC-Pack ODS-A150*4.6mm, 5um. Step h: Synthesis of (2S)-2-Amino-3-[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]propanoic Acid (AA2-12) [ ] o - ( g, . mmo, eq) was a e c ( m ). e mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 12 h. The suspension mixture was concentrated under vacuum to give a white solid. No further purification, used directly in next step. Compound AA2-12 (9 g, 22.36 mmol, 86.02% yield, 95% purity) was obtained as a white solid which was confirmed by LCMS. [000797] LCMS (ESI): RT = 1.587 min, mass calcd. for C21H27N4O3383.20 [M+H]+, m/z found 383.1 [M+H]+. Reverse phase LC-MS was carried out using a XBridge C183.5 um 21*20 mm, with a flow rate of 0.8 mL/min, eluting with a gradient of10% to 80% acetonitrile containing 0.02%TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A). Step i: Synthesis of (2R)-3-[4-[4-(4-Azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]-2-(9H-fluoren-9- ylmethoxycarbonylamino)propanoic Acid (AA2) [000798] To compound AA2-12 (9 g, 23.53 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (90 mL) was added NaHCO3 (5.93 g, 70.60 mmol, 2.75 mL, 3 eq) in H2O (45 mL), and then FmocOSu (8.73 g, 25.89 mmol, 1.1 eq) was added at 0 °C. The mixture was stirred for 12 h at 25 °C. The reaction mixture was diluted with brine (100mL) and acidified (1 M aqueous HCl) to pH = 2~3. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (120mL × 2). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (ISCO®; 220 g SepaFlash® Silica Flash Column, Eluent of 0 ~20% ethyl acetate/dichloromethane, gradient @ 100 mL/min) for 40 min. Compound AA2 (9.2 g, 14.30 mmol, 60.77%, 94% purity) was obtained as a colorless foam which was checked by LCMS and 1H NMR. [000799] LCMS (ESI): RT = 5.574 min, mass calcd. for C36H37N4O5605.26 [M+H]+, m/z found 605.2 [M+H]+. Reverse phase LCMS was carried out using Chromolith Flash RP-C1825-3mm, with a flow rate of 0.8ml/min, eluting with a gradient of 10% to 80% acetonitrile containing 0.02% TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A). [000800] 1H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 10.73 (br s, 1H), 7.79 (br d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.65 - 7.52 (m, 2H), 7.42 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 7.37 - 7.30 (m, 2H), 7.29 - 7.18 (m, 4H), 7.16 - 7.04 (m, 1H), 6.88 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (dd, J=2.1, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.27 (br d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.52 (br d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 4.86 - 4.76 (m, 1H), 4.54 - 4.36 (m, 2H), 4.24 (br t, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 4.09 - 4.00 (m, 2H), 3.41 (t, J=6.5 Hz, 2H), 3.36 - 3.15 (m, 2H), 2.58 (q, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 1.97 - 1.81 (m, 4H), 1.11 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H). [000801] The synthesis of AA2 and AA2-Linker using route3 is shown in Schemes 8-9 below. Scheme 8 Reag Ph3PMeBr (1.2 eq.), DBU (2.0 eq.), THF, 0 ~ 20 °C , 48 h, 80% yield; (c) Tf2O (1.5 eq.), Py (6.0 eq.), CH2Cl2, 0~25 °C, 2 h, 90% yield; (d) AA2-7, Pd(dppf)Cl2 (0.05 eq.), KOAc (3.0 eq.), DMSO, 40 ~ 100 °C, 3 h, 70% yield; (e) AA2-4 (1.0 eq.), AA2-8 (1.0 eq.), Pd(dppf)Cl2 (0.05 eq.), K2CO3 (3.0 eq.), dioxane, 100 °C, 12 h, 70% yield; (f) H2, Pd/C (10%), MeOH, 25 °C, 12 h, 75% yield; (g) TMSN3 (1.5 eq.), TBAF (3.0 eq.), THF, 0~50 °C, 12 h, 85% yield; (h) HCl/EtOAc (10 V), 0 ~25 °C, 1 h, 90%; (i) Fmoc-Osu (1.0 eq.), NaHCO3 (2.0 eq.), THF/H2O (2:1), 25 °C, 12 h, 90% yield. Scheme 9 Reagents and Conditions: (j) AA2-Linker-1 (1.2 eq.), CuSO4·5H2O (1.0 eq.), sodium L-ascorbate (1.0 eq.), TBTA (0.5 eq.), DMSO/H2O=1/4, 25°C, 5 hr; k) Boc2O (2 eq.), NaHCO3 (5 eq.), THF ( 5 mL), H2O( 2 mL), 25 °C, 12 hr. Step a: Synthesis of 2-Bromo-5-(4-chlorobutoxy)benzaldehyde (AA2-3) [000802] To a solution of AA2-2 (157.96 g, 1.24 mol, 138.56 mL, 5.0 eq.) in DMF (280 mL) was added K2CO3 (68.76 g, 497.47 mmol, 2.0 eq.), then the reaction was heated to 60 °C. Then AA2-1 (50 g, 248.73 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in DMF (200 mL) was added dropwise at 60 °C. The mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 12 hr. The residue was diluted with brine (500 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (500mL × 2). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography (Ethyl acetate/Petroleum ether = 0:1 to 1:20). Compound AA2-3 (320 g, crude) was obtained as a colorless oil. [000803] 1H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 10.25 (s, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d, J=3.3 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (dd, J=3.1, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.02 - 3.97 (m, 2H), 3.61 - 3.57 (m, 2H), 3.57 - 3.52 (m, 8H), 1.97 - 1.93 (m, 4H), 1.93 - 1.87 (m, 8H). Step b: Synthesis of 1-Bromo-4-(4-chlorobutoxy)-2-vinyl-benzene (AA2-4) [000804] To a solution of iodo-methyl-triphenyl-λ5-phosphane (99.82 g, 246.94 mmol, 1.2 eq.) in THF (350 mL) was added DBU (62.66 g, 411.57 mmol, 62.04 mL, 2 eq) under nitrogen. The mixture was stirred for 1h at 0°C. Then Compound AA2-3 (60 g, 205.78 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in THF (250 mL) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 48 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with ice-H2O (600 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (600 mL × 2). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The colorless oil was stirred in petroleum ether (PE, 1000 mL) for 10 minute and filtered. The filter cake was washed with PE for three times. The organic layers were concentrated under vacuum to give the colorless oil. Compound AA2-4 (160 g, crude) was obtained as a colorless oil. [000805] 1H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 7.41 - 7.34 (m, 1H), 7.33 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (dd, J=10.9, 17.4 Hz, 1H), 6.63 - 6.58 (m, 1H), 5.60 (dd, J=0.9, 17.4 Hz, 1H), 5.27 (dd, J=0.8, 10.9 Hz, 1H), 3.90 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 3.56 - 3.51 (m, 2H), 1.91 - 1.87 (m, 4H). Step c: Synthesis of tert-Butyl (2S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-[4- (trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)phenyl]propanoate (AA2-6) , 1.0 eq.) and pyridine (70.33 g, 889.16 mmol, 71.77 mL, 6.0 eq.) in DCM (500 mL) was added Tf2O (62.72 g, 222.29 mmol, 36.68 mL, 1.5 eq.) at 0 °C. The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with EtOAc (500mL) and extracted with citric acid (aq.) (200 mL). The organic layers were washed with NaHCO3 (200ml) and brine (200 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography (Ethyl acetate/Petroleum ether = 0:1 - 1:5). Compound AA2-6 (270 g, crude) was obtained as a colorless oil. [000807] LCMS (ESI): RT = 4.251 min, mass calcd. for C19H26F3NO7SNa 492.14 [M+Na]+, m/z found 492.2 [M+Na]+. Reverse phase LC-MS was carried out using a X Bridge C183.5 um 21*20 mm, with a flow rate of 0.8 mL/min, eluting with a gradient of10% to 80% acetonitrile containing 0.02%TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A). [000808] 1H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 7.30 - 7.25 (m, 2H), 7.21 - 7.17 (m, 2H), 5.13 (br d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 4.45 (q, J=6.5 Hz, 1H), 3.13 - 3.01 (m, 2H), 1.39 (d, J=14.6 Hz, 18H). Step d: Synthesis of tert-Butyl (2S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2- dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl]propanoate (AA2-8) [000809] A stirred mixture of AA2-6 (60 g, 127.80 mmol, 1.0 eq.), KOAc (37.63 g, 383.41 mmol, 3.0 eq.) and AA2-7 (32.45 g, 127.80 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in DMSO (300 mL) was warmed to 40 °C and de-gassed. The Pd(dppf)Cl2 (4.68 g, 6.39 mmol, 0.05 eq) was charged, then the mixture was de- gassed again, and heated to 100 °C. Then the mixture was stirred at 100°C for 4 hr. The reaction mixture was diluted with brine (300 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (300 mL × 2). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was used in the next step directly without purification. Compound AA2- 8 (57 g, crude) was obtained as a colorless oil. [000810] 1H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 7.69 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.13 (br d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 5.02 (br d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.44 - 4.35 (m, 1H), 3.09 - 2.95 (m, 2H), 1.37 (s, 18H), 1.30 (s, 12H). Step e: Synthesis of (S)-Methyl 2-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-3-(2'-ethyl-4'-hydroxy-[1,1'-biphenyl]- 4-yl)propanoate (AA2-9) l, 60% purity, 1.0 eq.), K2CO3 (52.83 g, 382.23 mmol, 3.0 eq.) and Pd(dppf)Cl2 (9.32 g, 12.74 mmol, 0.1 eq.) in dioxane (500 mL) and H2O (120 mL) was de-gassed serval times with N2. Then the mixture was stirred at 80°C for 3 h. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition of H2O (500 mL), diluted with ethyl acetate (200 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (500 mL × 2). The combined organic layers were washed with sat. NaHCO3 (250 mL × 2), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (ISCO®; 330g SepaFlash® Silica Flash Column, Eluent of 0~25 % Ethyl acetate/Petroleum ether gradient @ 100 mL/min, 30 min with total volume 3000 mL). Compound AA2-9 (46 g, 78.10 mmol, 61.30% yield, 90% purity) was obtained as a colorless oil. [000812] LCMS (ESI): RT = 6.403min, m/z calcd. forC30H40ClNa2NO5 [M+2Na]+ 575.26, m/z found 575.3 [M+2Na]+; LC-MS Conditions: Mobile Phase: 7 mL/4L TFA in water (solvent A) and 0.75mL/4L TFA in acetonitrile (solvent B), using the elution gradient 10%-80% (solvent B) over 0.7minutes and holding at 80% for 0.4 minutes at a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min; Column: Agilent Pursult 5 C1820*2.0mm. [000813] 1H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 7.27 - 7.19 (m, 5H), 7.16 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (dd, J=2.6, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.70 (dd, J=10.9, 17.5 Hz, 1H), 5.70 (dd, J=1.1, 17.5 Hz, 1H), 5.20 (dd, J=1.0, 11.0 Hz, 1H), 5.10 (br d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 4.56 - 4.47 (m, 1H), 4.09 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.69 - 3.63 (m, 2H), 3.11 (br d, J=5.9 Hz, 2H), 2.05 - 1.97 (m, 4H), 1.46 - 1.43 (m, 18H). Step f: Synthesis of tert-Butyl (2S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-[4-[4-(4-chlorobutoxy)-2-ethyl- phenyl]phenyl]propanoate (AA2-10) [000814] To a solution of AA2-9 (46 g, 86.78 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in MeOH (200 mL) was added Pd/C (5 g, 8.68 mmol, 10% purity, 0.1 eq.). The mixture was stirred at 25 °C under H2 (376.47 mg, 186.76 mmol) (15 psi) for 12 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was used in the next step directly without purification. Compound AA2- 10 (46 g, crude) was obtained as a colorless oil. [000815] LCMS: (ESI): Rt = 5.356 min, mass calcd. for C30H42ClNO5 [M+H]+ 531.28, m/z found 1085.4 [2M+Na]+. Reverse phase LCMS was carried out using Chromolith Flash RP-C1825-3mm, with a flow rate of 0.8ml/min, eluting with a gradient of 10% to 80% acetonitrile containing 0.02% TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A). [000816] 1H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 7.28 - 7.15 (m, 5H), 7.10 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (dd, J=2.6, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.10 (br d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.55 - 4.43 (m, 1H), 4.04 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.64 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.09 (br d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.57 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.03 - 1.93 (m, 4H), 1.45 - 1.41 (m, 18H), 1.10 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H). Step g: Synthesis of (S)-Methyl 3-(4'-(4-azidobutoxy)-2'-ethyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-4-yl)-2-((tert- butoxycarbonyl)amino)propanoate (AA2-11) [000817] To a solution of AA2-10 (54 g, 101.48 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in THF (400 mL) were added TMSN3 (35.08 g, 304.45 mmol, 40.04 mL, 3.0 eq.) and potassium fluoride (17.69 g, 304.45 mmol, 7.13 mL, 3.0 eq.), followed by portion wise addition of TBAF (1 M, 30.44 mL, 0.3 eq.) and the reaction mixture was kept at the temperature below 0°C (ice-brine bath). The reaction mixture was stirred at 50°C for 12hr. The reaction mixture was diluted with H2O (420 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (420 mL × 2). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was used in the next step directly without purification. Compound AA2-11 (31.6 g, 58.08 mmol, 57.23% yield, 99% purity) was obtained as a colorless oil. [000818] LCMS: (ESI): Rt =4.936 min, mass calcd. for C30H42Na2N4O5 [M+2Na]+ 584.32, m/z found 584.3 [M+2Na]+ ; Reverse phase. LCMS was carried out using Chromolith Flash RP-C1825- 3mm, with a flow rate of 0.8ml/min, eluting with a gradient of 30% to 90% acetonitrile containing 0.02% TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A). [000819] 1H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 7.24 - 7.17 (m, 4H), 7.10 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (dd, J=2.6, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.09 (br d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.54 - 4.48 (m, 1H), 4.04 (t, J=5.9 Hz, 2H), 3.39 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.09 (br d, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 2.57 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.95 - 1.79 (m, 4H), 1.45 - 1.40 (m, 17H), 1.10 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H). Step h: Synthesis of (2S)-2-Amino-3-[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]propanoic Acid (AA2-12) [000820] To AA2-11 (31.5 g, 58.48 mmol, 1.0 eq.) was added HCl/EtOAc (210 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 12 h. The suspension mixture was concentrated under vacuum to give a white solid. Compound AA2-12 (37 g, crude) was obtained as a white solid. [000821] LCMS (ESI): RT = 2.962 min, mass calcd. for C21H27N4O3383.20 [M+H]+, m/z found 383.1 [M+H]+. Reverse phase LC-MS was carried out using a X Bridge C183.5 um 21*20 mm, with a flow rate of 0.8 mL/min, eluting with a gradient of10% to 80% acetonitrile containing 0.02%TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A). [000822] 1H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ = 8.58 (br s, 3H), 7.34 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.22 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.04 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (dd, J=2.4, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.18 (br s, 1H), 4.02 (br t, J=5.9 Hz, 2H), 3.42 (t, J=6.7 Hz, 2H), 3.20 (br d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.57 - 2.51 (m, 2H), 1.84 - 1.66 (m, 4H), 1.05 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H). Step i: Synthesis of (2R)-3-[4-[4-(4-Azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]-2-(9H-fluoren-9- ylmethoxycarbonylamino)propanoic Acid (AA2) [000823] To a solution of compound AA2-12 (37 g, 96.74 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in THF (400 mL) was added NaHCO3 (24.38 g, 290.23 mmol, 11.29 mL, 3.0 eq.) in H2O (200 mL), and then FmocOSu (35.90 g, 106.42 mmol, 1.1 eq.) was added at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was diluted with brine (200mL) and acidified with 1 M aqueous HCl to pH = 2~3. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (200 mL × 2). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (ISCO®; 330 g SepaFlash® Silica Flash Column, Eluent of 0 ~20% Ethyl acetate/Dichloromethane, gradient @ 100 mL/min) for 40 min with total volume 4 L. Compound AA2 (45 g, 65.49 mmol, 67.69% yield, 88% purity) was obtained as a colorless oil foam. [000824] LCMS (ESI): RT =5.482 min, mass calcd. for C36H37N4O5605.26 [M+H]+, m/z found 605.2 [M+H]+. Reverse phase LCMS was carried out using Chromolith Flash RP-C1825-3mm, with a flow rate of 0.8ml/min, eluting with a gradient of 10% to 80%acetonitrile containing 0.02% TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A). [000825] 1H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 10.00 (br s, 1H), 7.78 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.64 - 7.49 (m, 2H), 7.41 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 7.36 - 7.28 (m, 2H), 7.26 - 7.12 (m, 4H), 7.11 - 7.02 (m, 1H), 6.86 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (br dd, J=2.3, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.27 (br d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.47 (br d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.85 - 4.75 (m, 1H), 4.54 - 4.34 (m, 2H), 4.23 (br t, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 4.08 - 3.99 (m, 2H), 3.40 (t, J=6.7 Hz, 2H), 3.36 - 3.26 (m, 1H), 3.24 - 3.14 (m, 1H), 2.56 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 1.97 - 1.80 (m, 4H), 1.09 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H). Step j: Synthesis of (2S)-3-[4-[4-[4-[4-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-(2-Aminoethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy] ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxymethyl]triazol-1-yl]butoxy]-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]-2-(9H- fluoren-9-ylmethoxycarbonylamino)propanoic Acid (AA2-Linker-2) [000826] To a solution of compound AA2 (100 mg, 165.37 μmol, 1.0 eq.), CuSO4·5H2O (41.29 mg, 165.37 μmol, 1.0 eq.), and sodium L-ascorbate (32.76 mg, 165.37 μmol, 1.0 eq.) in H2O (0.8 mL) was added a solution of TBTA (43.88 mg, 82.69 μmol, 0.5 eq.) and AA2-Linker-1 (134.78 mg, 330.75 μmol, 2.0 eq.) in DMSO (0.2 mL). The mixture was stirred at 30 °C for 2 hr. LCMS showed that AA2 was consumed completely and one main peak with desired mass was detected. The reaction mixture was diluted with brine (10mL) and extracted with EtOAc/MeOH=5/1 (15 mL × 2). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Compound AA2-Linker-2 (0.2 g, crude) was obtained as a yellow oil. [000827] LCMS (ESI): RT = 3.389 min, m/z calcd. for C55H74N5O131012.52 [M+H]+, m/z found 1012.5 [M+H]+. LC-MS method A: a MERCK, RP-18e 25-2mm column, with a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min, eluting with a gradient of 10% to 80% acetonitrile containing 0.02% TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A). Step k: Synthesis of (2S)-3-[4-[4-[4-[4-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-(tert-Butoxycarbonylamino) ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxymethyl]triazol-1-yl]butoxy]-2-ethyl- phenyl]phenyl]-2-(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxycarbonylamino)propanoic Acid (B) and NaHCO3 (1 M, 1 mL, 5.06 eq.) was added (Boc)2O (43.12 mg, 197.59 μmol, 45.39 uL, 1.0 eq.). Then the mixture was stirred at 20°C for 2 h. LCMS showed that compound AA2-Linker-2 was consumed completely, and the desired MS was detected. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition of H2O (10 mL), and then diluted with DCM/MeOH = 10/1 (10 mL) and extracted with DCM/MeOH = 10/1 (20 mL × 2). The combined organic layers were washed with sat. NaCl (10 mL × 2), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (ISCO®; 12 g Sepa Flash® Silica Flash Column, Eluent of 0~30% MeOH/DCM @ 30 mL/min). The desired compound AA2- Linker (70 mg, 56.64 μmol, 28.66% yield, 90% purity) was obtained as a white solid. [000829] LCMS: (ESI): Rt = 3.319 min, mass calcd. for C60H82N5O15 [M+H]+ 1112.57, m/z found 1112.20 [M+H]+. Reverse phase LCMS was carried out using Chromolith Flash RP-C1825-3mm, with a flow rate of 0.8ml/min, eluting with a gradient of 10% to 80% acetonitrile containing 0.02% TFA (solvent B) and water containing 0.04% TFA (solvent A). [000830] 1HNMR (CDCl3, 400MHz) δ 7.75 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.63 - 7.52 (m, 3H), 7.38 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.30 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.17 (s, 4H), 7.05 (d, J =8.4Hz,1H), 6.80(d, J=2.0Hz,1H), 6.71(dd, J1 =8.4Hz,J2 =2.0,1H), 5.44 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 5.11 (s, 1H), 4.78 - 4.65 (m, 3H), 4.52 - 4.42 (m, 3H), 4.37 - 4.29 (m, 1H), 4.21(t, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.01 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.73 - 3.58 (m, 28H), 3.52 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 2H), 3.37 - 3.12 (m, 4H), 2.52 (q, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.20 - 2.10 (m, 2H), 1.87 - 1.77 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.06 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 3H). [000831] The synthesis of AA2 using route 4 is shown in Scheme 10 below. Scheme 10 Reagents and Conditions: (a) 1b (1.0 eq.), DCM (1.5 mL), MeOH (1.0 mL), 20 C, 2 h; (b) 2a (3.0 eq.), K2CO3 (2.0 eq.), DMF (3 mL), 60 °C, 3 h, 70.5%; (c) Pd(dppf)Cl2·CH2Cl2 (0.05 eq.), K2CO3(3.0 eq.), Dioxane/H2O, 80 °C, 3 h, 29.5%. Steps from compound 4 to AA2 are same as in Route 5. Step 1: Synthesis of 4-Bromo-3-ethylphenol (2) [000832] To a solution of 3-ethylphenol (500 mg, 4.09 mmol, 495.05 uL, 1 eq) in DCM (7.5 mL) and MeOH (5 mL) was added tetrabutyl ammonium tribromide (1.97 g, 4.09 mmol, 1 eq) at 20°C. The mixture was stirred at 20°C for 2 hr. The reaction was monitored by TLC (Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate = 3:1) which indicated that reactant was consumed and one new spot with lower polarity was observed. The reaction mixture was quenched by H2O (40 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (30 mLx2). The combined organic layers were washed with 1 M HCl (20 mL) and brine (20 mLx2), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The product 4- bromo-3-ethyl-phenol (800 mg, crude) was obtained as a colorless oil, which was checked by 1H NMR. [000833] 1H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 7.21 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (dd, J=3.0, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 2.60 (q, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 1.14 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H). Step 2: Synthesis of 1-bromo-4-(4-chlorobutoxy)-2-ethylbenzene (3) C l C l Br 2a Br Cl , 3.98 mmol, 1 eq) and K2CO3 (1.10 g, 7.96 mmol, 2 eq) in DMF (15 mL) was added 1,4-dichlorobutane (1.52 g, 11.94 mmol, 1.33 mL, 3 eq) at 20 °C. The mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 12 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC (Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate = 3:1) which indicated that reactant was consumed and one new spot with lower polarity was observed. The reaction mixture was quenched by H2O (40 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (40 mLx2). The combined organic layers were washed with 1 M HCl (20 mL) and brine (30 mLx2), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The product 31-bromo-4-(4-chlorobutoxy)-2-ethyl-benzene (910 mg, 2.81 mmol, 70.59% yield, 90% purity) was obtained as a colorless oil, which was checked by 1H NMR and 2D NMR. The compound was used in next step without purification. [000835] 1H NMR (400MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 7.40 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 6.64 - 6.58 (m, 1H), 3.98 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 3.66 - 3.61 (m, 2H),2.72 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.00 - 1.95 (m, 4H), 1.27 - 1.19 (m, 3H). Step 3: Synthesis of tert-Butyl (2S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-[4-[4-(4-chlorobutoxy)-2-ethyl- phenyl]phenyl]propanoate (3) O OtBu O B NHBoc OtBu c 53 g, 3.43 mmol, 1 eq) in dioxane (10 mL) and H2O (2 mL) were added Pd(dppf)Cl2, CH2Cl2 (140.02 mg, 171.46 μmol, 0.05 eq), and K2CO3 (1.42 g, 10.29 mmol, 3 eq), the mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 3 hr. TLC (Petroleum ether : Ethyl acetate=10:1) indicated one new spot formed. LCMS showed that the reaction was complete. The reaction mixture was that quenched by H2O (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (30 mLx2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (20 mLx2), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (ISCO®; 40 g SepaFlash® Silica Flash Column, Eluent of 0~10% EtOAc/PE gradient @ 20 mL/min) for 35 min with total volume 1.2 L. the product 5 (0.6 g, 1.01 mmol, 29.59% yield, 90% purity) was obtained as a colorless oil. The Regio isomer impurity may be isolated by chromatography. 217 min, m/z calcd. For C42H49NO7Na 554.28; found 554.1 [M+Na]+; LC-MS Conditions: Mobile Phase: 1.5mL/4LTFA in water (solvent A) and 0.75mL/4LTFA in acetonitrile (solvent B),using the elution gradient 5%-95% (solvent B) over0.7 minutes and holding at 95% for 0.4 minutes at a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min. [000838] 1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ = 7.21 (s, 4H), 7.10 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (dd, J = 2.6, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 5.14 - 5.01 (m, 1H), 4.56 - 4.45 (m, 1H), 4.05 (t, J = 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.65 (t, J = 6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.09 (br d, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 2.57 (q, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.04 - 1.94 (m, 4H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.41 (s, 9H), 1.10 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3H). [000839] The synthesis of AA2 and AA2-Linker using route 5 is shown in Schemes 11-12 and Table 25 below. Scheme 11
Table 25 2 Cpd_9: 500 g, Tf2O: 5 712 g (98.1% 4’- E 73 C 7481- 73 g, Pyridine: 334 g, (100 eq) (120 eq) (250 eq) DCM: 2.50 L 0 °C / 1 h purity), yellow Cpd_7: 47.3 g, 41.0 g (97.2% 9’-1 E 76 C1652- HCl/EA: 470 (1.00 eq) N/A N/A mL 25 °C / 2 h purity), white solid 8% ite % ite % ght % % ght % ght % ow % ght Synthesis of Compound (2) [000840 . nd (1) (2.00 kg, 9.95 mol, 1.00 eq) in ACN (12.0 L) was added Cs2CO3 (4.54 kg, 13.9 mol, 1.40 eq) and compound (1A) (2.39 kg, 10.9 mol, 1.10 eq). The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 12 hrs. The reaction was monitored by LCMS, which showed that compound (1) was consumed completely, and desired mass (Rt = 0.654 min) was observed. [000841] Two batches were combined to work up. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filter liquor was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (5.00 L) and filtered to remove salt. The filter liquor was concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product. Compound (2) (5720 g, 19.3 mol, 98.8% purity) was obtained as brown oil. The structure and purity were confirmed by HNMR and HPLC (HPLC purity: 98.8% (220 nm)). The crude product was used in next step without any purification. [000842] HNMR (CDCl3, 400MHz): δ 10.2 (s, 1H ), 7.51 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H ), 7.39 (d, J = 3.2 Hz, 1H ), 7.02 (dd, J1 = 8.8 Hz, J2 = 3.2 Hz, 1H), 4.04 - 4.02 (m, 2H), 3.63 - 3.60 (m, 2H), 1.99 - 1.91 (m, 4H). Synthesis of Compound (3) (403 g, 1.13 mol, 1.00 eq) in THF (1.80 L) was added tBuOK (164 g, 1.31 mol, 1.30 eq) at 0 - 5 °C under N2. The mixture was stirred at 0 - 5 °C for 0.25 hr. A solution of compound (2) (333 g, 1.13 mol, 1.00 eq) in THF (1.20 L) was added dropwise to above solution. The mixture was stirred at 20 °C for 3 hrs. The reaction was monitored by LCMS, which showed that compound (2) was consumed completely. Three batches were combined to work up. The reaction mixture was partitioned between MTBE (8.00 L) and H2O (8.00 L). The organic phase was separated, washed with brine (3.00 L * 2), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, petroleum ether/ethyl acetate =1/0, petroleum ether/ethyl acetate =1/ 0, Rf = 0.60). Compound (3) (504 g, 1.73 mol, 99.4% purity) was obtained as colorless oil. The structure and purity were confirmed by HNMR and HPLC. Compound (3) (770 g, 2.50 mol, 94.1% purity) was obtained as colorless oil. [000844] HNMR (CDCl3, 400MHz): δ 7.40 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.79 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.61 (dd, J1 = 8.4 Hz, J2 = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.97 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.63 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 2H), 2.72 (q, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.00 - 1.93 (m, 4H), 1.23 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H). Synthesis of Compound (4) [0008 ] genera proce ure a was use s as o ows. o a sou on o compound (3) (178 g, 613 mmol, 1.00 eq) in MeOH (900 mL) was added Pt/C (17.8 g, 4.24 mmol, 5% purity) under N2. The mixture was degassed, purged 3 times with H2, and stirred at 25 °C for 1.5 hrs under H2 atmosphere (50 Psi). The reaction was monitored by LCMS, which showed that compound (3) was consumed completely and 7.23% of byproduct (Rt = 0.680 min) and 92.7% of desired product (Rt = 0.729 min) were formed. Seven batches were combined to work-up. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filter was concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was used in the next step without further purification. Compound (4) (1030 g, 3.26 mol, 75.8% yield, 92.2% purity) was obtained as yellow oil. The structure and purity were confirmed by HNMR and HPLC. [000846] HNMR (CDCl3, 400MHz): δ 7.40 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.79 (d, J = 3.2 Hz, 1H), 6.61 (dd, J1 = 8.4 Hz, J2 = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 3.97 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.63 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.72 (q, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.00 - 1.94 (m, 4H), 1.23 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 3H) [000847] The reaction conditions used to prepare compound (4) are shown in Scheme 13 and Table 26 below. Scheme 13 Table 26. Condition catalyst Reagent S Vo ol lvent/ Temp. / Time IPC / LCMS % 3 S % % % % % y- % Synthesis of Compound (10) [000848] A general procedure that was used is as follows. To a solution of compound (9) (4.50 kg, 15.2 mol, 1.00 eq) in dry DCM (22.5 L) was added Tf2O (5.16 kg, 18.2 mol, 3.02 L, 1.20 eq) at 0°C, then Py (3.01 kg, 38.0 mol, 3.07 L, 2.50 eq) was added dropwise at 0°C under N2. The mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1hr. The reaction was monitored using LCMS, which showed that the desired m/z peak (Rt = 0.617 min) has formed. The reaction mixture was quenched by adding water 4.50 L at 0°C, then the cooling bath was removed. The saturated citric acid solution was added to the mixture to adjust pH to 2 – 3. After separation, the organic layer was washed with 5% citric acid solution (4.50L) and H2O (4.50 L * 3), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the product. Compound (10) (6.34 kg, 14.4 mol, 94.7% yield, 97.3% purity) was obtained as a yellow solid. The structure and purity were confirmed by HNMR and HPLC. The crude product was used in the next step without further purification. [000849] MS cal.: 427.09, MS observed: [M+Na]+ = 450.0. HPLC purity: 97.3% (220 nm). [000850] HNMR (CDCl3, 400MHz): δ 7.24 - 7.19 (m, 4H), 5.03 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H ), 4.60 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H ), 3.71 (s, 3H ), 3.20 - 3.01 (m, 2H), 1.41 (s, 9H). Synthesis of Compound (11) [000851] . mpound (10) (3.07 kg, 7.05 mol, 1.00 eq) in ACN (26.5 L) was added B2pin2 (bis(pinacolato)diboron) (1.88 kg, 7.40 mol, 1.05 eq), KOAc (1.38 kg, 14.0 mol, 2.00 eq), and PCy3 (39.5 g, 140 mmol, 0.02 eq). The mixture was degassed and purged 3 times with N2. Then Pd(OAc)2 (15.8 g, 70.4 mmol, 0.01 eq) was added to the mixture under N2. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux (81.6 °C) for 3 hrs under N2. The reaction was monitored by HPLC, which showed one main peak (Rt = 3.905 min). The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filter cake was washed with ACN (1.00 L). The combined filtrate was concentrated and diluted with MTBE (14.0 L), then washed with water (4.50 L * 2), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=10/1 to 5/1, Rf = 0.48) to give two fractions of compound (11): fraction 1 (1.76 kg, 4.19 mol, 29.7% yield, 96.2% purity) (was obtained as yellow oil) and fraction 2 (3.26 kg, 7.78 mol, 55.2% yield, 96.9% purity) (was obtained as yellow oil). The structure and purity were confirmed by HNMR, LCMS, and HPLC. [000852] MS cal.: 405.23, MS observed: [M+Na]+ = 428.2. [000853] HNMR (CDCl3, 400MHz): δ7.74 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H ), 7.13 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H ), 4.95 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H ), 4.68 - 4.37 (m, 1H), 3.70 (s, 3H ), 3.16 - 3.05 (m, 2H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.34 (s, 12H). Synthesis of Compound (5) [0 d (11) (4.04 kg, 9.64 mol, 1.05 eq) and compound (4) (2.90 kg, 9.18 mol, 1.00 eq) in dioxane (18.0 L) and H2O (6.00 L) was added NaHCO3 (1.54 kg, 18.3 mol, 2.00 eq), Pd(dppf)Cl2 (671 g, 917 mmol, 0.10 eq) under N2, and then the mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 8 hrs under N2. The reaction was monitored by LCMS, which showed that compound (4)was consumed completely, and desired mass (Rt = 0.744 min) was formed. The reaction solution was work-up in three batches. The reaction mixture was diluted with H2O (12.0 L) and extracted with EtOAc (8.00 L * 2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (5.00 L * 2), dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 10/1 to 3/1, petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 5/1, Rf = 0.40). Compound (5) (4.12 kg, 8.09 mol, 88.1% yield, 96.2% purity) was obtained as yellow oil. The structure and purity were confirmed by HNMR, LCMS, HPLC, Special LCMS, Special HPLC, and SFC. [000855] MS cal.: 489.23, MS observed: [M+Na]+ =512.1. Special LCMS of compound (5): MS cal.: 489.23, MS observed: [M-Boc+H]+ =390.1. HPLC purity: 96.2% (220 nm). Special HPLC purity: 96.5% (220 nm). SFC data for compound (5): e.e. value %: 100%. [000856] HNMR (CDCl3, 400MHz): δ 7.22 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H ), 7.15 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H ), 7.10 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H ), 6.84 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H ), 6.76 (dd, J1 = 8.4 Hz, J2 = 2.4 Hz, 1H ), 5.04 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H ), 4.64 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H ), 4.04 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H ), 3.74 (s, 3H ), 3.65 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H ), 3.19 - 3.05 (m, 2H), 2.56 (q, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H ), 2.03 - 1.96 (m, 4H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.10 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 3H). [000857] The reaction conditions used to prepare compound (5) are shown in Scheme 14 and Table 27 below. Scheme 14 Condition Base Solvent Temp. / Time IPC / LCMS of of of % % % % Synthesis of Compound (6) (5) (1440 g, 2.83 mol, 1.00 eq) in DMF (14.4 L) was added KI (281 g, 1.70 mol, 0.60 eq), then added NaN3 (238 g, 3.68 mol, 1.30 eq). The mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 64 hrs. The reaction was monitored by special LCMS, which showed that compound (5) was consumed completely, and desired mass (Rt = 11.176 min) was detected. The reaction solution was cooled to 20 °C. Work-up was performed in two batches. To the reaction solution was added Na2CO3 (5%, 15.0 L) (pH was confirmed to be > 9). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (8.00 L* 2). Organic phases were combined, washed with Na2CO3 (5%, 6.00 L* 2) and brine (6.00 L), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuum to removed EtOAc (bath temperature <30°C). The crude product was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 10/1 to 3/1, petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 5/1, Rf = 0.40). Compound (6) (2660 g, 5.24 mol, 92.6% yield, 97.8% purity) was obtained as yellow oil. The structure and purity were confirmed by HNMR, LCMS, HPLC, and special HPLC. [000859] LCMS of compound (6): MS cal.: 496.27, MS observed: [M+Na]+ =519.2. Special LCMS of compound (6): MS cal.: 496.27, MS observed: [M-Boc+H]+ =397.1. HPLC of compound (6): HPLC purity: 96.2% (220 nm). Special HPLC purity: 97.8 % (220 nm) [000860] HNMR (CDCl3, 400MHz): δ 7.21 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.15 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.10 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H ), 6.84 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (dd, J1 = 8.4 Hz, J2 = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.04 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.68 - 4.56 (m, 1H), 4.04 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.39 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.21 - 3.00 (m, 2H), 2.56 (q, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.96 - 1.79 (m, 4H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.10 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 3H). Synthesis of Compound (7) [000861] A general procedure that was used is as follows. To a solution of compound (6) (1880 g, 3.70 mol, 1.00 eq) in THF (13.2 L) and H2O (5.60 L) was added LiOH•H2O (310 g, 1.71 mol, 2.00 eq). The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 3 hrs. The reaction was monitored by LCMS, which showed that compound (6) was consumed completely, and desired mass (Rt = 0.689 min) was formed. To the reaction was added ice-water (10.0 L), then 1M HCl was added to adjusted pH to 4 ~ 5. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (8.00 L * 2), the combined organic phase was washed with H2O ( 5.00 L ) and brine (5.00 L), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was used into the next step without further purification. Compound (7) (3650 g, 7.37 mol, 99.4% yield, 97.4% purity) was obtained as yellow oil. The structure and purity were confirmed by HNMR, LCMS, and HPLC. [000862] LCMS for compound (7): MS cal.: 482.25, MS observed: [M+Na]+ =505.2. HPLC purity: 97.4% (220 nm). [000863] HNMR (CDCl3, 400MHz): δ 7.22 (s, 4H), 7.09 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H 6.84 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (dd, J1 = 8.4 Hz, J2 = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.02 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.65 - 4.46 (m, 1H), 4.03 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.39 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.26 (dd, J1 = 14.0 Hz, J2 = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 3.17 - 2.88 (m, 1H), 2.56 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.97 - 1.76 (m, 4H), 1.47 - 1.31 (m, 9H), 1.09 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H). Synthesis of Compound (8) O HCl O OH [000864] A general procedure that was used is as follows. A solution of compound (7) (300 g, 605 mmol, 1.00 eq) in HCl/EtOAc (2 M, 3.00 L) was stirred at 25 °C for 2 hrs. The reaction was monitored using LCMS which showed that compound (7) was consumed completely, and the desired mass was formed. The reaction was repeated 12 times and all reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuum to give the crude product. Compound (8) (3.09 kg, 7.21 mol, 99.2% yield, 97.8% purity, HCl) was obtained as a white solid. The crude was used in the next step without further purification. The structure and purity were confirmed by HNMR and HPLC. [000865] LCMS for compound (8): MS cal.: 382.20, MS observed: [M+H]+ =383.2. HPLC purity: 97.8% (220 nm). [000866] HNMR (DMSO-d6, 400MHz): δ 13.83 (s, 1H), 8.56 (s, 3H), 7.33 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.21 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.03 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (dd, J1 = 8.4 Hz, J2 = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.17 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 4.01 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.41 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.20 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.57 - 2.51 (m, 2H), 1.81 - 1.66 (m, 4H), 1.04 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 3H). Synthesis of Compound (AA2) [000867] A general procedure that was used is as follows. To a solution of compound (8) (1520 g, 3.55 mol, 97.8% purity, 1.00 eq, HCl) in THF (7.60 L) and H2O (7.60 L) was added NaHCO3 (1.04 kg, 12.4 mol, 3.50 eq) and FmocOSu (1.20 kg, 3.55 mol, 1.00 eq). The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 16 hrs. The reaction was monitored by LCMS which showed that compound (8) was consumed completely and the desired mass (Rt = 0.778 min) was formed. The reaction was quenched with H2O (8.00 L) and 1 M HCl was added to adjust pH to 4 ~ 5. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (8.00 L * 2) and combined organic phase was washed with brine (4.00 L * 2), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product (5.04 kg). The crude product was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate =1/0 to 1/1, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate = 5/1, Rf = 0.20). AA2 (3620 g, 5.79 mol, 81.6% yield, 96.8% purity) was obtained as yellow oil. The structure and purity were confirmed by HNMR, Special LCMS, HPLC, special HPLC, and SFC. [000868] LCMS for AA2: MS cal.: 604.27, MS observed: [M+Na]+ = 627.1. Special LCMS of AA2: MS cal.: 604.27, MS observed: [M-Fmoc+H]+ =383.1. HPLC purity: 96.8% (220 nm). Special HPLC purity: 96.8% (220 nm). SFC of AA2: e.e. value %: 100%. [000869] HNMR (CDCl3, 400MHz): δ 7.75 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.62 - 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.38 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 7.32 - 7.25 (m, 2H), 7.24 - 6.98 (m, 5H), 6.82 (s, 1H) 6.72 (dd, J1 = 8.0 Hz, J2 = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.34 (s, 1H), 4.76 (s, 1H), 4.56 - 4.28 (m, 2H), 4.19 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.39 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.34 - 2.83 (m, 2H), 2.52 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.99 - 1.78 (m, 4H), 1.06 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H). Synthesis of Compound (PEG8-AA2) [000870] A general procedure that was used is as follows. To a solution of AA2 (1300, 2.08 mol, 1.00 eq), PEG8 (1140 g, 2.19 mol, 1.05 eq), and NaVc (206 g, 1.04 mol, 0.50 eq) in THF (13.0 L) was added a solution of CuSO4.5H2O (130 g, 520 mmol, 0.25 eq) in H2O (3.90 L). The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 2 hrs. The reaction was monitored by LCMS, which showed that AA2 was consumed completely, and desired mass (Rt = 0.705 min) was formed. Water (15.0 L) was added to the reaction mixture, and it was then extracted with EtOAc (10.0 L * 2). The combined organic phase was washed with HCl (1 M, 6.00 L), EDTA-2Na (5%, 6.00 L * 3), H2O (6.00 L), and brine (6.00 L), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, dichloromethane/methanol =1/0 to 8/1, dichloromethane/methanol = 15/1, Rf = 0.25). PEG8-AA2 (3550 g, 3.16 mol, 75.8% yield, 98.9% purity) was obtained as light brown oil. The structure and purity were confirmed by HNMR, LCMS, special LCMS, HPLC, Special HPLC, SFC, ROI, and KF. [000871] LCMS for PEG8-AA2: MS cal.: 1111.57, MS observed: [(M-Boc+H)/2]+ = 506.8. LCMS of PEG8-AA2: MS cal.: 1111.57, MS observed: [(M-Boc+H)/2]+ = 506.7. Special LCMS of PEG8-AA2: MS cal.: 1111.57, MS observed: [(M-Boc+H)/2]+ = 507.0. HPLC purity: 100% (220 nm). Special HPLC purity: 98.9% (220 nm). Chiral SFC Report for PEG8-AA2: e.e. value %: 100%. [000872] HNMR (CDCl3, 400MHz): δ 7.75 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.63 - 7.52 (m, 3H), 7.38 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.30 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.17 (s, 4H), 7.05 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.71(dd, J1 = 8.4 Hz, J2 = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 5.44 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 5.11 (s, 1H), 4.78 - 4.65 (m, 3H), 4.52 - 4.42 (m, 3H), 4.37 - 4.29 (m, 1H), 4.21(t, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.01 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.73 - 3.58 (m, 28H), 3.52 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 2H), 3.37 - 3.12 (m, 4H), 2.52 (q, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.20 - 2.10 (m, 2H), 1.87 - 1.77 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.06 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 3H). [000873] The reaction conditions used to prepare PEG8-AA2 are shown in Scheme 15 and Table 28 below. Scheme 15
Table 28. Batch E PE q. Gt 8 of Eq. of Eq. of Eq. of Solvent NaVc CuSO4.5H2O TBTA V/V Temp. / Time IPC / LCMSDMSO/H O 8- 8- 8- 8- Scheme 16 Raw material Step (Equivalent /Volume) Condition IPC Product e), e), e), e), e), 2’-1 Cpd_2:2.0 kg TsOH.H2O:288.19 DCM: MeOH = 10: 1, 2.0 kg (crude) 00 eq) N/A MeOH : 10.0 7 , (1. g (0.5 eq) L 0 °C/ 12 hrs I2, Rf = 0.5 off-white oil e), l e), l 4% 8% il 6% il 6% il de) de) de) l de) l de) l 1% 2% Synthesis of Compound (A2) A1 (3.50 kg, 5.71 mol, 1.00 eq) in THF (17.5 L) was added NaH (274 g, 6.85 mol, 60% purity, 1.20 eq) in portions at 0 °C. The mixture stirred at 0 °C for 0.5 h and then 3-bromoprop-1-yne (1.19 kg, 8.00 mol, 861 mL, 80% purity, 1.40 eq) was added to the reaction at 0°C and the mixture stirred at 25 °C for 12 hrs. The reaction was monitored by TLC (dichloromethane: methanol = 10/ 1). TLC indicated that compound A1 (Rf = 0.60) was consumed completely and one new spot(Rf = 0.70) formed. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice water (10.0 L) at 0 °C, and then extracted with EtOAc (5.00 L * 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (5.00 L * 2), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. Two batches were combined after work up. The crude product was used to next step without any purification (according to the HNMR, the product contained some mineral oil which did not affect the next reaction). Compound A2 (7.00 kg, 10.5 mol, 98.5% purity) was obtained as black brown oil. The structure and purity were confirmed by LCMS and HPLC. [000876] LCMS for compound A2: MS cal.: 650.35, MS observed: [M+H2O]+ = 668.3. HPLC purity: 98.5%. Synthesis of Compound (A3) d A2 (3.50 kg, 5.30 mol, 98.5% purity, 1.00 eq) in MeOH (17.5 L) was added TsOH•H2O (503 g, 2.65 mol, 0.50 eq). The mixture was stirred at 70 °C for 12 hrs. The reaction was monitored by TLC (dichloromethane: methanol = 10/ 1). TLC indicated that compound A2 (Rf = 0.60) was consumed completely and new spots (Rf1 = 0.50, Rf2 = 0.80) were observed. K2CO3 (500 g) was added to the reaction mixture, and it was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was dissolved in DCM (10.0 L), the mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. Two batches were combined after work up. The crude product was used to next step without any purification. Compound A3 (5.00 kg, crude) was obtained as black brown oil. Synthesis of Compound (A4) [000878] A general procedure that was used is as follows. To a solution of compound A3 (2.17 kg, 5.30 mol, 1.00 eq) in THF (18.3 L) was added NaOH (847 g, 21.2 mol, 4.00 eq) at 0 °C over 10 min, then 4-methylbenzenesulfonyl chloride (2.53 kg, 13.2 mol, 2.50 eq) in THF (4.37 L) was added the reaction mixture at 0 °C. The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 2 hrs. The reaction was monitored by LC-MS, which showed that compound A3 was consumed completely and one main peak with desired m/z (Rt = 0.532 min) was observed. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition of H2O (5.00 L) at 25°C and extracted with EtOAc (5.00 mL * 2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (5.00 L * 2), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. Two batches were combined after work up. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, dichloromethane: methanol = 1/ 0 to 10/ 1, dichloromethane: methanol = 10/ 1, Rf = 0.60). Compound A4 (3.76 kg, 6.59 mol, 98.6% purity) was obtained as black brown oil. The structure and purity were confirmed by H NMR, HPLC, and LCMS. [000879] LCMS: MS cal.: 562.24, MS observed: [M+H]+ = 563.2. HPLC: 98.69% purity (220 nm). [000880] HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 7.77 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.32 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 4.17 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 4.10 (t, J1= 4.0 Hz, J2 = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 3.67 - 3.59 (m, 30H), 2.42 (s, 4H). Synthesis of Compound (A5) .20 kg, 2.10 mol, 98.6% purity, 1.00 eq) in propan-2-ol (6.00 L) saturated with NH3 (409 g, 24.0 mol, 11.4 eq) (gas: NH3) was stirred under 15 Psi at 50 °C for 24 hrs in a 10.0 L of sealed tube or autoclave. The reaction was monitored by TLC (dichloromethane: methanol = 10/ 1). TLC indicated that compound A4 (Rf = 0.50) was consumed completely and new spots (Rf1 = 0.30, Rf2 = 0) were formed. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. Three batches were combined after work up. The crude product was used to next step without any purification. Compound A5 (2.57 g, crude) was obtained as black brown oil. [000882] NH3/isopropanol was used instead of NH3/MeOH to avoid the formation of a byproduct in which OTs group was methoxylated. The crude product which contained TsOH was used for next step without further purification. Synthesis of PEG8 d A5 (2.57 kg, 6.31 mol, 1.00 eq) in DCM (11.8 L) was added DIEA (3.26 kg, 25.2 mol, 4.39 L, 4.00 eq) and (Boc)2O (4.13 kg, 18.9 mol, 4.35 L, 3.00 eq). The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 5 hrs. The reaction was monitored by TLC (dichloromethane: methanol = 10/ 1). TLC indicated that compound A5 (Rf = 0.20) was consumed completely and new spots (Rf1 = 0.50, Rf2 = 0.40) were formed. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, dichloromethane: methanol = 1/ 0 to 80/ 1, dichloromethane: methanol = 10/ 1, Rf = 0.50). Compound PEG8 (2.00 kg, 3.94 mol) was obtained in 62.4% yield. The structure and purity were confirmed by HNMR and LCMS-CAD. [000884] MS cal.: 507.30, MS observed: [M+H2O]+ = 525.4. LCMS-CAD: 98.22% purity (220 nm). [000885] HNMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ: 5.03 (s, 1H), 4.18 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 2H), 3.69 - 3.60 (m, 28H), 3.52 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 2H), 3.31- 3.28 (m, 2H), 2.42 (t, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 1.42 (s, 9H). [000886] Figure 15 shows an alternate process for making AA2 and AA2+Linker. The following paragraphs provide the detailed synthetic procedure and characterization of each intermediate that together form the product AA2-Linker: [000887] Step a: To a solution of 3-ethylphenol (50.0 g, 409 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in DCM (150 mL) and MeOH (100 mL) was added tetrabutylammonium (205 g, 426 mmol, 1.04 eq.) portions by portions. The mixture was stirred at 20 oC for 2 hrs. TLC (PE/ EtOAc = 5/1) showed new spots were detected. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, then quenched by H2O (1 L) and extracted with EtOAc (1 L x 2). The combined organic layers were washed with HCl (1 M, 1 L x 2) and brine (1 L x 2), and dried over Na2SO4. The organic layer was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give (2S)-2-(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxycarbonylamino)-3-(4- iodophenyl)propanoic acid (76.0 g, 92.4% yield) as yellow oil. (76.0 g used for next step directly). H NMR:ES27762-110-P1A (CDCl3, 400 MHz); δ: 7.37 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.74 (d, 1H, J = 3.2 Hz), 6.57 (dd, J = 3.2 Hz, 1H), 4.76 (s, 1 H), 2.69 (q, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 1.22 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 3H). [000888] Step b: The mixture of 4-bromo-3-ethyl-phenol (10 g, 49.7 mmol, 1.0 eq.), 4,4,4',4',5,5,5',5'-octamethyl-2,2'-bi(1,3,2-dioxaborolane) (14.5 g, 57.2 mmol, 1.15 eq.), KOAc (9.76 g, 99.5 mmol, 2.0 eq.), PCy3 (558 mg, 1.99 mmol, 0.04 eq.), Pd(OAc)2 (223 mg, 1.00 mmol, 0.02 eq.) in dioxane (200 mL) was stirred at 90 oC for 4 hrs under N2 atmosphere. LCMS showed desired mass was detected. TLC (PE/EtOAc = 10/1) showed new spots were detected. The mixture was filtered and washed with EtOAc (100 mL X 2) to give the organic layer. The organic layer was concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (ISCO®; 330 g SepaFlash® Silica Flash Column, Eluent of 0~10% Ethyl acetate/Petroleum ether gradient @ 100 mL/min) to give 3-ethyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenol (11.0 g, 37.7 mmol, 85% purity, 75.8% yield) as brown oil. HNMR:ES27762-102-P1A (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 7.69 (d, 1H, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.67 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.62-6.65 (m, 1H), 4.98 (s, 1H), 2.88 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.34 (s, 12H), 1.19 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H); LCMS: m/z = 249.1 [M+H]+. Time Temp. B t h C d 2 S l t Pd/L C % Pd2dba3 (0.02 eq.) 3 200 mg Dioxane (2 mL) 3 90 82 PCy3 (0.04 eq.) enol (10.3 g, 41.7 mmol, 1.2 eq.), 4-azidobutan-1-ol (4.00 g, 34.7 mmol, 1 eq.), Molecular sieve 4A (3.83 g, 8.69 mmol, 0.25 eq.) in THF (20 mL) was added DIAD (8.43 g, 41.69 mmol, 8.08 mL, 1.2 eq.) at 20 oC. The mixture was stirred at 20 oC for 0.5 h. The solution of PPh3 (10.93 g, 41.69 mmol, 1.2 eq.) was added dropwise at 0-5 oC. The mixture was stirred at 20 oC for 3 hrs. LCMS showed desired mass was detected. To the mixture was added H2O (50 mL), and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL X 3) to give the organic layer. The organic layer was washed with brine (20 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to afford the residue. The residue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (ISCO®; 330 g SepaFlash® Silica Flash Column, Eluent of 0~10% Ethyl acetate/Petroleum ether gradient @ 100 mL/min) to give the 2-(4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethylphenyl)- 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (4.31 g, 12.5 mmol, 35.9% yield) as yellow oil. H NMR: ES27762-108-P1B (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 7.73 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.73 (d,J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.70 (dd, J = 2.4, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.37 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.90 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.79- 1.90 (m, 4H), 1.34 (s, 12H), 1.20 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H). LCMS: ES27762-108-P1A m/z = 318.1 [M- N2+H]+.2D NMR was obtained to confirm the identity of the product as the correct regio-isomer. 4- THF T m Yi ld t Na2SO4 (8 The solution of PPh3 in 2 500 mg 10 0-20 N/A eq.) THF was added. n n , , , ethyl- 1,3,2-dioxaborolane (200 mg, 579 μmol, 1.0 eq.), (2S)-2-(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxycarbonylamino)-3- (4-iodophenyl)propanoic acid (327.11 mg, 637.23 μmol, 1.1 eq.) , K2CO3 (160 mg, 1.16 mmol, 2.0 eq.) in H2O /isopropyl alcohol (2 mL, 1/4) was added Pd(dppf)Cl2-CH2Cl2 (47.31 mg, 57.93 μmol, 0.1 eq) under N2 atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 12 hrs. LCMS showed desired mass was detected. TLC (DCM/MeOH = 10/1) showed new spots were detected. The mixture was added to H2O (2 mL), adjusted with sat. citric acid to pH ~5, extracted with EtOAc (5 mL X 3) to give the organic layer. The organic layer was washed with brine (2 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to give the residue. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (SiO2, DCM/MeOH = 10/1) to give (2S)-3-[4-[4-(4-azidobutoxy)-2-ethyl-phenyl]phenyl]-2-(9H-fluoren-9- ylmethoxycarbonylamino)propanoic acid (80 mg, 132.30 μmol, 22.84% yield) as yellow solid. H NMR: ES27762-104-P1H (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 7.76 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.60-7.70 (m, 2H), 7.30- 7.48 (m, 2H), 7.25-7.28 (m, 4H), 7.10 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 6.90 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H), 6.69 (dd, J = 2.4, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.42-4.50 (m, 1H), 4.30-4.40 (m, 1H), 4.10-4.20 (m, 2H), 3.99 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.37 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.20-3.30 (m, 1H), 2.90-3.00 (m, 1H), 2.44 (q, J = 1.8, 7.4 Hz, 2H), 1.70-1.90 (m, 4H), 0.94 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 3H). [000891] Step e: 5a (2.0 eq), HOVc (1.8 eq.), CuSO4.5H2O (1.28 eq.), and THF (30 V) are combined at 100 oC for 1 h, with microwave. The general procedure that was used is the same as described above. To a solution of AA2 (1300 g, 2.08 mol, 1.00 eq), PEG8 (1140 g, 2.19 mol, 1.05 eq), and NaVc (206 g, 1.04 mol, 0.50 eq) in THF (13.0 L) was added a solution of CuSO4.5H2O (130 g, 520 mmol, 0.25 eq) in H2O (3.90 L). The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 2 hrs. The reaction was monitored by LCMS, which showed that AA2 was consumed completely, and desired mass (Rt = 0.705 min) was formed. Water (15.0 L) was added to the reaction mixture, and it was then extracted with EtOAc (10.0 L * 2). The combined organic phase was washed with HCl (1 M, 6.00 L), EDTA- 2Na (5%, 6.00 L * 3), H2O (6.00 L), and brine (6.00 L), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, dichloromethane/methanol =1/0 to 8/1, dichloromethane/methanol = 15/1, Rf = 0.25). PEG8-AA2 (3550 g, 3.16 mol, 75.8% yield, 98.9% purity) was obtained as light brown oil. The structure and purity were confirmed by HNMR, LCMS, special LCMS, HPLC, Special HPLC, SFC, ROI, and KF. [000892] LCMS for PEG8-AA2: MS cal.: 1111.57, MS observed: [(M-Boc+H)/2]+ = 506.8. LCMS of PEG8-AA2: MS cal.: 1111.57, MS observed: [(M-Boc+H)/2]+ = 506.7. Special LCMS of PEG8-AA2: MS cal.: 1111.57, MS observed: [(M-Boc+H)/2]+ = 507.0. HPLC purity: 100% (220 nm). Special HPLC purity: 98.9% (220 nm). Chiral SFC Report for PEG8-AA2: e.e. value %: 100%. [000893] HNMR (CDCl3, 400MHz): δ 7.75 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.63 - 7.52 (m, 3H), 7.38 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.30 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.17 (s, 4H), 7.05 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.71(dd, J1 = 8.4 Hz, J2 = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 5.44 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 5.11 (s, 1H), 4.78 - 4.65 (m, 3H), 4.52 - 4.42 (m, 3H), 4.37 - 4.29 (m, 1H), 4.21(t, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.01 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.73 - 3.58 (m, 28H), 3.52 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 2H), 3.37 - 3.12 (m, 4H), 2.52 (q, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.20 - 2.10 (m, 2H), 1.87 - 1.77 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.06 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 3H). [000894] As various changes may be made in the above-described subject matter without departing from the scope and spirit of the present disclosure, it is intended that all subject matter contained in the above description, or defined in the appended claims, be interpreted as descriptive and illustrative of the present disclosure. Many modifications and variations of the present disclosure are possible in light of the above teachings. Accordingly, the present description is intended to embrace all such alternatives, modifications, and variances which fall within the scope of the appended claims. [000895] All patents, applications, publications, test methods, literature, and other materials cited herein are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety as if physically present in this specification.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS: 1. A compound having a structure of Formula (I): I), m and n are, independently, an integer from 1 to 5, and (m+n) ≥ 3; R1 is a C1-5 alkyl; R2 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; and R3 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof.
2. The compound of claim 1, wherein R1 is methyl.
3. The compound of claim 1, wherein R2 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C18-26 alkyl, and R3 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C18-26 alkyl.
4. The compound of claim 1, wherein each R2 is independently an optionally substituted C22 alkyl and each R3 is independently an optionally substituted C22 alkyl.
5. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound has the structure of Formula (Ia):
a),
6. A process for preparation of a compound of Formula (I): ), m and n are, independently, an integer from 1 to 5, and (m+n) ≥ 3; R1 is a C1-5 alkyl; R2 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; and R3 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof, said process comprising: (a) providing a compound of Formula (II) having the structure:
I), PG is a suitable protecting group; and (b) forming the compound of Formula (I) from the compound of Formula (II).
7. The process according to claim 6, wherein PG is selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9- fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
8. The process according to claim 6, wherein the compound of Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (IIa): ).
9. The process according to claim 6, wherein said step (b) of forming the compound of Formula (I) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (II) with a protecting group removing agent to produce the compound of Formula (I).
10. The process according to claim 9, wherein the protecting group removing agent is selected from the group consisting of Pd(PPh)3, PhSiH3, H2, piperidine, and trifluoroacetic acid (TFA).
11. The process according to claim 6 further comprising the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (III) having the structure: I); PG1 is a suitable protecting group; PG2 is a suitable protecting group; and forming the compound of Formula (II) from the compound of Formula (III) prior to the step (a).
12. The process according to claim 11, wherein PG1 is independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS), trimethylsilyl (TMS), triethylsilyl (TES), tert-butyldiphenylsilyl (TBDPS), and triisopropylsilyl (TIPS).
13. The process according to claim 11, wherein PG2 is independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS), trimethylsilyl (TMS), triethylsilyl (TES), tert-butyldiphenylsilyl (TBDPS), and triisopropylsilyl (TIPS).
14. The process according to claim 11, wherein each PG1 and each PG2 are the same.
15. The process according to claim 11, wherein PG1 and PG2 are different from each other.
16. The process according to claim 11 , wherein the compound of Formula (III) has the structure of Formula (Illa):
17. The process according to claim 11 , wherein said step of forming the compound of Formula (II) prior to step (a) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (III) with a protecting group removal agent to obtain a deprotected intermediate; reacting said intermediate with at least one compound of Formula (IV):
R-LG (IV), wherein
R is an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; and
LG is a suitable leaving group; to produce the compound of Formula (II).
18. The process according to claim 17, wherein LG is selected from a group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
19. The process according to claim 17, wherein the protecting group removal agent is selected from the group consisting of tetrabutylammonium fluoride (TBAF), NH4F, Si F4, AcOH, HCI, LiAIH4, and K2CO3.
20. The process according to claim 11 further comprising the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (V) having the structure:
forming the compound of Formula (III) from the compound of Formula (V).
21. The process according to claim 20, wherein said step of forming the compound of Formula (III) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (V) with a compound of Formula (Via) or Formula (Vlb):
PG-X (Via) or PG2O (Vlb), wherein
X is Cl or Br; to produce the compound of Formula (III).
22. The process according to claim 21 , wherein the compound of Formula (Via) or Formula (Vlb) is selected from the group consisting of AllocCI, Alloc2O, Cbz2O, CbzCI, FmocCI, and BOC2O.
23. The process according to claim 20 further comprising: providing a compound of Formula (VII) having the structure: wherein PG3 is a suitable protecting group; and forming the compound of Formula (V) from the compound of Formula (VII).
24. The process according to claim 23, wherein PG3 is selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9- fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
25. The process according to claim 23, wherein the compound of Formula (VII) has the following structure: (Vila).
26. The process according to claim 23, wherein said step of forming the compound of Formula (V) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (VII) with a protecting group removing agent to produce the compound of Formula (V).
27. The process according to claim 26, wherein the protecting group removing agent is selected from the group consisting of Pd(PPh)3, PhSiHa, H2, piperidine, and trifluoroacetic acid (TFA).
28. The process according to claim 23 further comprising: providing a compound of Formula (VIII) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (VII) from the compound of Formula (VIII).
29. The process according to claim 28, wherein said step of forming the compound of Formula (VII) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (VIII) with a compound of Formula (IX) having the structure: to produce the compound of Formula (VII).
30. The process according to claim 28, wherein the compound of Formula (VIII) has the following structure: (Villa).
31. The process according to claim 29, wherein the compound of Formula (IX) has the following structure:
32. The process according to claim 28 further comprising: providing a compound of Formula (X) having the structure: wherein PG4 is a suitable protecting group; and forming the compound of Formula (VIII) from the compound of Formula (X).
33. The process according to claim 32, wherein PG4 is selected from the group consisting of allyl, allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9- fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
34. The process according to claim 32, wherein the compound of Formula (X) has the following structure:
35. The process according to claim 32, wherein said step of forming the compound of Formula (VIII) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (X) with a protecting group removing agent.
36. The process according to claim 35, wherein the protecting group removing agent is selected from the group consisting of Pd/K2CO3, ,3-dimethylbarbituric acid/Pd(PPh3)4, Pd(PPh)3, PhSiH3, H2, piperidine, and trifluoroacetic acid (TFA).
37. The process according to claim 32 further comprising: providing a compound of Formula (XI) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (X) from the compound of Formula (XI).
38. The process according to claim 37, wherein the compound of Formula (XI) has the following structure:
39. The process according to claim 37, wherein said step of forming the compound of Formula (X) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (XI) with a compound of Formula (XII): or a salt thereof, to produce the compound of Formula (X).
40. The process according to claim 37 further comprising: providing a compound of Formula (XIII) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (XI) from the compound of Formula (XIII).
41. The process according to claim 40, wherein the compound of Formula (XIII) has the following structure:
42. The process according to claim 40, wherein said step of forming the compound of
Formula (XI) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (XIII) with an oxidizing agent to produce the compound of Formula (XI).
43. The process according to claim 42, wherein the oxidizing agent is selected from the group consisting of pyridinium chlorochromate (PCC), pyridinium dichromate (PDC), silver carbonate (Ag2CC>3), tetra-n-propylammonium perruthenate (TPAP), and Dess-Martin periodinane (DMP).
44. The process according to claim 40 further comprising: providing a compound of Formula (XIV) having the structure: wherein
Y is -OC1-6 alkyl; and forming the compound of Formula (XIII) from the compound of Formula (XIV).
45. The process according to claim 44, wherein the compound of Formula (XIV) has the following structure:
46. The process according to claim 44, wherein said step of forming the compound of Formula (XIII) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (XIV) with a reducing agent.
47. The process according to claim 46, wherein the reducing agent is selected from the group consisting of LiAIH4, DIBALH, and LiBH4.
48. The process according to claim 44 further comprising: providing a compound of Formula (XV) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (XIV) from the compound of Formula (XV).
49. The process according to claim 48, wherein the compound of Formula (XV) has the following structure:
50. The process according to claim 48, wherein said step of forming the compound of Formula (XIV) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (XV) with a protecting group introducing agent to produce the compound of Formula (XIV).
51. The process according to claim 50, wherein the protecting group introducing agent is selected from the group consisting of TBSCI, TBSOTf, TMSCI, TMSOTf, TESCI, TESOTf, TBDPSCI, TBDPSOTf, TIPSCI, and TIPSOTf.
52. A product prepared by the method according to any one of claims 6-51 .
53. The product of claim 52, wherein the product is a compound of Formula (I):
wherein: m and n are, independently, an integer from 1 to 5, and (m+n) > 3;
R1 is a C1-5 alkyl;
R2 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; and R3 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof.
54. The product of claim 53, wherein the product is a compound of Formula (la): or a salt thereof.
55. A method of using a compound of Formula (I):
wherein: m and n are, independently, an integer from 1 to 5, and (m+n) > 3;
R1 is a C1-5 alkyl;
R2 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; and R3 is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof, for making a peptide or a peptidomimetic.
56. The method of claim 55, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is used as a support for making a peptide or a peptidomimetic.
57. The method of claim 55, wherein the peptidomimetic is a compound of Formula: thereof.
58. The method of claim 55, wherein the peptidomimetic is a compound of Formula:
59. A compound manufactured using a compound of Formula (I): wherein: m and n are, independently, an integer from 1 to 5, and (m+n) > 3;
R1 is Ci-5 alkyl;
R2 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; and
R3 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof.
60. The compound of claim 59, wherein the compound has a Formula:
62. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the peptidomimetic of claim 57 or the compound according to any of claims 59-60.
63. A pharmaceutical dosage form comprising the peptidomimetic of claim 57 or the compound according to any of claims 59-60.
64. A method of selectively targeting GLP1 R on a surface of a cell with the peptidomimetic of claim 57 or the compound according to any of claims 59-60.
65. The method of claim 64, wherein the cell is a mammalian cell.
66. The method of claim 64 or 65, wherein the cell is a human cell.
67. A method of enhancing GLP1R activity in an individual in need thereof comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of the peptidomimetic of claim 57 or the compound according to any of claims 59-60, the composition of claim 62, or the dosage form of claim 63.
68. A method of lowering blood glucose levels in an individual in need thereof comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of the peptidomimetic of claim 57 or the compound according to any of claims 59-60, the composition of claim 62, or the dosage form of claim 63.
69. A method of lowering body weight in an individual in need thereof comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of the peptidomimetic of claim 57 or the compound according to any of claims 59-60, the composition of claim 62, or the dosage form of claim 63.
70. A method of treating a GLP1 R-associated condition in an individual in need thereof comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of the peptidomimetic of claim 57 or the compound according to any of claims 59-60, the composition of claim 62, or the dosage form of claim 63.
71. The method of claim 70, wherein the GLP1 R-associated condition is type II diabetes, obesity, liver disease, coronary artery disease, or kidney disease.
72. The method of claim 70, wherein the GLP1R-associated condition is type II diabetes and/or obesity.
73. The method of any of claims 67-72, wherein the peptidomimetic of claim 57 or the compound according to any of claims 59-60, the composition of claim 62, or the dosage form of claim 63 is administered subcutaneously, intravenously, intradermally, intraperitoneally, or intramuscularly.
74. A method of making a peptide or a peptidomimetic, the method comprising the steps of:
(a) providing a compound of Formula (I):
wherein: m and n are, independently, an integer from 1 to 5, and (m+n) > 3;
R1 is C1-5 alkyl;
R2 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; and
R3 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof;
(b) providing a first amino acid (AA1); and
(c) coupling the first amino acid (AA1) to the compound of Formula (I) to form a peptide bond between the first amino acid (AA1) and the compound of Formula (I).
75. The method of claim 74, wherein the first amino acid (AA1) contains a protected amino group.
76. The method of claim 74, wherein the first amino acid
77. The method of claim 74 further comprising the step of: activating the chemical groups on the first amino acid (AA1) to prepare the first amino acid (AA1) for coupling with the compound of Formula (I) prior to step (c).
78. The method of claim 74 further comprising the steps of:
(d) removing the protecting group from the first amino acid (AA1); (e) providing a second amino acid (AA2); and
(f) coupling the second amino acid (AA2) to the first amino acid (I-AA1) to form a peptide bond between the second amino acid (AA2) and the first amino acid (I-AA1-AA2).
79. The method of claim 78, wherein the second amino acid (AA2) is
80. The method of claim 78 further comprising the steps of:
(g) removing the protecting group from the second amino acid (AA2);
(h) providing a third amino acid (AA3); and
(i) coupling the third amino acid (AA3) to the second amino acid to form a peptide bond between the third amino acid (AA3) and the second amino acid (I-AA1-AA2-AA3). o
81. The method of claim 80, wherein the third amino acid (AA3) is .
82. The method of claim 80 further comprising the steps of:
(j) removing the protecting group from the third amino acid (AA3);
(k) providing a fourth amino acid (AA4); and
(l) coupling the fourth amino acid (AA4) to the third amino acid to form a peptide bond between the fourth amino acid (AA4) and the third amino acid (I-AA1-AA2-AA3-AA4).
83. The method of claim 82, wherein the fourth amino acid (AA4) is NHFmoc or
84. The method of claim 82 further comprising: (m) removing the protecting group from the fourth amino acid (AA4);
(n) providing a fifth amino acid (AA5); and
(o) coupling the fifth amino acid (AA5) to the fourth amino acid to form a peptide bond between the fifth amino acid (AA5) and fourth amino acid (I-AA1-AA2-AA3-AA4-AA5).
The method of claim 84, wherein the fifth amino acid (AA5) is N H Fmoc or
86. The method of claim 84 further comprising:
(p) removing the protecting group from the fifth amino acid (AA5);
(q) providing a sixth amino acid (AA6); and
(r) coupling the sixth amino acid (AA6) to the fifth amino acid to form a peptide bond between the sixth amino acid (AA6) and the fifth amino acid (I-AA1-AA2-AA3-AA4-AA5-AA6).
87. The method of claim 86, wherein the sixth amino acid (AA6) is
88. The method of claim 86 further comprising:
(s) removing the protecting group from the sixth amino acid (AA6);
(t) providing a seventh amino acid (AA7); and
(u) coupling the seventh amino acid (AA6) to the sixth amino acid to form a peptide bond between the seventh amino acid (AA7) and the sixth amino acid (I-AA1-AA2-AA3-AA4-AA5-AA6- AA7).
The method of claim 88, wherein the seventh amino acid (AA7) is NHFmoc
90. The method of claim 88 further comprising:
(v) removing the protecting group from the seventh amino acid (AA7);
(w) providing a eighth amino acid (AA8); and
(x) coupling the eighth amino acid (AA8) to the seventh amino acid to form a peptide bond between the eighth amino acid (AA8) and the seventh amino acid (I-AA1-AA2-AA3-AA4-AA5-AA6- AA7-AA8).
O
FmocHN^^Jl^
91. The method of claim 90, wherein the eighth amino acid (AA8) is 0H .
92. The method of claim 90 further comprising:
(y) removing the protecting group from the eighth amino acid (AA8);
(z) providing a ninth amino acid (AA9); and
(aa) coupling the ninth amino acid (AA9) to the eighth amino acid to form a peptide bond between the ninth amino acid (AA9) and the eighth amino acid (I-AA1-AA2-AA3-AA4-AA5-AA6-AA7- AA8-AA9).
H II
N; T T^OH
93. The method of claim 92, wherein the ninth amino acid (AA9) is N'N N H Fmoc or
94. The method of claim 92 further comprising:
(bb) removing the protecting group from the ninth amino acid (AA9);
(cc) providing a tenth amino acid (AA10); and
(dd) coupling the tenth amino acid (AA10) to the ninth amino acid to form a peptide bond between the tenth amino acid (AA10) and the ninth amino acid (I-AA1-AA2-AA3-AA4-AA5-AA6-AA7- AA8-AA9-AA10).
95. The method of claim 94, wherein the tenth amino acid (AA10) is .
96. The method of claim 94 further comprising: repeating the steps of (i) removing the protecting group from the amino acid (AAn);
(ii) providing a succeding amino acid (AAn+i); and
(iii) coupling the succeding amino acid (AAn+i) to the amino acid (AAn) to form a peptide bond between the succeding amino acid (AAn+i) and amino acid (AAn), wherein said repeating is conducted from 1 to 100 times.
97. The method of claim 94 further comprising:
(ee) removing the protecting group from the tenth amino acid (AA10);
(ff) providing a compound of Formula (B): wherein x is an integer from 1 to 15; and
(gg) coupling the compound of Formula (B) to the one of the amino acids in the peptide or the peptidomimetic to form a triazole ring.
98. The method of claim 97, wherein the compound of Formula (B) has the following Formula:
99. The method according to any one of claims 74-98 further comprising:
(hh) cleaving the peptide bond between the first amino acid (AA1) and the compound of Formula (I) to obtain the peptide or the peptidomimetic.
100. The method according to any one of claims 74-98, wherein each one of the first amino acid (AA1), the second amino acid (AA2), the third amino acid (AA3), the fourth amino acid (AA4), the fifth amino acid (AA5), the sixth amino acid (AA6), the seventh amino acid (AA7), the eighth amino acid (AA8), the ninth amino acid (AA9), the tenth amino acid (AA10), and succeding amino acid (AAn+i) are independently selected from the group consisiting of wherein PG5 is a suitable protecting group.
101. The method according to claim 100, wherein PG5 is independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of triphenylmethyl (Trt), allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
102. The method according to any one of claims 74-98, wherein each one of the first amino acid (AA1), the second amino acid (AA2), the third amino acid (AA3), the fourth amino acid (AA4), the fifth amino acid (AA5), the sixth amino acid (AA6), the seventh amino acid (AA7), the eighth amino acid (AA8), the ninth amino acid (AA9), the tenth amino acid (AA10), and succeding amino acid (AAn+i) are independently selected from the group consisiting
103. The method of claim 99, wherein the peptidomimetic has a Formula:
104. The method of claim 99, wherein the peptidomimetic has a Formula: a salt
105. A compound having a structure of Formula (AI): ), an integer from 0 to 5; R1a is C1-5 alkyl; R2a is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; and R3a is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof.
106. The compound of claim 105, wherein R1a is methyl.
107. The compound of claim 105, wherein R2a is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C18-26 alkyl and R3a is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C18-26 alkyl.
108. The compound of claim 105, wherein each R2a is independently an optionally substituted C22 alkyl and each R3a is independently an optionally substituted C22 alkyl.
109. A compound having a structure of Formula (BI): I), m is an integer from 1 to 5; R1b is C1-5 alkyl; and R2b is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; or a salt thereof.
110. The compound of claim 109, wherein R1b is methyl.
111. The compound of claim 109, wherein each R2b is independently an optionally substituted C18-26 alkyl.
112. The compound of claim 109, wherein each R2b is independently an optionally substituted C22 alkyl.
113. A compound having a structure of Formula (CI): I), m and n are, independently, an integer from 1 to 5, and (m+n) ≥ 3; R2c is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl; and R3c is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C10-30 alkyl, or a salt thereof.
114. The compound of claim 113, wherein R2c is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C18-26 alkyl and R3c is independently at each occurrence an optionally substituted C18-26 alkyl.
115. The compound of claim 113, wherein each R2c is independently an optionally substituted C22 alkyl and each R3c is independently an optionally substituted C22 alkyl.
116. A process for preparation of a compound of Formula (DI): I), k is an integer from 1 to 15; q is an integer from 0 to 10; R1d is C1-6 alkyl; PG6 is a suitable protecting group; and PG7 is a suitable protecting group, or a salt thereof, said process comprising: (a) providing a compound of Formula (DII) having the structure: nd (b) forming the compound of Formula (DI) from the compound of Formula (DII).
117. The process according to claim 116, wherein PG6 is selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9- fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
118. The process according to claim 116, wherein PG7 is selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9- fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
119. The process according to claim 116, wherein the compound of Formula (DI) has the structure of Formula (DIa) or Formula (DIb): Ia),
120. The process according to claim 116, wherein the compound of Formula (DII) has the structure of Formula (DIIa) or Formula (DIIb):
121. The process according to claim 116, wherein said step (b) of forming the compound of Formula (DI) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (Dll) with a compound of Formula (Dill): to produce the compound of Formula (II).
122. The process according to claim 121 , wherein the compound of Formula (Dill) has the structure of Formula (Dll la): (Dllla).
123. The process according to claim 116 further comprising the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DIV) having the structure: nd ormula (DIV) prior to the step (a).
124. The process according to claim 123, wherein the compound of Formula (DIV) has the structure of Formula (DIVa) or Formula (DIVb):
125. The process according to claim 123, wherein said step of forming the compound of Formula (DII) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DIV) with a compound of Formula (DVa) or Formula (DVb): PG6-X (DVa) or PG62O (DVb), wherein X is OSu, OTf, Cl, or Br; to produce the compound of Formula (DII).
126. The process according to claim 125, wherein the compound of Formula (DVa) or Formula (DVb) is selected from the group consisting of AllocCl, Alloc2O, Cbz2O, CbzCl, FmocCl, FmocOSu, and Boc2O.
127. The process according to claim 123 further comprising the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DVI) having the structure: wherein
PG8 is a suitable protecting group; and forming the compound of Formula (DIV) from the compound of Formula (DVI).
128. The process according to claim 127, wherein said step of forming the compound of Formula (DIV) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DVI) with a protecting group removal agent to produce the compound of Formula (DIV).
129. The process according to claim 128, wherein the protecting group removal agent is selected from the group consisting of Pd(PPh)3, PhSiHs, H2, piperidine, and trifluoroacetic acid (TFA).
130. The process according to claim 127, wherein the compound of Formula (DVI) has the structure of Formula (DVIa) or Formula (DVIb): ,
(DVIb).
131. The process according to claim 127 further comprising the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DVI I) having the structure:
132. The process according to claim 131, wherein said step of forming the compound of Formula (DVI) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DVII) with a base to produce the compound of Formula (DVI).
133. The process according to claim 128, wherein the base is selected from the group consisting of LiOH, NaOH, and KOH.
134. The process according to claim 131 , wherein the compound of Formula (DVII) has the structure of Formula (DVIla) or Formula (DVIlb):
(DVI lb).
135. The process according to claim 131 further comprising the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DVI 11) having the structure:
wherein
LG' is a suitable living group; and forming the compound of Formula (DVII) from the compound of Formula (DVI 11).
136. The process according to claim 135, wherein said step of forming the compound of Formula (DVII) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DVI 11) with an azido group introducing agent to produce the compound of Formula (DVII).
137. The process according to claim 136, wherein the azido group introducing agent is selected from the group consisting of NaNs, TMSN3, (PhO)2P(O)N3, Zn(Ns)2*2Py, and n-Bu4NN3.
138. The process according to claim 135, wherein the LG' is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
139. The process according to claim 135, wherein the compound of Formula (DVI 11) has the structure of Formula (DVII la) or Formula (DVII lb):
(DVHIb).
140. The process according to claim 135 further comprising the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DIX) having the structure: wherein
LG" is a suitable living group; and forming the compound of Formula (DVIII) from the compound of Formula (DIX).
141. The process according to claim 140, wherein the LG" is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
142. The process according to claim 140, wherein said step of forming the compound of Formula (DVIII) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DIX) with a compound of Formula (DX): to produce the compound of Formula (DVII).
143. The process according to claim 140, wherein the compound of Formula (DIX) has the structure of Formula (DIXa):
144. The process according to claim 142, wherein the compound of Formula (DX) has the structure of Formula (Dxa):
145. The process according to claim 140 further comprising the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXI) having the structure: wherein
R2d is C1-6 alkylene; and forming the compound of Formula (DIX) from the compound of Formula (DXI).
146. The process according to claim 145, wherein said step of forming the compound of Formula (DIX) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DXI) with a reducing agent to produce the compound of Formula (DIX).
147. The process according to claim 145, wherein the reducing agent is selected from the group consisting of H2, NH4HCO2, NABH(Oac)3, and LiAIH4.
148. The process according to claim 141 , wherein the compound of Formula (DXI) has the structure of Formula (DXIa):
149. The process according to claim 145 further comprising the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXI I) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (DXI) from the compound of Formula (DXII).
150. The process according to claim 149, wherein said step of forming the compound of Formula (DXI) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DXII) with a compound of Formula (DXI II):
PPh3*Ci-6 alkyl-Hal (DXIII), wherein
Hal is halogen, to produce the compound of Formula (DXI).
151. The process according to claim 149, wherein the compound of Formula (DXII) has the structure of Formula (DXIIa):
152. The process according to claim 150, wherein the compound of Formula (DXI 11) has the structure of Formula (DXII la):
PPh3*MeBr (DXIIIa).
153. The process according to claim 149 further comprising the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXIV) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (DXII) from the compound of Formula (DXIV).
154. The process according to claim 153, wherein said step of forming the compound of Formula (DXII) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DXIV) with a compound of Formula (DXV): wherein
LG’” is a suitable living group, to produce the compound of Formula (DXII).
155. The process according to claim 154, wherein the LG’” is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
156. The process according to claim 153, wherein the compound of Formula (DXIV) has the structure of Formula (DXIVa):
157. The process according to claim 142 further comprising the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXVI) having the structure: wherein
LG* is a suitable living group, forming the compound of Formula (DX) from the compound of Formula (DXVI).
158. The process according to claim 157, wherein the LG* is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
159. The process according to claim 157, wherein said step of forming the compound of Formula (DX) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DXVI) with a compound of Formula (DXVII): to produce the compound of Formula (DX).
160. The process according to claim 157, wherein the compound of Formula (DXVI) has the structure of Formula (DXVIc):
161. The process according to claim 157 further comprising the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXVI 11) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (DXVI) from the compound of Formula (DXVI 11).
162. The process according to claim 161, wherein said step of forming the compound of Formula (DXVI) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DXVI 11) with a compound of Formula (DXIXa) or Formula wherein
X is OSu, Cl, or Br; to produce the compound of Formula (DXVI).
163. The process according to claim 162 , wherein the compound of Formula (DXIXa) or Formula (DXIXb) is selected from the group consisting of TfCI, Tf2O, MsCI, and Ms2O.
164. A process for preparation of a compound of Formula (Dll): wherein: q is an integer from 0 to 10;
R1d is C1-6 alkyl; and
PG6 is a suitable protecting group, or a salt thereof, said process comprising:
(a) providing a compound of Formula (DXXI) having the structure: salt thereof, and
(b) forming the compound of Formula (Dll) from the compound of Formula (DXXI).
165. The process according to claim 164, wherein PG6 is selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9- fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
166. The process according to claim 164, wherein the compound of Formula (DXXI) is treated with compound
167. The process according to claim 164, wherein the compound of Formula (DXXI) is treated with a catalyst.
168. The process according to claim 167, wherein the catalyst is Pd(dppf)Cl2-DCM.
169. The process according to claim 164, wherein the compound of Formula (DXXI) is treated with a base.
170. The process according to claim 169, wherein the base is K2CO3.
171. The process according to claim 164, wherein the preparation is performed in a solvent mixture comprised of H2O/iPrOH.
172. The process according to claim 164, wherein the compound of Formula (DII) has the structure of Formula (DIIa) or Formula (DIIb): Ia),
173. The process according to claim 164, wherein the compound of Formula (DXXI) is formed by exposing
174. The process according to claim 173, wherein the compound of Formula (DXXI) is formed in the presence of PPh3.
175. The process according to claim 173, wherein the compound of Formula (DXXI) is formed in the presence of DIAD.
176. The process according to claim 173, wherein the compound of Formula (DXXI) is formed in the presence of molecular sieves of 4A.
177. The process according to claim 173, wherein the compound of Formula (DXXI) is formed in an organic solvent.
178. The process according to claim 177, wherein the organic solvent is THF.
179. The process according to claim 173, wherein formed by exposing
180. The process according to claim 179, wherein formed in the presence of Pd(OAc)2.
181. The process according to claim 179, wherein presence of PCya.
182. The process according to claim 179, wherein presence of KOAc.
183. The process according to claim 179, wherein formed in the presence of dioxane.
184. The process according to claim 179, wherein elevated temperature for a period of time.
185. The process according to claim 179, wherein is formed by exposing
186. The process according to claim 185, wherein is formed in an organic solvent.
187. The process according to claim 186, wherein the organic solvent is a mixture of DCM and methanol.
188. A process for preparation of a compound of Formula (Dll): wherein: q is an integer from 0 to 10;
R1d is C1-6 alkyl; and
PG6 is a suitable protecting group, or a salt thereof, said process comprising:
(a) providing a compound of Formula (DIV) having the structure:
(b) forming the compound of Formula (Dll) from the compound of Formula (DIV).
189. The process according to claim 188, wherein PG6 is selected from the group consisting of allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
190. The process according to claim 188, wherein the compound of Formula (Dll) has the structure of Formula (Dlla) or Formula (DI lb): .
191. The process according to claim 188, wherein the compound of Formula (DIV) has the structure of Formula (DIVa) or Formula (DIVb):
192. The process according to claim 188, wherein said step of forming the compound of Formula (Dll) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DIV) with a compound of Formula (DVa) or Formula (DVb):
PG6-X (DVa) or PG6 2O (DVb), wherein
X is OSu, Otf, Cl, or Br; to produce the compound of Formula (Dll).
193. The process according to claim 192, wherein the compound of Formula (DVa) or Formula (DVb) is selected from the group consisting of AllocCI, Alloc2O, Cbz2O, CbzCI, FmocCI, FmocOSu, and Boc2O.
194. The process according to claim 188 further comprising the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXVI) having the structure: wherein
PG8 is a suitable protecting group; and forming the compound of Formula (DIV) from the compound of Formula (DXVI).
195. The process according to claim 194, wherein said step of forming the compound of Formula (DIV) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DXVI) with a protecting group removal agent to produce the compound of Formula (DIV).
196. The process according to claim 195, wherein the protecting group removal agent is selected from the group consisting of HCI, Pd(PPh)3, PhSiH3, H2, piperidine, and trifluoroacetic acid (TFA).
197. The process according to claim 194, wherein the compound of Formula (DXVI) has the structure of Formula (DXVIa) or Formula (DXVIb):
Ia), 198. The process according to claim 194 further comprising the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXVII) having the structure: I), LG´ is a suitable living group; and forming the compound of Formula (DXVI) from the compound of Formula (DXVII).
199. The process according to claim 198, wherein said step of forming the compound of Formula (DXVI) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DXVII) with an azido group introducing agent to produce the compound of Formula (DXVI).
200. The process according to claim 199, wherein the azido group introducing agent is selected from the group consisting of NaN3, TMSN3, (PhO)2P(O)N3, Zn(N3)2*2Py, and n-Bu4NN3.
201. The process according to claim 198, wherein the LG' is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
202. The process according to claim 198, wherein the compound of Formula (DXVII) has the structure of Formula (DXVIla) or Formula (DXVIlb):
203. The process according to claim 198 further comprising the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DIX) having the structure: wherein
LG" is a suitable living group; and forming the compound of Formula (DXVII) from the compound of Formula (DIX).
204. The process according to claim 203, wherein the LG" is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
205. The process according to claim 203, wherein said step of forming the compound of Formula (DXVII) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DIX) with a compound of Formula (DXVIII): to produce the compound of Formula (DXVII).
206. The process according to claim 203, wherein the compound of Formula (DIX) has the structure of Formula (DIXa):
207. The process according to claim 205, wherein the compound of Formula (DXVIII) has the structure of Formula (DXVIlla): (DXVIlla).
208. The process according to claim 203 further comprising the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXIX) having the structure: forming the compound of Formula (DIX) from the compound of Formula (DXIX).
209. The process according to claim 208, wherein said step of forming the compound of Formula (DIX) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DXIX) with a compound of Formula (DXV): wherein
LG'" is a suitable living group, to produce the compound of Formula (DXIX).
210. The process according to claim 209, wherein the LG'" is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OTf, OMs, and OTs.
211. The process according to claim 208, wherein the compound of Formula (DXIX) has the structure of Formula (DXIXa):
212. The process according to claim 209, wherein the compound of Formula (DXV) has the structure of Formula (DXVa):
213. The process according to claim 208 further comprising the steps of: providing a compound of Formula (DXX) having the structure:
HO^^^R1d (DXX), and forming the compound of Formula (DXIX) from the compound of Formula (DXX).
214. The process according to claim 213, wherein said step of forming the compound of Formula (DXIX) comprises: reacting the compound of Formula (DXX) with an LG” introducing agent to produce the compound of Formula (DXIX).
215. The process according to claim 214, wherein the LG” introducing agent is NBu4Br3.
216. The process according to claim 213 wherein the compound of Formula (DXX) has the structure of Formula (DXXa):
EP24715954.4A 2023-02-27 2024-02-26 Liquid phase peptide support synthesis of peptides and peptidomimetics Pending EP4673424A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202363487206P 2023-02-27 2023-02-27
PCT/US2024/017235 WO2024182268A1 (en) 2023-02-27 2024-02-26 Liquid phase peptide support synthesis of peptides and peptidomimetics

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP4673424A1 true EP4673424A1 (en) 2026-01-07

Family

ID=90669480

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP24715954.4A Pending EP4673424A1 (en) 2023-02-27 2024-02-26 Liquid phase peptide support synthesis of peptides and peptidomimetics

Country Status (10)

Country Link
EP (1) EP4673424A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2026508282A (en)
KR (1) KR20250166137A (en)
CN (1) CN120813563A (en)
AU (1) AU2024229138A1 (en)
CL (1) CL2025002549A1 (en)
CO (1) CO2025012295A2 (en)
IL (1) IL322391A (en)
MX (1) MX2025010003A (en)
WO (1) WO2024182268A1 (en)

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DK2711370T3 (en) 2011-05-17 2018-02-26 Ajinomoto Kk PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF OLIGONUCLEOTIDES
GB2551945B (en) 2015-12-18 2021-09-08 Heptares Therapeutics Ltd Novel GLP-1 receptor agonist peptides
CN109678751A (en) * 2019-01-07 2019-04-26 广州同隽医药科技有限公司 A kind of compound containing diphenyl-methane structure
CA3191304A1 (en) 2020-09-14 2022-03-17 Amy Han Antibody-drug conjugates comprising glp1 peptidomimetics and uses thereof
JP2025512735A (en) * 2022-03-11 2025-04-22 リジェネロン ファーマシューティカルズ,インク. Anti-GLP1R antibody-tethered drug conjugates containing GLP1 peptide mimetics and uses thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU2024229138A1 (en) 2025-09-18
WO2024182268A1 (en) 2024-09-06
CL2025002549A1 (en) 2025-11-07
CO2025012295A2 (en) 2025-09-29
KR20250166137A (en) 2025-11-27
JP2026508282A (en) 2026-03-10
MX2025010003A (en) 2025-09-02
IL322391A (en) 2025-09-01
CN120813563A (en) 2025-10-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US12331072B2 (en) Deprotection method and resin removal method in solid-phase reaction for peptide compound or amide compound, and method for producing peptide compound
US6727366B2 (en) Imidazolidinones and their related derivatives as hepatitis C virus NS3 protease inhibitors
CN108794422B (en) Heterocyclic compounds as PD-L1 inhibitors
US11192918B2 (en) Multicyclic peptides and methods for their preparation
US12280124B2 (en) Antibody-drug conjugates comprising GLP1 peptidomimetics and uses thereof
JP2002517508A (en) Peptide inhibitor of hepatitis C virus NS3 protease
Stolze et al. Challenges in the syntheses of peptidic natural products
CN103180338A (en) Glucose-dependent insulin-releasing peptide analogs
US12240797B2 (en) Method of preparing a DON prodrug from L-glutamic acid
KR20240159847A (en) Anti-GLP1R antibody-linked drug conjugates comprising GLP1 peptide mimetics and uses thereof
WO2019136112A1 (en) Inhibitors of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase and methods of their use
KR20230171471A (en) Glucagon-like peptide compounds
JP2017043615A (en) Cyclopropane amino acid unit improves membrane permeability and / or metabolic stability of cyclic peptides
WO2024182268A1 (en) Liquid phase peptide support synthesis of peptides and peptidomimetics
WO2025096921A1 (en) Peptide acids as a glp1r agonist and antibody-drug conjugates thereof
EP2975046A1 (en) Novel compounds
Decalf et al. A novel method to produce synthetic murine CXCL10 for efficient screening of functional variants
CA2779949A1 (en) Peptidomimetics comprising n-amino cyclic urea residues and uses thereof
Rosa et al. Enantiopure β3-Trifluoromethyl-β3-homoalanine Derivatives: Coupling with Boc-Protected Amino Acids and Conformational Studies of Peptides in Solid State
AU2024372425A1 (en) Peptide acids as a glp1r agonist and antibody-drug conjugates thereof
US20220241377A1 (en) Receptor-targeting peptide-drug conjugates
EA051876B1 (en) GLP1 PEPTIDOMIMETIC-CONTAINING ANTIBODY-DRUG CONJUGATES AND THEIR APPLICATIONS
WO2016090305A1 (en) Solid-phase synthesis of peptides containing bulky dehydroamino acids
Banerjee An insight into asymmetric synthesis and bioorganic applications of novel Cα-methyl-lysine,-proline,-nipecotic acid analogues
HK1016994A (en) Peptide derivatives

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: UNKNOWN

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE INTERNATIONAL PUBLICATION HAS BEEN MADE

PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: REQUEST FOR EXAMINATION WAS MADE

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 20250925

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC ME MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR